You are on page 1of 1080

ONE BRAND ONE SOURCE ONE SYSTEM

SERVICE MATERIAL PROCESSING SURFACE PROTECTION AUTOMOTIVE

REMA TIP TOP
Product Portfolio Material Processing 2015/2016

ONE BRAND ONE SOURCE ONE SYSTEM

Editor

REMA TIP TOP AG
Gruber Strasse 65 · 85586 Poing / Germany
Phone: +49 8121 707-0
Fax: +49 8121 707-10 222
info@tiptop.de
www.rema-tiptop.com

Artwork/Production

SOKO Agentur für Werbung und Kommunikation GmbH
82237 Wörthsee / Germany
www.soko.de

Legal Notice

Copyright © 2015 REMA TIP TOP AG

All information is given to the best of our knowledge. each single product are available upon request. The
All specifications are to be considered non-binding weight indications (kg/m², kg/m, etc.) solely represent
information. Any claim for damages of any kind is statistical values and are not necessarily identical to the
excluded. We reserve the right to change technical actual weights. The weights indicated are merely
specifications without prior notice, provided that they guidelines for the handling, transport and application
ensure product improvement. The information of our products. The dimension tolerances are based
presented is based on technical experience but does on part 5 of DIN 7715, classification P3 (admissible
not guarantee a product’s suitability for specific dimension tolerances for sheets) and DIN ISO 3302-1,
applications, and does not relieve the users of the classification M4 (molded parts made of soft-rubber).
responsibility to undertake their own testing, including Other tolerances of specific products for special appli-
where any third-party trademark rights are concerned. cations are subject to a mutual agreement and must be
For special applications and operating conditions stipulated in a special contract. Products containing
with regard to temperature, UV light, ozone, acids and hazardous substances are labeled in accordance with
alkaline solutions, dynamic and static forces, tensions, the EU regulations 67/548/EEC and 1999/45/EC for
elongations and other influences, contact your local the classification, packaging and labeling of hazardous
REMA TIP TOP distributor for technical advice. materials and preparations.

Operating and working instructions, product infor- In order to preserve product properties, the storage
mation and general instructions on the vulcanization conditions indicated in DIN 7716 should be followed
properties of natural and synthetic rubber should be (including storing the product in the original package
followed carefully. The mechanical and physical values and in an area that is dry, cool and dark).
presented for our products only apply to the material
listed (without bonding layer and without fabric) based Products printed in bold are normally available
on the accompanying inspections for approval; these from stock.
represent statistical product data, but not guaranteed
product properties. Detailed technical data sheets for

2

Product Portfolio Material Processing

Wear
 Protection Lining 5-36

Heavy Wear Protection 37-52


Anticaking 53-56

Adhesives and Rubber Solutions 57-73


Pulley Lagging 75-98


Feeding Systems 99-103

Skirting 105-111

Rollers / Idlers  113-116

Belt Cleaning Systems 117-177

Conveyor Cover Systems  179-181

Mill Lining  183-185

Material Handling Hose Systems  187-190

Cleats and Sidewalls  191-193

Conveyor Belting 195-199

Cold Splicing and Repair Material  201-208

Hot Splicing and Repair Material  209-217

WK Splicing and Repair Material  219-221

Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material  223-234

Questionnaires  235-245

Index  246-250

3 Material Processing

QUalitY, serVice anD innoVatiVe solUtions

reMa tiP toP means quality, service and innovative solutions in all sectors of business:

one BranD – one soUrce – one sYsteM

AUTOMOTIVE MATERIAL PROCESSING SURFACE PROTECTION SERVICE
as a professional supplier of The use of specific reMa tiP our corrosion protection reMa tiP toP customers
system solutions, reMa tiP toP products lengthens the systems prevent damage have relied on individual
toP offers its partners in the service life of conveying and maintain the value of all-in care and support
automotive sector a unique and processing plant and your plant while contributing by our highly-qualified
and comprehensive range reduces downtime. to environmental protection. specialists for decades.
of products and services.

solutions

 agriculture  energy industry  retail trade (cycles/motorcycles)

 car workshops, car service  Foodstuffs industry  tyre retreading

 cement industry  Foundries  gravel, sand and stone breaking mills

 chemical industry  goods transport  transport, logistics and haulage
operations
 Building industry  Metalworking and machine building
 tyre trade, tyre service
 container & plant construction  Mining and mines
 Water management
 recycling industry

4

Wear Protection Lining

1

REMA TIP TOP

REMALINE - High-quality rubber 6-27
lining material

REMASTAR - High wear-resistance 28
lining material

UNILINE - Rubber lining material 29-30
for simple applications

REMATHAN - High-quality 31-36
polyurethane lining material

5 MateriaL ProceSSing

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 25 - The safe protection against wear and material build-up
Due to its elastic properties, REMALINE 25 lining is suitable for preventing
build-up in equipment conveying sand/water mixtures and fine material.
Furthermore, REMALINE 25 lining offers excellent noise dampening
and reduction of noise emissions.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear • Covers for conveyor rollers
and material build-up • Lining of elevator buckets and
• Highly elastic and flexible excavator buckets
• Noise damping • Outlet funnels for dry mortar
• Wear-resistant (round grains) • Flexilo and bunker lining
• CN bonding layer provides • Noise reduction lining
fast and long-lasting adhesion 

REMALINE 25/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR/IR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 0.97 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 33 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 9025 REMALINE 25/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.09 kg/m²

549 9000 REMALINE 25/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.62 kg/m²

549 4240 REMALINE 25/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.20 kg/m²

549 4288 REMALINE 25/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 16.20 kg/m²

6

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE 35 - Premium quality for wet wear and build-up
REMALINE 35 features excellent resistance to wet abrasive and sharp particles. The
properties of REMALINE 35 make it the optimum rubber lining for sand and gravel
industry equipment as well as in the glass industry. REMALINE 35 lining has
also proven valuable with sticky material such as loam and clay.

Properties Area of application
• Highly wear-resistant, especially • Slurry handling
resistant to wet abrasion • Lining of slurry chutes, pipes, pumps,
• Safe protection against hydrocyclones, flotation cells, tanks
material build-up and launders for example in the
• Highly elastic sand and gravel industry
• Excellent self-cleaning capability • Chutes / discharge hoses for
• CN bonding layer provides ready-mixed concrete
fast and long-lasting adhesion • Lining of excavator buckets
to prevent caking

REMALINE 35/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 0.96 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 33 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Yellow*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 0347 REMALINE 35/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.66 kg/m²

549 9220 REMALINE 35/CN 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 5.46 kg/m²

549 0402 REMALINE 35/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.90 kg/m²

549 0440 REMALINE 35/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8.96 kg/m²

549 0464 REMALINE 35/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.00 kg/m²

549 0488 REMALINE 35/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.96 kg/m²

549 0505 REMALINE 35/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 16.20 kg/m²

549 0529 REMALINE 35/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 21.60 kg/m²

549 0536 REMALINE 35/CN 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 26.50 kg/m²

*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore
deviations in colour may occur. 7 Material Processing

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 35/EP160 - The fabric reinforced premium quality for wet wear and build-up
REMALINE 35 features excellent resistance to wet abrasive and sharp particles.
The properties of REMALINE 35 make it the optimum rubber lining for sand and gravel
industry equipment as well as in the glass industry. REMALINE 35 lining has also
proven valuable with sticky material such as loam and clay.

Properties Area of application
• REMALINE 35 premium quality • Slurry handling
with fabric reinforcement • Lining of slurry chutes, pipes,
• Highly wear-resistant; especially pumps, hydrocyclones, flotation cells,
resistant to wet abrasion tanks and launders for example in the
• Safe protection against material build-up sand and gravel industry
• Highly elastic • Chutes / discharge hoses
• Excellent self-cleaning capability for ready-mixed concrete
• CN bonding layer provides fast • Lining of excavator buckets
and long-lasting adhesion to prevent caking

REMALINE 35/EP160/CN
Fabric reinforced

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 0.96 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 33 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Yellow*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 0615 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.08 kg/m²

549 0653 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.40 kg/m²

549 0677 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13.44 kg/m²

549 0691 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 16.50 kg/m²

8

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE MP 35 - The perfect way to reliable production planning
REMALINE MP 35 (Maintenance Pro) puts an end to premature, unplanned system
downtime and unnecessary maintenance and standstill costs. This new development,
which points the way to the future of lining materials, offers more than just
first-class surface protection. It also gives you a timely reminder when the lining
needs to be renewed. Thus, you can easily plan and schedule to ensure smooth-
running production processes, and significantly increased system productivity.
A unique advantage, particularly where it is difficult to check the thickness
of the lining using conventional methods.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear and mate- • Especially suitable for conveying
rial build-up with built-in wear indicator components that are hard to access
• Yellow wear layer and inspect using conventional methods
• Red signal layer • Lining of drains, pipes, hydrocyclones,
• Highly wear-resistant, flotation cells, tanks, etc for example
particularly for wet use in the sand and gravel industry
• Very elastic • Slurry handling
• High self-cleaning effect • Flexilo and bunker lining
• Noise damping; reduces dust formation • Lining of excavator buckets
• CN bonding layer provides to prevent caking
fast and long-lasting adhesion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with low
belt tension (build-up protection)

REMALINE MP 35/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 0.96 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 33 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Red/Yellow*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Signal layer Weight
549 1710 REMALINE MP 35/CN 6(4) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 2 mm 6.9 kg/m²

549 1720 REMALINE MP 35/CN 10(6) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 11 kg/m²

549 1730 REMALINE MP 35/CN 12(8) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 12.96 kg/m²

549 1740 REMALINE MP 35/CN 15(11) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 16.20 kg/m²

549 1750 REMALINE MP 35/CN 20(16) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 21.60 kg/m²

*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore
deviations in colour may occur. 9 Material Processing

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 40 - The universal lining for many applications
REMALINE 40 has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications. In
dry applications, REMALINE 40 is frequently used for conveying coke. In wet
applications, this material has proven its outstanding value as a protective
coating for sharp particles due to its high resistance to tearing. REMALINE 40
also features excellent qualities for eliminating bridge formation and build-up.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear and • Universally applicable as lining
material build-up especially for against caking, abrasion and impact
sharp-edged material • Flexilo and hopper lining
• High tensile strength • Lining for coal processing
• High tear growth resistance • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
• Highly elastic low belt tension (build-up protection)
• CN bonding layer provides fast • Lining of excavator buckets to
and long-lasting adhesion prevent caking

REMALINE 40/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.05 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 50 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 0914 REMALINE 40/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.96 kg/m²

549 0976 REMALINE 40/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.93 kg/m²

549 0990 REMALINE 40/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.50 kg/m²

549 1030 REMALINE 40/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 16.95 kg/m²

549 1054 REMALINE 40/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 22.40 kg/m²

549 1092 REMALINE 40/CN 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 28.00 kg/m²

10

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE 40 ORANGE - The universal lining for many applications especially
from wet abrasion

REMALINE 40 ORANGE has been designed to withstand wear and caking, especially
from wet abrasion, for a variety of applications.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear • Universally applicable as lining
and material build-up especially of, for example, slurry chutes, pipes,
from wet abrasion flotation cells, tanks and launders
• Highly elastic • Flexilo and hopper lining
• Good self-cleaning capability • Lining for coal processing
• CN bonding layer provides • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
fast and long-lasting adhesion low belt tension (build-up protection)
• Lining of excavator buckets
to prevent caking
• Slurry handling

REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.05 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 44 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Orange*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 0873 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.59 kg/m²

549 0859 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.80 kg/m²

549 0804 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.13 kg/m²

549 0811 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13.23 kg/m²

549 0828 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 21.84 kg/m²

549 0835 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 27.04 kg/m²

*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore
deviations in colour may occur. 11 Material Processing

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 40/EP160 - The fabric reinforced universal lining for many applications
REMALINE 40/EP160 has been specially designed to withstand wear and caking for a
variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions.

Properties Area of application
• REMALINE 40 premium quality • Universally applicable as lining
with fabric reinforcement against caking, abrasion and impact
• Safe protection against wear and • Flexilo and hopper lining
material build-up, especially • Lining for coal processing
from wet abrasion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
• Highly elastic low belt tension (build-up protection)
• Good self-cleaning capability • Lining of excavator buckets
• CN bonding layer provides to prevent caking
fast and long-lasting adhesion

REMALINE 40/EP160/CN
Fabric reinforced

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.05 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 50 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 1140 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.93 kg/m²

549 1229 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.60 kg/m²

549 1236 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.10 kg/m²
r

12

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE 40 OIL - The oil and grease resistant universal lining for many applications
REMALINE 40 OIL has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications in which
oil and grease are or might be involved.

Properties Area of application
• Oil and grease resistant REMALINE 40 • Universally applicable as lining
premium quality against caking, abrasion and impact
• Safe protection against wear and • Flexilo and hopper lining
material build-up especially • Lining for coal processing
from wet abrasion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
• Highly elastic low belt tension (build-up protection)
• Good self-cleaning capability • Lining of excavator buckets
• CN bonding layer provides to prevent caking
fast and long-lasting adhesion

REMALINE 40 OIL/CN
Oil and grease resistant

Specifications
Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 44 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 1267 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.60 kg/m²

549 1300 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.25 kg/m²

549 1410 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.00 kg/m²
r

13 Material Processing

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD - The oil and grease resistant universal food lining
for many applications

REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications.
It fulfills the requirements for food contact and can be safely applied in any
systems with hygiene requirements.

Properties Area of application
• Oil and grease resistant REMALINE 40 • Special lining for the food industry
premium quality • Universally applicable as lining
• Food quality against caking, abrasion and impact
• Safe protection against wear and • Flexilo and hopper lining
material build-up especially from • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
wet abrasion low belt tension (build-up protection)
• Highly elastic • Lining of excavator buckets to
• Good self-cleaning capability prevent caking
• CN bonding layer provides fast
and long-lasting adhesion

REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN
Food quality, oil and grease resistant

Specifications
Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.02 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 39 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour White*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 2490 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 3 x 1 200 x 10 000 mm 3.40 kg/m²

549 2470 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.80 kg/m²

549 9070 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.40 kg/m²
r

14

Wear Protection Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE MP 40 - The perfect way to reliable production planning
REMALINE MP 40 (Maintenance Pro) puts an end to premature, unplanned system downtime
and unnecessary maintenance and standstill costs. This new development, which points
the way to the future of lining materials, offers you more than just first-class surface
protection. It also gives you a timely reminder when the lining needs to be renewed.
Thus, you can easily plan and schedule to ensure smooth-running production pro-
cesses, and significantly increased system productivity. A unique advantage, particu-
larly where it is difficult to check the thickness of the lining using conventional methods.

Properties • CN bonding layer provides fast
• Safe protection against wear and and long-lasting adhesion
material build-up with built-in
wear indicator Area of application • Slurry handling
• Orange wear layer • Especially suitable for conveying • Flexilo and bunker lining
• Black signal layer components that are hard to access • Lining of excavator buckets
• Highly wear-resistant, particularly and inspect using conventional to prevent caking
for wet use methods • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
• Very elastic • Lining of drains, pipes, hydrocyclones, low belt tension (build-up protection)
• High self-cleaning effect flotation cells, tanks, etc for example
• Noise damping; reduces dust formation in the sand and gravel industry

REMALINE MP 40/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.05 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 44 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black/Orange*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Signal layer Weight
549 1630 REMALINE MP 40/CN 6(4) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 2 mm 6.80 kg/m²

549 1631 REMALINE MP 40/CN 8(6) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 2 mm 9.15 kg/m²

549 1632 REMALINE MP 40/CN 10(6) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 11.13 kg/m²

549 1633 REMALINE MP 40/CN 12(8) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 13.23 kg/m²

549 1634 REMALINE MP 40/CN 15(11) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 16.85 kg/m²

549 1635 REMALINE MP 40/CN 20(16) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 21.84 kg/m²

549 1636 REMALINE MP 40/CN 25(21) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 27.04 kg/m²

549 1490 REMALINE MP 40/CN 50(40) x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 10 mm 54.08 kg/m²

*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore
deviations in colour may occur. 15 Material Processing

Wear PROTECTION Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 50 - The highly tear-resistant lining
REMALINE 50 is suitable for wet and dry applications due to its unique characteristics.
Its great elasticity and high tear resistance make it especially suitable for
lining pipes, chutes and tanks in power plants and gravel works.
Furthermore, it can be used on non-driven pulleys to prevent build-up.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear and • Applications in wet areas such as
material build-up especially from wet linings for cool water pipes in
abrasion and sharp-edged material power plants
• High tear growth resistance • Lining of chutes, tanks and
• High cut resistance discharge hoppers for round grains
• CN bonding layer provides • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
fast and long-lasting adhesion low belt traction (prevents caking)

REMALINE 50/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 51 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Orange*

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 2527 REMALINE 50/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.96 kg/m²

549 9080 REMALINE 50/CN 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.25 kg/m²

549 2565 REMALINE 50/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.38 kg/m²

549 2620 REMALINE 50/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.70 kg/m²

549 2644 REMALINE 50/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14.04 kg/m²

549 2668 REMALINE 50/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.40 kg/m²

549 2682 REMALINE 50/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.00 kg/m²
r

16

Wear PROTECTION Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE 60 - The lining for protection from impact wear
Due to its low-abrasion properties, REMALINE 60 is especially suitable for protecting
against impact and dry wear and, based on this, is frequently used for conveying coal.
Furthermore, non-driven pulleys can be vulcanized with REMALINE 60.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear and • Lining for vibration chutes, slides,
material build-up to dry abrasion material transfer points, truck bodies,
and impact impact curtains, bunkers, silos,
• Good weather resistance chutes and filtering buckets
• CN bonding layer provides • Lagging for non-driven pulleys
fast and long-lasting adhesion with moderate to high belt traction

REMALINE 60/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 2819 REMALINE 60/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 4.05 kg/m²

549 3052 REMALINE 60/CN 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.30 kg/m²

549 2871 REMALINE 60/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.44 kg/m²

549 2895 REMALINE 60/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 9.84 kg/m²

549 2912 REMALINE 60/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.10 kg/m²

549 2936 REMALINE 60/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14.28 kg/m²

549 2950 REMALINE 60/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.85 kg/m²

549 2974 REMALINE 60/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.60 kg/m²

549 2998 REMALINE 60/CN 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 29.50 kg/m²

549 3021 REMALINE 60/CN 30 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 35.40 kg/m²

549 3069 REMALINE 60/CN 40 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 47.20 kg/m²

549 3083 REMALINE 60/CN 50 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 59.00 kg/m²

*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore
deviations in colour may occur. 17 Material Processing

Wear PROTECTION Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 60/EP160 - The fabric reinforced lining for
protection from impact wear

REMALINE 60/EP160 has been specially designed to withstand wear and caking for
a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions with high
impact energies.

Properties Area of application
• REMALINE 40 premium quality with • Lining for vibration chutes, slides,
fabric reinforcement material transfer points, truck bodies,
• Safe protection against wear and mate- impact curtains, bunkers, silos,
rial build-up to dry abrasion and impact chutes and filtering buckets
• Good weather resistance • Lagging for non-driven pulleys
• CN bonding layer provides fast with moderate to high belt traction
and long-lasting adhesion

REMALINE 60/EP160/CN
Fabric reinforced

Specifications
Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 3100 REMALINE 60/EP160/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.62 kg/m²

549 3131 REMALINE 60/EP160/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.50 kg/m²

18

Wear PROTECTION Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE MP 60 - The perfect way to reliable production planning
REMALINE MP 60 (Maintenance Pro) puts an end to premature, unplanned system down-
time and unnecessary maintenance and standstill costs. This new development, which
points the way to the future of lining materials, offers you more than just premium
surface protection. It also gives you a timely reminder when the lining needs to
be renewed. Thus, you can easily plan and schedule to ensure smooth-running
production processes, and significantly increased system productivity. A unique
advantage, particularly where it is difficult to check the thickness of the
lining using conventional methods.

Properties Area of application
• Safe protection against wear and mate- • Especially suitable for conveying
rial build-up with built-in wear indicator components that are hard to access
• Black wear layer and inspect using conventional methods
• Orange signal layer • Lining of drains, pipes, hydrocyclones,
• Highly wear-resistant, particularly flotation cells, tanks, etc for example
for dry abrasion and impact in the sand and gravel industry
• Very elastic • Slurry handling
• High self-cleaning effect • Flexilo and bunker lining
• Noise damping; reduces dust formation • Lining of excavator buckets
• Good weather resistance to prevent caking
• CN bonding layer provides • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
fast and long-lasting adhesion low belt tension (build-up protection)

REMALINE MP 60/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black/Orange

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Signal layer Weight
549 1640 REMALINE MP 60/CN 6(4) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 2 mm 7.27 kg/m²

549 1641 REMALINE MP 60/CN 10(6) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 11.91 kg/m²

549 1642 REMALINE MP 60/CN 12(8) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 14.28 kg/m²

549 1643 REMALINE MP 60/CN 20(16) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 23.86 kg/m²

549 1644 REMALINE MP 60/CN 25(21) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4 mm 29.68 kg/m²

549 1645 REMALINE MP 60/CN 50(40) x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10 mm 59.22 kg/m²

19 Material Processing

Wear PROTECTION Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

REMALINE 70 - Premium quality for extreme wear situations
REMALINE 70 is a material featuring especially excellent resistance to abrasion.
REMALINE 70 is the material of choice for applications with extremely high wear
and impact. Due to its high tear resistance and tensile strength, REMALINE 70
is especially suitable for equipment used to convey large-particle,
broken and sharp-edged material.

Properties Area of application
• Superior resistance to wear • Material transfer points, chutes,
• Excellent resistance to abrasion bunkers and slides
• Extremely high tensile strength • Lining for truck bodies, impact
• Good weather resistance curtains and vibrating conveyors
• CN bonding layer provides • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
fast and long-lasting adhesion moderate to high belt traction
• Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts
• Mill lining
REMALINE 70/CN

Specifications
Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.09 g/cm3
DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 3210 REMALINE 70/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 4.14 kg/m²

549 9100 REMALINE 70/CN 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.30 kg/m²

549 9110 REMALINE 70/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.25 kg/m²

549 3289 REMALINE 70/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 9.24 kg/m²

549 3313 REMALINE 70/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.90 kg/m²

549 3337 REMALINE 70/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14.04 kg/m²

549 3351 REMALINE 70/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.40 kg/m²

549 3375 REMALINE 70/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.20 kg/m²

549 3399 REMALINE 70/CN 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 28.75 kg/m²

549 3416 REMALINE 70/CN 30 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 34.50 kg/m²

549 3430 REMALINE 70/CN 40 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 46.00 kg/m²

549 3454 REMALINE 70/CN 50 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 57.50 kg/m²

20

Wear PROTECTION Lining
REMALINE - High-quality rubber lining material

1
REMALINE 70/EP160 - The fabric reinforced premium quality
for extreme wear situations

REMALINE 70/EP160 has been specially designed to withstand extreme wear and
caking for a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions.

Properties Area of application
• REMALINE 70 premium quality • Material transfer points, chutes,
with fabric reinforcement bunkers and slides
• Superior resistance to wear • Lining for truck bodies, impact
• Excellent resistance to abrasion curtains and vibrating conveyors
• Extremely high tensile strength • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with
• Good weather resistance moderate to high belt traction
• CN bonding layer provides • Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts
fast and long-lasting adhesion • Mill lining

REMALINE 70/EP160/CN
Fabric reinforced

Specifications
Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.09 g/cm3 DIN EN ISO 1183

Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight
549 3485 REMALINE 70/EP160/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.50 kg/m²

549 3502 REMALINE 70/EP160/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.10 kg/m²

549 3526 REMALINE 70/EP160/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.85 kg/m²

549 3533 REMALINE 70/EP160/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.60 kg/m²

21 Material Processing

Wear PROTECTION Lining REMALINE . premium quality bunkers and slides • Superior resistance to wear • Lining for truck bodies.High-quality rubber lining material REMALINE 70 OIL .88 kg/m² 549 9120 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.The oil and grease resistant premium quality for extreme wear situations REMALINE 70 OIL has been specially designed to withstand extreme wear and caking for a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions in which oil and grease are or might be involved. No.15 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 59 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.75 kg/m² 549 3571 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.60 kg/m² r 22 . Properties Area of application • Oil and grease resistant REMALINE 70 • Material transfer points. impact • Excellent resistance to abrasion curtains and vibrating conveyors • Extremely high tensile strength • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with • Good weather resistance moderate to high belt traction • CN bonding layer provides • Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts fast and long-lasting adhesion • Mill lining REMALINE 70 OIL/CN Oil and grease resistant Specifications Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. chutes. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 3739 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.

The fabric reinforced. No. fabric reinforced Specifications Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. impact • Superior resistance to wear curtains and vibrating conveyors • Excellent resistance to abrasion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with • Extremely high tensile strength moderate to high belt traction • Good weather resistance • Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts • CN bonding layer provides • Mill lining fast and long-lasting adhesion REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN Oil and grease resistant. oil and grease resistant premium quality for extreme wear situations REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160 has been specially designed to withstand extreme wear and caking for a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions in which oil and grease are or might be involved. chutes.15 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 59 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Properties Area of application • Oil and grease resistant REMALINE 70 • Material transfer points. premium quality bunkers and slides • Fabric reinforced • Lining for truck bodies.High-quality rubber lining material 1 REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160 .Wear PROTECTION Lining REMALINE .80 kg/m² 549 9140 REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.40 kg/m² 23 Material Processing . Designation Dimensions Weight 549 9130 REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.

76 kg/m² 549 3973 REMALINE 70 V/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 22.82 kg/m² 549 3935 REMALINE 70 V/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14. antistatic • CN bonding layer provides curtains and vibrating conveyors REMALINE 70 premium quality fast and long-lasting adhesion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with • Moderate oil resistance moderate to high belt traction • Superior resistance to wear Area of application • Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts • Excellent resistance to abrasion • Material transfer points.High-quality rubber lining material REMALINE 70 V .39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.80 kg/m² 549 3959 REMALINE 70 V/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17. impact • Self-extinguishing. • Mill lining • Extremely high tensile strength bunkers and slides REMALINE 70 V/CN Self-extinguishing. B/1724/III/2013 Properties • Good weather resistance • Lining for truck bodies.21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No.60 kg/m² 24 . Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: PRIMER PR 200 and CEMENT SC 4000 black/ HARDENER ER-42 or CEMENT SC 2000 black/HARDENER UT-R 20.The self-extinguishing premium quality for extreme wear situations REMALINE 70 V is self-extinguishing and antistatic.43. antistatic and moderate oil resistance Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. 18. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 3203 REMALINE 70 V/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 4.20 kg/m² 549 3997 REMALINE 70 V/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 29. No.41 kg/m² 549 3863 REMALINE 70 V/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8.Wear PROTECTION Lining REMALINE . chutes. It has been specially designed to withstand extreme wear and caking for a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging ATEX operating conditions with high fire regulation or potentially explosive environments. German underground approval: LOBA No.

Properties Area of application • Heat resistant REMALINE 70 premium • Material transfer points.00 kg/m² 25 Material Processing . It has been specially designed to withstand extreme wear and caking for a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions in high-temperature environments.26 kg/m² 549 3753 REMALINE 70 HR/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 3715 REMALINE 70 HR/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7. impact • Superior resistance to wear curtains and vibrating conveyors • Excellent resistance to abrasion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with • Extremely high tensile strength moderate to high belt traction • Good weather resistance • Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts • CN bonding layer provides • Mill lining fast and long-lasting adhesion REMALINE 70 HR/CN Heat resistant Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.Wear PROTECTION Lining REMALINE . No.High-quality rubber lining material 1 REMALINE 70 HR .1 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.The heat resistant premium quality for extreme wear situations REMALINE 70 HR is made to withstand a continuous thermal stress of 110 °C and even short-term stresses of 130 °C. quality up to 110 °C. chutes. short peaks bunkers and slides up to 130 °C • Lining for truck bodies.

08 kg/m² 549 9170 REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8.Wear PROTECTION Lining REMALINE . Designation Dimensions Weight 550 2008 REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 4.20 kg/m² r 26 . Properties Area of application • Oil and grease resistant REMALINE 70 • Material transfer points. oil and grease resistant Specifications Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. premium quality bunkers and slides • Food quality • Lining for truck bodies. chutes.16 kg/m² 549 9090 REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13. No. impact • Superior resistance to wear curtains and vibrating conveyors • Excellent resistance to abrasion • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with • Extremely high tensile strength moderate to high belt traction • Good weather resistance • Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts • CN bonding layer provides • Mill lining fast and long-lasting adhesion REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN Food quality.High-quality rubber lining material REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD .The oil and grease resistant premium food quality for extreme wear situations REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD has been specially designed to fulfill the requirements for food contact and can be safely applied against wear and caking for a variety of wet or dry applications in challenging operating conditions with hygiene requirements.22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 56 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour White* Ref.

Properties Area of application • Safe protection against • Especially suitable for lining and material flow problems coating in foundries.50 kg/m² 549 4178 REMALINE 90/CN 15 x 1 000 x 2 000 mm 18. grainy materials • Workable after warming up • Lining of sliding surfaces • CN bonding layer provides • Lining for electro-magnetic vibratory fast and long-lasting adhesion feeders • Discharge chutes for waste slag • Lagging for non-driven pulleys with high belt traction REMALINE 90/CN Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.High-quality rubber lining material 1 REMALINE 90 . 27 Material Processing .75 kg/m² *Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore deviations in colour may occur. steel mills • Extraordinary hard and smooth surface and glass recycling plants • Smoothness increases during operation • Improves flow of material in • Good weather resistance chutes with fine.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 88 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Due to its slippery surface. No.The lining for better material flow REMALINE 90 is a hard-rubber material featuring outstanding sliding properties and wear-resistance. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 4130 REMALINE 90/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.68 kg/m² 549 4154 REMALINE 90/CN 10 x 1 000 x 2 000 mm 12. wear and build-up can be efficiently prevented and material flow improved.Wear PROTECTION Lining REMALINE .

• High resistance to wear caused by cutting slides.Wear PROTECTION Lining REMASTAR . Designation Dimensions Weight 5494482 REMASTAR/CN 6 x 1 000 x 10 000 mm 7. bunkers and grooving • Wear protection of magnetic belts • Resistant to oil. It has features new and significantly improved features compared to existing lining materials. No. grease and many solvents and also to ageing.4 kg/m² 28 . The material is resistant to oil. silos.High wear-resistance lining material REMASTAR .20 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 85 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Red* Ref. grease and many solvents • Remains flexible even at low temperatures • CN bonding layer provides fast and long-lasting adhesion REMASTAR Base: Rubber with CN bonding layer. REMASTAR provides excellent resistance to wear caused by cutting and grooving and remains flexible even at low temperatures. Properties Area of application • Excellent abrasion-resistance • Lining of vibration chutes.Premium quality with extreme abrasion-resistance REMASTAR is a combination of thermoplastic polyurethane and rubber. 1 mm Specifications Polymer basis TPU DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

Rubber lining material for simple applications 1 UNILINE 40 . Properties Area of application • Wear-resistant • Protection against minor.The lining for simple applications and wet wear UNILINE 40 can be universally used as rubber lining for simple applications and wet wear.31 kg/m² 550 3493 UNILINE 40/KS 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 29. No.14 kg/m² r *Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore deviations in colour may occur.75 kg/m² 550 3433 UNILINE 40/KS 4 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 4.50 kg/m² 550 3421 UNILINE 40/KS 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.64 kg/m² 550 3486 UNILINE 40/KS 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.96 kg/m² 550 3432 UNILINE 40/KS 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.Wear Protection Lining UNILINE .11 kg/m² 550 3479 UNILINE 40/KS 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17. wet wear • Good elasticity • Green contact layer (KS) UNILINE 40/KS Specifications Polymer basis NR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 45 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. 29 Material Processing .87 kg/m² 550 3540 UNILINE 40/KS 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14. Designation Dimensions Weight 550 3503 UNILINE 40/KS 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.49 kg/m² 550 3453 UNILINE 40/KS 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.25 kg/m² 550 3446 UNILINE 40/KS 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 9.

Designation Dimensions Weight 550 3351 UNILINE 60/KS 3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 3.33 kg/m² 550 3306 UNILINE 60/KS 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.82 kg/m² 550 3260 UNILINE 60/KS 50 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 63.53 kg/m² r 30 .62 kg/m² 550 3344 UNILINE 60/KS 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 32.Rubber lining material for simple applications UNILINE 60 .97 kg/m² 550 7520 UNILINE 60/KS 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.22 kg/m² 550 3337 UNILINE 60/KS 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 25.Wear PROTECTION Lining UNILINE .37 kg/m² 550 3320 UNILINE 60/KS 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 19.92 kg/m² 550 3313 UNILINE 60/KS 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 15.51 kg/m² 550 3280 UNILINE 60/KS 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 7.03 kg/m² 550 3920 UNILINE 60/KS 30 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 38.81 kg/m² 550 3296 UNILINE 60/KS 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10. Properties Area of application • Wear-resistant • Protection against minor.43 kg/m² 550 3270 UNILINE 60/KS 40 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 50. dry wear • Good tear growth resistance • Green contact layer (KS) UNILINE 60/KS Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. No.The lining for simple applications and dry wear UNILINE 60 can be universally used as rubber lining for simple applications and dry wear.

No.High-quality polyurethane lining material 1 REMATHAN G 65 .22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 65 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref. grease. Properties Area of application • High resistance to wear • Oil-.and wear-resistant • Oil and grease resistant lining • Resists hydrolysis • Prevents caking and noise • Resists microbes • Slides and chutes • High impact elasticity • Slip ground containers • High notch value • Temperature range from -30 °C to +80 °C REMATHAN G 65 Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Designation Dimensions 573 2081 REMATHAN G 65 6 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2098 REMATHAN G 65 8 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2108 REMATHAN G 65 10 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 0003 REMATHAN G 65 12 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm r 31 Material Processing .Wear Protection Lining REMATHAN .High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN premium wear protection plates are a convincing choice due to their extremely high wear-resistance and their excellent resistance to oil and grease.

Wear Protection Lining REMATHAN . No.High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN premium wear protection plates are a convincing choice due to their extremely high wear-resistance and their excellent resistance to oil and grease. Designation Dimensions 573 2263 REMATHAN G 65/CN 6 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2270 REMATHAN G 65/CN 8 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2287 REMATHAN G 65/CN 10 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 4292 REMATHAN G 65/CN 12 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm r 32 .High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN G 65/CN . grease.and wear-resistant • Oil and grease resistant lining • Resists hydrolysis • Prevents caking and noise • Resists microbes • Slides and chutes • High impact elasticity • Slip ground containers • High notch value • Temperature range from -30 °C to +80 °C • CN bonding layer provides fast and long-lasting adhesion REMATHAN G 65/CN Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 65 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref. Properties Area of application • High resistance to wear • Oil-.

Wear Protection Lining REMATHAN .22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 75 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref.High-quality polyurethane lining material 1 REMATHAN G 75 . No. Designation Dimensions 573 2146 REMATHAN G 75 6 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2153 REMATHAN G 75 8 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2160 REMATHAN G 75 10 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 4175 REMATHAN G 75 12 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm r 33 Material Processing .High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN premium wear protection plates are a convincing choice due to their extremely high wear-resistance and their excellent resistance to oil and grease. Properties Area of application • Excellent resistance to wear • Oil-. grease.and wear-resistant • Oil and grease resistant lining • Resists hydrolysis • Prevents caking and noise • Resists microbes • Slides and chutes • High impact elasticity • Slip ground containers • High notch value • Temperature range from -30 °C to +80 °C REMATHAN G 75 Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

No. grease.High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN premium wear protection plates are a convincing choice due to their extremely high wear-resistance and their excellent resistance to oil and grease.High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN G 75/CN .Wear Protection Lining REMATHAN .and wear-resistant • Oil and grease resistant lining • Resists hydrolysis • Prevents caking and noise • Resists microbes • Slides and chutes • High impact elasticity • Slip ground containers • High notch value • Temperature range from -30 °C to +80 °C • CN bonding layer provides fast and long-lasting adhesion REMATHAN G 75/CN Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 75 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref. Properties Area of application • Excellent resistance to wear • Oil-. Designation Dimensions 573 2328 REMATHAN G 75/CN 6 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2335 REMATHAN G 75/CN 8 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2342 REMATHAN G 75/CN 10 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 4357 REMATHAN G 75/CN 12 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 34 .

High-quality polyurethane lining material 1 REMATHAN G 90 .and wear-resistant • Oil and grease resistant lining • Resists hydrolysis • Prevents caking and noise • Resists microbes • Slides and chutes • High impact elasticity • Concrete discharge chutes • High notch value • Temperature range from -30 °C to +80 °C REMATHAN G 90 Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. No. grease. Designation Dimensions 573 2201 REMATHAN G 90 6 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2218 REMATHAN G 90 8 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2225 REMATHAN G 90 10 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 4230 REMATHAN G 90 12 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm r 35 Material Processing .23 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 90 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref.High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN premium wear protection plates are a convincing choice due to their extremely high wear-resistance and their excellent resistance to oil and grease. Properties Area of application • High resistance to wear • Oil-.Wear Protection Lining REMATHAN .

High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN premium wear protection plates are a convincing choice due to their extremely high wear-resistance and their excellent resistance to oil and grease. No. Designation Dimensions 573 2380 REMATHAN G 90/CN 6 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2397 REMATHAN G 90/CN 8 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 2407 REMATHAN G 90/CN 10 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 573 4412 REMATHAN G 90/CN 12 x 1 400 x 10 000 mm 36 .Wear Protection Lining REMATHAN . grease.23 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183 Hardness 90 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref.and wear-resistant • Oil and grease resistant lining • Resists hydrolysis • Prevents caking and noise • Resists microbes • Slides and chutes • High impact elasticity • Concrete discharge chutes • High notch value • Temperature range from -30 °C to +80 °C • CN bonding layer provides fast and long-lasting adhesion REMATHAN G 90/CN Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.High-quality polyurethane lining material REMATHAN G 90/CN . Properties Area of application • High resistance to wear • Oil-.

Heavy Wear Protection 2 REMA TIP TOP REMALOX .Ceramic lining material 38-40 Special rubber elements 41-52 37 MateriaL ProceSSing .

sand • Long service life increases the and stone breaking mills and efficiency of your equipment other industrial sectors • Good resistance against weather • In applications like pipelines. chutes. rectangular or hexagonal „SW“) vulcanized in special rubber with CN bonding layer. REMALOX Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. vibratory feeders.Heavy Wear Protection REMALOX . cyclones. No. loading points. Designation Dimensions Dimensions of ceramic tiles 539 9015 REMALOX 4/4 8 x 500 x 500 mm 4 x 20 x 20 mm 539 9022 REMALOX 10/4 14 x 500 x 500 mm 10 x 20 x 20 mm 539 9039 REMALOX 25/15 40 x 500 x 600 mm 25 x 100 x 150 mm 539 9046 REMALOX SW 6/6 12 x 510 x 525 mm SW 32 x 6 mm 539 9053 REMALOX SW 12/8 20 x 510 x 525 mm SW 32 x 12 mm 38 .12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. skips. etc. bunkers. hoppers. Properties Area of application • Highest abrasion-resistance • Lining against extreme wear • Easy application by bonding through abrasion at high speeds to substrate • For simple to medium duty • Reduces operating costs applications in mining. gravel.Ceramic/rubber lining material REMALOX is a composite construction of highly wear-resistant 92 %-Al2O3 ceramic tiles (square. silos .Ceramic lining material REMALOX . slides.

skips. slides. Properties Area of application • Highest abrasion-resistance • Lining against extreme wear REMALOX HD 35 • Easy. hoppers. etc. cyclones. vibratory feeders. gravel.Heavy Wear Protection REMALOX . No.Ceramic/rubber lining material REMALOX HD 35 is a composite construction of highly wear-resistant 92 %-Al2O3 2 ceramic tiles hot vulcanized in special rubber. flexible and fast application through abrasion at high speeds with secure fastening • Lining of material transfer stations • Reduces operating costs with low impact angles • Long service life increases the • For simple to medium duty appli- efficiency of your equipment cations in mining.Ceramic lining material REMALOX HD 35 . chutes. loading points. sand and • Easy replacement stone breaking mills and other • Good resistance against weather industrial sectors • In applications like pipelines. A 5 mm ST-37 metal layer hot- vulcanized on the undersurface enables an easy fitting to the application areas by means of stud bolt and prevents dust and material spillage. Designation Dimensions Dimensions of ceramic tiles 539 8970 REMALOX HD 35 35 x 250 x 500 mm Ø 20 x 20 mm 539 8980 REMALOX HD 35 35 x 500 x 500 mm Ø 20 x 20 mm 39 Material Processing . silos. REMALOX HD 35 Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. bunkers.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.

Designation Dimensions Dimensions of ceramic tiles 539 3200 REMALOX HD 75 75 x 300 x 600 mm Ø 30 x 50 mm 40 . skips. REMALOX HD 75 Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. slides. gravel. Properties Area of application • Highest abrasion-resistance • Lining against extreme wear through REMALOX HD 75 • Absorption of impact energies impact and abrasion at high speeds • Easy. loading points.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. vibratory feeders. A 5 mm ST-37 metal layer hot- vulcanized on the undersurface enables an easy fitting to the application areas by means of stud bolt and prevents dust and material spillage. flexible and fast application • Lining of material transfer stations with secure fastening with low impact angles • Reduces operating costs • For heavy to medium duty appli- • Long service life increases the cations in mining.Heavy Wear Protection REMALOX .Ceramic/rubber lining material REMALOX HD 75 is a composite construction of highly wear-resistant 92 %-Al2O3 ceramic tiles hot vulcanized in special rubber.Ceramic lining material REMALOX HD 75 . cyclones. bunkers. sand and efficiency of your equipment stone breaking mills and other • Easy replacement industrial sectors • Good resistance against weather • In applications like pipelines. No. silos. hoppers. chutes. etc.

Designation Dimensions Weight TT-Fastening Unit 539 0014 KG bars KG-01 50 x 100 x 2 500 mm 13 kg I 539 0021 KG bars KG-02 42 x 100 x 2 500 mm 12 kg I 539 0038 KG bars KG-03 80 x 100 x 2 500 mm 22. flexible and fast application applications in mining. with secure fastening sand and stone breaking mills • Reduces operating costs and other industrial sectors • Long service-life increases the • In applications like bunkers. gravel.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements KG bars KG bars with rubber quality REMALINE 70 with excellent resistance against wear in 2 dry conditions and impact energy. KG-04/KG-05/ KG-09/KG-10 efficiency of your equipment chutes. Installation by means of vulcanized fastening profile made of aluminium and TT-Fastening Unit. No. KG-01 KG-02/KG-03/ KG-06/KG-08 Properties Area of application • Safe protection against abrasion • In applications with abrasion in addition to impact energies with at high speeds large-size bulk material • For medium to heavy-duty • Easy.5 kg I 539 0045 KG bars KG-04 100 x 100 x 2 500 mm 28 kg II 539 0052 KG bars KG-05 100 x 150 x 2 500 mm 42 kg II 539 0069 KG bars KG-06 60 x 100 x 2 500 mm 16 kg I 539 0076 KG bars KG-07 150 x 150 x 2 500 mm 62 kg II 539 0083 KG bars KG-08 80 x 70 x 2 500 mm 16 kg I 539 0090 KG bars KG-09 40 x 40 x 1 000 mm 2.3 kg III 527 2008 KG bars KG-10 50 x 50 x 2 500 mm 8. loading points KG-07 • Easy replacement • Good resistance against weather KG bars WKG-01 Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.5 kg III 539 0100 KG bars WKG-01 36 x 100 x 2 500 mm 9 kg I 41 Material Processing .

50°). Designation Dimensions Weight TT-Fastening Unit 539 0148 ZP bars ZP-100 100 x 130 x 2 500 mm 29 kg II 539 0155 ZP bars ZP-150 150 x 190 x 2 500 mm 60 kg II 42 . flexible and fast application cations in mining. Properties Area of application • Safe protection against abrasion in • In applications with abrasion addition to impact energies with at high speeds ZP bars large-size bulk material • For medium to heavy-duty appli- • Easy. gravel.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements ZP bars ZP bars with rubber quality REMALINE 70 with excellent resistance against wear in dry conditions and impact energy. The profile enables a compensation of un- favourable impact angles (for rubber: 10° . Installation by means of vulcanized fastening profile made of aluminium and TT-Fastening Unit. No. loading points • Easy replacement • Good resistance against weather ZP bars Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. sand with secure fastening and stone breaking mills and • Reduces operating costs other industrial sectors • Long service-life increases the • In applications like bunkers.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. efficiency of your equipment chutes.

Designation Dimensions 539 1460 TT-Fastening Unit III M 10 x 30 mm 539 1477 TT-Fastening Unit III M 10 x 60 mm r 43 Material Processing . No. Designation Dimensions TT-Fastening Unit type I 539 1006 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 40 mm 539 1013 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 60 mm 539 1020 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 80 mm 539 1037 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 100 mm 539 1044 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 120 mm r TT-Fastening Units II • Torque: 150 Nm • Consists of forged TT-Fasteners with washer and self-locking nut • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref. Designation Dimensions 539 1068 TT-Fastening Unit II M 20 x 60 mm 539 1075 TT-Fastening Unit II M 20 x 80 mm 539 1082 TT-Fastening Unit II M 20 x 100 mm 539 1099 TT-Fastening Unit II M 20 x 120 mm TT-Fastening Units III • Torque: 15 Nm • Consists of forged TT-Fasteners with washer and self-locking nut • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements TT-Fastening Units TT-Fastening Units I 2 • Torque: 90 Nm • Consists of forged TT-Fasteners with washer and self-locking nut • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref. No. No.

Designation Dimensions Weight 539 4278 Serrated profile plate ZP 35 A 15 x 500 x 2 520 mm 42 kg 539 4292 Serrated profile plate ZP 35 A 35 x 500 x 2 520 mm 59 kg 539 4319 Serrated profile plate ZP 55 A 55 x 500 x 2 486 mm 72 kg Serrated profile plate ZP B REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber fabric reinforced (EP 160) and equipped with CN bonding layer. No. Ref. flexible and fast application impact curtains with secure fastening • Reduces operating costs • Long service-life increases the efficiency of your equipment • Easy replacement • Good resistance against weather ZP 15 B/ZP 35 B/ ZP 55 B Serrated profile plate ZP A REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber on ST-37 steel backing. Designation Dimensions Weight 539 4285 Serrated profile plate ZP 15 B 15 x 500 x 2 495 mm 17 kg 539 4302 Serrated profile plate ZP 35 B 35 x 500 x 2 495 mm 32 kg 539 4326 Serrated profile plate ZP 55 B 55 x 500 x 2 461 mm 47 kg 44 .50°). Properties Area of application • Safe protection against abrasion in • Material transfer points with addition to impact energies with problematic impact angle large-size bulk material • Impact aprons and elastic ZP 15 A/ZP 35 A/ZP 55 A • Easy. Ref. No.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements Serrated profile plates Serrated profile plates ZP with rubber quality REMALINE 70 with excellent resistance against wear in dry conditions and impact energy. The profile enables a compensation of unfavourable impact angles (for rubber: 10° .

No. Designation Dimensions Weight Number of fasteners 539 5301 Serrated profile plate ZPL 40 40 x 1 400 x 2 420 mm 105 kg 10 539 5318 Serrated profile plate ZPL 60 60 x 1 400 x 2 420 mm 162 kg 12 539 5325 Serrated profile plate ZPL 80 80 x 1 400 x 2 420 mm 208 kg 14 539 5332 Serrated profile plate ZPL 100 100 x 1 400 x 2 420 mm 242 kg 16 539 5349 Serrated profile plate ZPL 120 120 x 1 400 x 2 420 mm 300 kg 20 539 2861 T screw.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements Serrated profile plate ZPL REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber. for serrated profile plate ZPL M 16 x 80 mm 45 Material Processing . 2 Ref.

Serrated rubber plates with metal backing UVZ plates with rubber quality REMALINE 70 on 5 mm ST-37 metal layer hot- vulcanized with excellent resistance against wear in dry conditions and impact energy. with secure fastening problematic impact angle chutes. flexible and fast application • Material transfer points with • In applications like bunkers. Designation Dimensions Weight 539 7282 UVZ plate 80 x 450 x 1 000 mm 41 kg 539 7323 UVZ plate 80 x 500 x 1 000 mm 46 kg 539 7361 UVZ plate 80 x 600 x 1 000 mm 54 kg 539 7402 UVZ plate 80 x 750 x 1 000 mm 68 kg 539 7440 UVZ plate 105 x 450 x 1 000 mm 48 kg 539 7488 UVZ plate 105 x 500 x 1 000 mm 54 kg 539 7529 UVZ plate 105 x 600 x 1 000 mm 63 kg 539 7567 UVZ plate 105 x 750 x 1 000 mm 80 kg 539 7608 UVZ plate 130 x 450 x 1 000 mm 61 kg 539 7646 UVZ plate 130 x 500 x 1 000 mm 68 kg 539 7684 UVZ plate 130 x 600 x 1 000 mm 81 kg 539 9228 UVZ plate 130 x 750 x 1 000 mm 102 kg 46 . sand and addition to impact energies with stone breaking mills and other large-size bulk material Area of application industrial sectors • Easy. Properties • Easy replacement • For medium to heavy-duty appli- • Safe protection against abrasion in • Good resistance against weather cations in mining. loading points • Reduces operating costs • In applications with abrasion • Long service-life increases the at high speeds efficiency of your equipment UVZ plate Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. gravel. The ST-37 metal layer on the undersurface enables an easy fitting to the application UVZ plate areas and prevents dust and material spillage. The profile enables a compensation of unfavourable impact angles (for rubber: 10° . No.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements UVZ plates .09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.50°).

Also available without holes. sand and indicator (signal layer) stone breaking mills and other • Safe protection against abrasion in industrial sectors addition to impact energies with • In applications like SKW bodies. etc. with secure fastening • Reduction of operating costs • Long service-life increases the efficiency of your equipment • Easy replacement possible • Noise and vibration reduction • Good resistance against weather • Also available without holes HDL MP plate Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. chutes. hoppers. The thickness of the REMALINE 40 Orange signal layer depends on the total thickness of the HDL MP plates.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black 47 Material Processing . flexible and fast application slides. loading points.Maintenance Pro) Highly wear-resistant rubber quality REMALINE 70 combined with REMALINE 40 2 Orange as signal layer hot vulcanized on 5 mm ST-37 steel backing. gravel. Fastening holes in a given distance are already properly drilled.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements HDL MP plates (Heavy-Duty Lining . silos. • Easy. The vulcanized steel backing enables an easy fitting to the application areas and prevents dust and material spillage. large-size bulk material bunkers. Properties Area of application HDL MP plate • A precise and reliable production • Highest resistance for applications planning is possible (preventive with impact energies and abrasion maintenance) • For heavy to medium duty appli- • Excellent wear protection with wear cations in mining.

Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements Ref. Designation Dimensions 539 2200 HDL MP plate 50 x 500 x 500 mm 539 2210 HDL MP plate 60 x 500 x 500 mm 539 2220 HDL MP plate 80 x 500 x 500 mm 539 2230 HDL MP plate 100 x 500 x 500 mm 539 2240 HDL MP plate 120 x 500 x 500 mm 539 2250 HDL MP plate 150 x 500 x 500 mm 539 2260 HDL MP plate 50 x 500 x 750 mm 539 2270 HDL MP plate 60 x 500 x 750 mm 539 2280 HDL MP plate 80 x 500 x 750 mm 539 2290 HDL MP plate 100 x 500 x 750 mm 539 2300 HDL MP plate 120 x 500 x 750 mm 539 2310 HDL MP plate 150 x 500 x 750 mm 539 2320 HDL MP plate 50 x 750 x 1 500 mm 539 2330 HDL MP plate 60 x 750 x 1 500 mm 539 2340 HDL MP plate 80 x 750 x 1 500 mm 539 2350 HDL MP plate 100 x 750 x 1 500 mm 539 2360 HDL MP plate 120 x 750 x 1 500 mm 539 2370 HDL MP plate 150 x 750 x 1 500 mm 539 2380 HDL MP plate 50 x 500 x 1 500 mm 539 2390 HDL MP plate 60 x 500 x 1 500 mm 539 2400 HDL MP plate 80 x 500 x 1 500 mm 539 2410 HDL MP plate 100 x 500 x 1 500 mm 539 2420 HDL MP plate 120 x 500 x 1 500 mm 539 2430 HDL MP plate 150 x 500 x 1 500 mm 48 . No.

No.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. hoppers. Fastening holes in a given distance already properly drilled. efficiency of your equipment bunkers. flexible and fast application cations in mining. Also available without holes.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements HDL plates (Heavy-Duty Lining) Highly wear-resistant rubber quality REMALINE 70 hot vulcanized on 5 mm ST-37 2 steel backing. gravel. Properties Area of application • Safe protection against abrasion in • Highest resistance for applications addition to impact energies with with impact energies and abrasion HDL plate large-size bulk material • For heavy to medium duty appli- • Easy. loading points. chutes. sand with secure fastening and stone breaking mills and • Reduction of operating costs other industrial sectors • Long service-life increases the • In applications like SKW bodies. • Easy replacement possible slides. etc. silos. The vulcanized steel backing enables an easy fitting to the application areas and prevents dust and material spillage. • Noise and vibration reduction • Good resistance against weather HDL plate Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Designation Dimensions 539 5442 HDL plate 60 x 500 x 1 500 539 5459 HDL plate 80 x 500 x 1 500 539 5466 HDL plate 100 x 500 x 1 500 539 5473 HDL plate 120 x 500 x 1 500 539 5576 HDL plate 150 x 500 x 1 500 539 5521 HDL plate 60 x 750 x 1 500 539 5538 HDL plate 80 x 750 x 1 500 539 5545 HDL plate 100 x 750 x 1 500 539 5552 HDL plate 120 x 750 x 1 500 539 5590 HDL plate 150 x 750 x 1 500 r 49 Material Processing .

No. loading points.Rubber plates with metal backing REMASTEEL plates with rubber quality REMALINE 60 with excellent resistance against wear in dry conditions and impact energy. hoppers. • Noise and vibration reduction • Good resistance against weather Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Properties Area of application • Safe protection against abrasion in • Highest resistance for applications addition to impact energies with with impact energies and abrasion large-size bulk material • For heavy to medium duty appli- • Easy. • Easy replacement possible slides. sand with secure fastening and stone breaking mills and REMASTEEL 60 • Reduction of operating costs other industrial sectors • Long service-life increases the • In applications like SKW bodies.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements REMASTEEL 60 . chutes. A 5 mm ST-37 metal layer hot vulcanized on the undersurface enables an easy fitting to the application areas and prevents dust and material spillage.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black REMASTEEL 60 Ref. flexible and fast application cations in mining. silos. Designation Dimensions 539 1500 REMASTEEL 60 10 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1510 REMASTEEL 60 15 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1520 REMASTEEL 60 20 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1530 REMASTEEL 60 25 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1540 REMASTEEL 60 30 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1550 REMASTEEL 60 40 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 2000 REMASTEEL 60 10 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2010 REMASTEEL 60 15 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2020 REMASTEEL 60 20 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2030 REMASTEEL 60 25 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2040 REMASTEEL 60 30 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2050 REMASTEEL 60 40 x 300 x 300 mm 50 . gravel. etc. efficiency of your equipment bunkers.

chutes. efficiency of your equipment stone breaking mills and other bunkers.Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements REMASTEEL 70 .Rubber plates with metal backing REMASTEEL plates with rubber quality REMALINE 70 with excellent resistance against wear 2 in dry conditions and impact energy.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black REMASTEEL 70 Ref. gravel. Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. flexible and fast application • Highest resistance for applications REMASTEEL 70 with secure fastening with impact energies and abrasion • Reduction of operating costs • For heavy to medium duty appli- • Long service-life increases the cations in mining. • Easy replacement possible industrial sectors slides. etc. sand and • In applications like SKW bodies. silos. A 5 mm ST-37 metal layer hot vulcanized on the undersurface enables an easy fitting to the application areas and prevents dust and material spillage. loading points. Properties • Noise and vibration reduction • Safe protection against abrasion • Good resistance against weather in addition to impact energies with large-size bulk material Area of application • Easy. Designation Dimensions 539 1560 REMASTEEL 70 10 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1570 REMASTEEL 70 15 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1580 REMASTEEL 70 20 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1590 REMASTEEL 70 25 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1600 REMASTEEL 70 30 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 1610 REMASTEEL 70 40 x 1 250 x 2 500 mm 539 2060 REMASTEEL 70 10 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2070 REMASTEEL 70 15 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2080 REMASTEEL 70 20 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2090 REMASTEEL 70 25 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2100 REMASTEEL 70 30 x 300 x 300 mm 539 2110 REMASTEEL 70 40 x 300 x 300 mm 51 Material Processing . hoppers. No.

M 20 x 80 mm 539 2816 Hex. Ø 55 x 1 000 mm HDL and HDL MP drill For additional boreholes in rubber such as REMASTEEL. DIN 7349. self-locking. nut.. Designation 539 4405 HDL drill 50 mm Shaft for drill chuck (rigid shaft Ø 10 mm). 539 4405 r 52 . inside Ø 21 mm 539 2775 U .Heavy Wear Protection Special rubber elements Accessories . self-locking. Ø 55 x 1 000 mm 539 2768 U . Designation HDL Fastening Unit A 539 2696 Hex. outer Ø 44 mm 539 2816 Hex. No. outer Ø 44 mm HDL and HDL MP Fastening Unit B Ref. M20 x 35 mm HDL Fastening Unit B 539 2775 U .washer. M 20 539 4412 Rubber cord.washer.HDL and HDL MP plates HDL and HDL MP Fastening Unit A Ref.washer. DIN 985. No. DIN 985. DIN 7349. No. DIN 125-St. nut. M 20 539 4412 Rubber cord. Ref. Designation 539 2720 Stud bolt. bolt.

Non-stick liners 54 REMALEN . AnticAking 3 REMA TIP TOP REMAFLON .Non-stick liners 56 53 MAtERiAL PROcESSing .Non-stick liners 55 REMASLIDE Plate .

slides. thereby preventing extreme build-up and material flow problems. No. such as for REA plaster due to the Teflon® surface or for the molasses segment (wet) (PTFE = extremely low adhesion of the sugar industry and friction coefficients) • Flow improvement of very fine and • Extremely good chemical resistance powdery. the virginal PTFE surface of REMAFLON features outstanding anti-adhesive properties. Designation Dimensions 550 7004 REMAFLON 3 x 1 200 x 2 000 mm 550 7005 REMAFLON 3 x 1 200 x 4 000 mm 550 7006 REMAFLON 3 x 1 200 x 6 000 mm 550 7007 REMAFLON 3 x 1 200 x 8 000 mm 550 7008 REMAFLON 3 x 1 200 x 10 000 mm r 54 .Non-stick liners REMAFLON . 1 mm • Base: Rubber (black) with CN bonding layer. 2 mm Specifications Polymer basis PTFE DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 2.Anticaking REMAFLON . Properties Area of application • Safe protection from material • Used for toughest caking and material flow problems flow problems requiring the use of • Excellent anti-caking properties Teflon surfaces. REMAFLON ensures perfect protection in most applications where dust or very fine and slightly moist material prone to build-up has to be conveyed.16 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 54 Shore D DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour White Ref. which make the surface even more slippery. They feature especially slippery surfaces. In particu- lar. PTFE virginal. transfer • Teflon® surfaces approved for stations and containers contact with food • Coating for walls and outlet elements in glass production Lining to prevent bridge formation and blockage REMAFLON • Surface: White. non-abrasive materials • Noise damping • Lining to prevent bridging and • CN bonding layer provides fast obstructions and good adhesion • Lining for gutters.The solution for extreme material flow problems Our high-quality REMAFLON lining is a combination of polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE = Teflon®) and rubber.

1 mm • Base: Rubber (black) with CN bonding layer. • Prevents flow problems with very fine bridging and against wear and powdery. linings with REMALEN reduce the build-up of fine material to a minimum and thereby 3 increase the productivity of your equipment. non-abrasive materials • Noise damping • Used in the storage and transport • Reduction of maintenance costs area for bulk and unit load materials • Excellent cost-performance-ratio • Lining for gutters. 2 mm Specifications Polymer basis PE DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 0. • PE surface is food quality cones. funnels. slides. storage and good adhesion container. Especially when conveying and handling very fine-particle and dust-like material. UHMW-PE. cyclones.Non-stick liners REMALEN . Properties Area of application • Optimum protection from build-up. No.Anticaking REMALEN . material • CN bonding layer provides fast transfer stations. Designation Dimensions 550 9882 REMALEN 3 x 1 450 x 4 000 mm 550 9883 REMALEN 3 x 1 450 x 6 000 mm 550 9884 REMALEN 3 x 1 450 x 8 000 mm 550 9885 REMALEN 3 x 1 450 x 10 000 mm r 55 Material Processing .93 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 61 Shore D DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Transparent Ref. REMALEN • Surface: Transparent.The special solution for any material flow problem REMALEN linings are designed for a specially wide range of applications in a wide area of industry due to their excellent surface quality. etc. pipelines.

silos and other containers as well as their transport through chutes and hoppers REMASLIDE plate • Surface: Green. REMASLIDE plates improve the flow of fine and powdery (non-sharp-edged) material and thereby increasing the productivity of your equipment. cement or gypsum and good adhesion industry • Lining for bunkers. Due to its excellent anti-adhesion properties.The solution for any material flow problem REMASLIDE plates are a combination of polyethylene (PE) and high-quality rubber.Non-stick liners REMASLIDE plates . No. PE-UHMW.Anticaking REMASLIDE Plate . Designation Dimensions 550 7065 REMASLIDE plate 8 x 1 000 x 1 900 mm 550 6963 REMASLIDE plate 13 x 1 000 x 1 900 mm r 56 . 3 mm Specifications Polymer basis PE-UHMW DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 0.94 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 63 Shore D DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green Ref. Properties Area of application • Excellent anti-adhesion properties • Prevents flow problems with fine and • Optimum protection against wear powdery (non-sharp-edged) materials and caking for example in coal or ore processing • CN bonding layer provides fast plants or paper. 5 mm or 10 mm • Base: Rubber (black) with CN bonding layer.

Adhesives And RubbeR solutions REMA TIP TOP 4 REMABOND Adhesive Systems 58-65 REMAFIX filler and repair pastes 66 Self-vulcanizing repair systems 67-70 Adhesives and Rubber Solutions 71-73 based on trichloroethylene 57 MAteRiAl PRoCessing .

Pot life of 2 hours. Properties • Complements REMA TIP TOP wear • Outstanding initial bonding strength protection and repair systems 525 2602 525 1067 • High dynamic load rating with CN bonding layer • High-strength bonds • Good resistance to water. rubber-fabric. Processed with 4 % HARDENER ER-42 or HARDENER E-40 (30 g per 0. Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 0. white Ref. It is universally applicable to durable rubber-rubber.96 g/cm³ Solvent Cyclohexane/Ethyl acetate Colour Black.5 kg (5 l) 1 525 2530 CEMENT SC 4000 green 190 kg (200 l) 1 525 2592 CEMENT SC 4000 black 350 g (390 ml) 20 58 . rubber-metal and fabric-fabric bonds in the fields of wear and corrosion protection as well as in conveyor belt technology.7 kg). REACH compliance Area of application • Excellent adhesion • Splicing and repairs of conveyor • Proven product quality belts with fabric reinforcements • Easy to apply • Bonding of rubber components • Brand quality from REMA TIP TOP and linings • Economic in consumption • Bonding of elastomer laggings for drive pulleys CEMENT SC 4000 525 2619 525 1151 CHC-free High initial adhesion strength. green. • Can be universally used on acids and alkalis many materials • Future-proof. Designation Colour Content Qty 525 2509 CEMENT SC 4000 green 700 g (780 ml) 10 525 2516 CEMENT SC 4000 green 4. two-component bonding system with excellent adhesion and superior dynamic load. No.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems CEMENT SC 4000 REMA TIP TOP CEMENT SC 4000 processed with HARDENER ER-42 is a trichloro- ethylene-free.

Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems Ref. No. Designation Colour Content Qty 525 2602 CEMENT SC 4000 black 700 g (780 ml) 10 525 2619 CEMENT SC 4000 black 4.5 kg (5 l) 1 525 2657 CEMENT SC 4000 black 9 kg (10 l) 1 525 2633 CEMENT SC 4000 black 190 kg (200 l) 1 525 2704 CEMENT SC 4000 white 700 g (780 ml) 10 4 525 1122 HARDENER E-40 15 g 10 525 1067 HARDENER E-40 30 g 10 525 1116 HARDENER ER-42 15 g 10 525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10 r 59 Material Processing .

Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems CEMENT MC 2000 REMA TIP TOP CEMENT MC 2000 processed with 4 % HARDENER UT-R 20 is a non-flammable. acids and brine • High-strength bonds • Universal use on many materials Area of application • Excellent adhesion • Hot and cold splicing and repairs of • Easy to apply fabric conveyor belts underground • Brand quality from REMA TIP TOP • Applications in tunnels • Economic in consumption (fire prevention) 525 1043 • ATEX applications CEMENT MC 2000 Non-flammable High initial adhesion strength. Furthermore.6 g/cm³ Solvent Perchloroethylene Colour Black Ref. Pot life of 2 hours. It can be applied to durable rubber-rubber. two-component bonding system with excellent adhesion strength. Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. No. Properties • Complements REMA TIP TOP wear • Adhesive and heating solution protection and repair systems all-in-one with CN bonding layer 525 3160 • High contact adhesion • Good resistance against influences • High dynamic load rating such as humidity. Processed with 4 % HARDENER UT-R 20 (40 g per 1 kg). CEMENT MC 2000 can be used as a heating solution for hot spliced joints as well as repairs of fabric conveyor belts for V-quality cover rubber. Designation Colour Content Qty 525 3160 CEMENT MC 2000 black 1 kg (625 ml) 10 525 1043 HARDENER UT-R 20 40 g 10 60 . rubber-fabric. rubber-metal and fabric- fabric bonds in the fields of wear and corrosion protection underground.

Long curing time. Designation Colour Content Qty 525 4088 CEMENT BC 3004 blue 700 g (780 ml) 10 525 4095 CEMENT BC 3004 blue 4. 525 4088 • Can be universally used on acids and alkalis many materials • Future-proof. Not suitable for repairing and splicing conveyor belts or for bonding that requires high initial adhesion strength.5 kg (5 l) 1 525 4143 CEMENT BC 3004 blue 9 kg (10 l) 1 525 4130 CEMENT BC 3004 blue 18 kg (20 l) 1 525 4105 CEMENT BC 3004 blue 190 kg (200 l) 1 525 1067 HARDENER E-40 30 g 10 525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10 r 61 Material Processing .especially for large-area corrosion protection linings. No. REACH compliance Area of application • Excellent adhesion • Tank linings • Proven product quality • Lagging of large-size pulleys • Easy to apply • On-site rubber linings • Brand quality from REMA TIP TOP • Large-area surface protecion linings • Economic in consumption 525 1151 CEMENT BC 3004 CHC-free Long open contact adhesion time . Properties • Complements REMA TIP TOP wear 4 • Long open time protection and repair systems • High dynamic load rating with CN bonding layer • High-strength bonds • Good resistance to water. rubber-metal and rubber-concrete bonds in the fields of wear and corrosion protection.96 g/cm³ Solvent Cyclohexane/Ethyl acetate Colour Blue Ref. Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 0. Processed with 4 % HARDENER ER-42 or HARDENER E-40 (30 g per 0. rubber-rubber.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems CEMENT BC 3004 REMA TIP TOP CEMENT BC 3004 processed with HARDENER ER-42 is a trichloro- ethylene-free. Due to its long open contact adhesion time it is especially suitable for large-area.7 kg). two-component bonding system.

Properties Area of application 532 0352 • Long open time • Splicing and repairs of PVC • High dynamic load rating conveyor belts • High-strength bonds • Repair of soft PVC items • Future-proof. REACH compliance • Bonding of polyurethane materials • Excellent adhesion • Proven product quality • Easy to apply • Brand quality from REMA TIP TOP • Economic in consumption 525 1122 525 1151 CEMENT PC-4 CHC-free Processed with 4 % HARDENER ER-42 or HARDENER E-40 (15 g per 350 g). Designation Colour Content Qty 532 0352 CEMENT PC-4 transparent 350 g (440 ml) 20 532 0369 CEMENT PC-4 transparent 9 kg (10.8 l) 1 525 1122 HARDENER E-40 15 g 10 525 1067 HARDENER E-40 30 g 10 525 1116 HARDENER ER-42 15 g 10 525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10 r 62 . two-component bonding system especially developed for the durable splicing of PVC conveyor belts as well as for the repair and bonding of foils and sheets made of soft PVC or polyurethane. Specifications Polymer basis PU DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 0.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems CEMENT PC-4 REMA TIP TOP CEMENT PC-4 processed with HARDENER ER-42 is a trichloro- ethylene-free.83 g/cm³ Solvent Ethylmethylketone Colour Transparent Ref. No.

Designation Colour Content Qty 525 2406 PRIMER PR 200 grey 750 g (810 ml) 10 525 2451 PRIMER PR 200 grey 9 kg (9. BC 3004 with high dynamic and static loads • Short drying time • Additional temporary protection for atmospheric corrosion (humidity) METAL PRIMER CHC-free Ref.7 l) 1 525 2406 525 4112 PRIMER PR 304 red 750 g (740 ml) 10 525 4150 PRIMER PR 304 red 10 kg (9. Aside of excellent adhesion to rubber-metal. 4 Properties Area of application • Future-proof. the primers offer additional temporary corrosion protection for the prepared steel surfaces with low consumption of materials and easy application.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems METAL PRIMER REMA TIP TOP METAL PRIMER are used to promote adhesion strength and temperature stability of elastomer-metal bonds with high dynamic and static loads.8 l) 1 r 63 Material Processing . REACH compliance • METAL PRIMER are used to pretreat • Economic in consumption metal surfaces of elastomer-metal 525 4112 • Excellent adhesion in combination bonds prior to rubber-metal bonding with SC 4000. No. Primers and adhesives that are designed to work together produce a bon- ding system with superior stability.

Designation Content Qty 595 9118 SOLVENT CF-R4 250 ml 25 595 9125 595 9125 SOLVENT CF-R4 800 ml 10 595 9132 SOLVENT CF-R4 5l 1 595 9149 SOLVENT CF-R4 500 ml spray 12 r SOLVENT CF-CE CHC-free For universal use with CHC-free adhesive systems. Properties Area of application • Excellent oil and grease-dissolving • REMA TIP TOP cleaning fluids can be • Future-proof. Ref. Can be used as spray for precise cleaning of small areas. No. vulcanizing and heating solutions. It has proven highly effective for cleaning metal surfaces subsequent to blasting or grinding. Ref. No. primers. REACH compliance universally used to remove oil and 595 9118 • Economic in consumption grease from surfaces and to clean used brushes (i. primers.e. CHC-free adhesive systems. primers. oil and grease) for all kinds of bondings or coatings.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems Cleaning fluid REMA TIP TOP cleaning fluid provides clean surfaces (free of dust. vulcanizing and heating solutions) SOLVENT CF-R4 CHC-free For universal use with CHC-free adhesive systems. vulcanizing and heating solutions. Designation Content Qty 595 9163 SOLVENT CF-CE 10 l 1 r 595 9132 64 .

hardeners.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMABOND Adhesive Systems Accessories Measuring cup For dosing adhesives. Designation 595 8580 Measuring bucket. plastic Measuring bucket For dosing adhesives. 1 l 595 8573 Cover. Ref. Designation 525 8871 Filling device 65 Material Processing . No. 595 8580 Ref. etc. Designation 595 8597 4 595 8597 Measuring cup. 180 ml. No. for measuring bucket. 1 l r Filling device for drums 595 8573 Filling device for 200 l drum with 2 inch bunghole. hardeners. etc. heating solutions. heating solutions. No. Ref.

displays outstanding adhesion to various substrates. used for the repair of small damaged areas such as pores and cracks in hard-rubber lining. Ref. soft-rubber lining. No. such as grooves. Ref. REMAFIX L (A+B) repair pastes can be used to smooth out small-scaled surface unevenness.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions REMAFIX filler and repair pastes Filler paste for steel and concrete surfaces REMAFIX L (A+B) Solvent-free REMAFIX L (A+B) is an electrically conductive. 2 x 0. elastic repair kit on a polymer base of a modified poly-butadiene rubber (BR). such as steel. REMAFIX H (A+B) is also used as an adhesive paste for applying vulcanized hard- rubber plates to flange surfaces. No. bases. Due to its conductive properties. Its unique properties are good chemical resistance to non-oxidising mineral acids. reaction hardening. aqueous liqours. solvent-free material in paste form.5 kg black 1 kg 1 r Repair paste for hard-rubber lining 528 7055 REMAFIX H (A+B) Solvent-free REMAFIX H (A+B) is a reaction-hardening. in com- bination with PRIMER REMAFIX PR 100 bonding primer. 2 x 0. graphite components and acid-proof ceramic. REMAFIX S. REMAFIX L (A+B) repair pastes are used to refurbish steel or concrete subsurfaces that are subsequently lined. troughs and cracks. a high-voltage test of the lining in accordance with DIN EN 14879-4 is possible. Ref. No. solvent-free two-component synthetic resin product based on an epoxy resin. Designation Colour Content Qty 525 0563 REMAFIX H (A+B).5 kg black 1 kg 1 r Repair paste for soft-rubber lining 525 0563 REMAFIX S Solvent-free REMAFIX S is a solvent-free. Designation Colour Content Qty 525 2853 REMAFIX S black 500 g 1 525 2891 HARDENER REMAFIX S H3 25 g 1 525 2901 PRIMER REMAFIX PR 100 250 g 1 r 525 2853 66 . and especially good resistance to media that feature high content of solids. hard-rubber lining. Designation Colour Content Qty 528 7055 REMAFIX L (A+B).

Designation Content Qty 525 0631 525 0631 REMAFIX P 700 g (780 ml) 10 FIXPASTE VC-4 set FIXPASTE VC-4 set is a two-component repair compound for the filling of small flaws and damaged areas in rubber components based on NR/SBR/IR/BR or blends of these elastomers (such as NR/IR). CEMENT SC-BL. No. Designation Content Qty 516 9087 FIXPASTE VC-4 (A+B).Adhesives and Rubber Solutions Self-vulcanizing repair systems FIXPASTE REMAFIX P REMAFIX P is a one-component fill compound for the filling of small flaws and damaged areas in rubber components based on NR/SBR/IR/BR or blends of these elastomers (such as NR/IR). REMAFIX P CHC-free 4 Ref. FIXPASTE VC-4 set CHC-free Ref. It is processed with CEMENT SC-BL. It is processed with CEMENT SC 4000.3 kg 1 incl. No. 225 g r 516 9087 67 Material Processing . 2 x 650 g 1.

Properties • Material remains usable up to • Short curing time 30 days after opening • Excellent adhesion properties • Doubling of adhesive strength in to rubber surfaces combination with one coat of • 60 Shore A nominal hardness the REMABOND SC series • Hardness remains constant REMA GOO • High elasticity Area of application • No shrinkage after application • Repair of damaged belt covers • Excellent oil and diesel fuel • Temporary repairs of perforations resistance properties • For filling of gaps and joints in • Moderate resistance against rubber lining and lagging chemicals • For filling of V-shaped gaps in • Easy and fast application pulley lagging • No mixing required prior to application • Cosmetic repairing of rubber components FIXPASTE REMA GOO Solvent-free The drying time depends on the ambient temperature and can be accelerated by means of additional heat considerably. No. Specifications Polymer basis PU DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. REMA GOO has unique rubber properties unlike any other product on the market. REMA GOO can be applied easily and fast to ensure that your plant keeps running and unplanned shutdowns are reduced to a minimum. incl.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions Self-vulcanizing repair systems FIXPASTE REMA GOO REMA GOO is a special developed solvent-free and UV resistant. Designation Content Qty 525 3105 REMA GOO cartridge. two-component polyurethane repair paste for temporary repairs of small and medium damage of con- veyor belts. 3 mixing nozzles 400 ml 1 525 3112 REMA GOO mixing nozzle. green 1 525 3121 REMA GOO manual cartridge gun 1 r 68 .08 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.

It is mixed and applied with the REMA TIP TOP COMPOUND MASTER and self-vulcanizes at an ambient temperature of min. 18 °C. 6 kg (A+B) Specifications Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. increases plant availability • Cost-effective method of repair T2 products 517 9015 • Processed with SOLUTION T2-A4 and T2-B4 (1:1) • Application with REMA TIP TOP COMPOUND MASTER • T2-CL cleaning rubber for cleaning of device • Available in units: approx.19 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black 69 Material Processing . mobile and efficient choice for the repair of damages in belt covers or damages to rubber components based on NR/SBR/IR/BR or blends of these elastomers (such as NR/IR). 2 kg. 4 Properties Area of application • Easy and fast application • For repair of damages in belt 517 9008 • No need for special heavy covers or longitudinal tears tools and machinery • For maintenance of gaskets • Simple to operate • For filling of gaps and joints • Very light and transportable in rubber lining and lagging for use on-site • For filling of V-shaped gaps • Quick return to service of your in pulley lagging plants and equipment (no • For cosmetic repairing on waiting time after repair) rubber components • Reduces downtime.Adhesives and Rubber Solutions Self-vulcanizing repair systems T2 repair system The two-component T2 repair system is the time-saving. An additional vulcanizing system is not needed.

Adhesives and Rubber Solutions Self-vulcanizing repair systems Ref. 2 kg 5 rolls à 3 x 20 x 5 500 mm 517 7300 RUBBER T2-A. rope 6 kg 517 7310 RUBBER T2-B. CHC-free 700 g (780 ml) 10 70 . rope 6 kg 517 7402 RUBBER T2-CL approx. Designation Content Qty 517 7323 RUBBER T2-A approx. CHC-free 700 g (780 ml) 10 517 9015 SOLUTION T2-B4. 2 kg 5 rolls à 3 x 20 x 5 500 mm 517 7330 RUBBER T2-B approx. No. 1 kg 5 rolls à 3 x 18 x 3 000 mm 517 7420 RUBBER T2-CL. rope 6 kg 517 9008 SOLUTION T2-A4.

storage and transport of CHC for all EU member states comes into effect on 21. Ref. Adhesives and rubber solutions containing trichloroethylene are regulated within the EU by the REACH Regulation policies (EC) No. Designation Colour Content Qty Made in 525 2025 CEMENT SC 2000 green 1 kg (690 ml) 10 US 525 2027 CEMENT SC 2000 green 1 kg (690 ml) 10 ZA 525 2161 CEMENT SC 2000 black 1 kg (690 ml) 10 ZA 525 2163 CEMENT SC 2000 black 1 kg (690 ml) 10 US 525 2173 CEMENT SC 2000 black 5 kg (3.ADHESIVES AND RUBBER SOLUTIONS BASED ON TRICHLOROETHYLENE (exclusively offered to countries outside of the European Union) Note The following products are based on the non-flammable solvent trichloroethylene (CHC) and are exclusively offered to countries outside of the European Union (EU) exworks from the manufacturer. Pot life of 2 hours. Processed with 4 % HARDENER UT-R 20 (40 g per 1 kg) or 3 % HARDENER ER-42 (30 g per 1 kg).2016. Following these policies.eu 4 CEMENT SC 2000 Non-flammable High initial adhesion strength.1 l) 1 ZA 525 2247 CEMENT SC 2000 white 1 kg (690 ml) 10 US 525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10 DE 525 1043 HARDENER UT-R 20 40 g 10 DE 71 Material Processing .rtt-tri-free.04. 348/2013 of the EU Commission of 17. No.04.44 l) 1 US 525 4024 CEMENT SC 2000 black 6 kg (4. 1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the regulation (EU) No.2013 amending Appendix XIV of the REACH Regulation. For further information please check www. the ban on the use.

No. Designation Content Qty Made in 595 9025 SOLVENT CF-R2 800 ml 10 US 595 9027 SOLVENT CF-R2 800 ml 10 ZA 595 9083 SOLVENT CF-R2 3. Ref. For use with CHC-containing adhesive systems and bonding solutions. adhesives.79 l 1 US r 72 . Designation Colour Content Qty Made in 525 2463 CEMENT BC 3000 blue 1 kg (690 ml) 10 US 525 4063 CEMENT BC 3000 blue 5 kg (3.e. Long curing time.ADHESIVES AND RUBBER SOLUTIONS BASED ON TRICHLOROETHYLENE (exclusively offered to countries outside of the European Union) CEMENT BC 3000 Non-flammable Long open contact adhesion time . No.especially for large-area corrosion protection linings. No. Processed with 4 % HARDENER UT-R 20 (40 g per 1 kg) or 3 % HARDENER ER-42 (30 g per 1 kg). Not suitable for repairing and splicing conveyor belts or for bonding that requires high initial adhesion strength. Designation Colour Content Qty Made in 532 3182 CEMENT PC-2 transparent 1 kg (740 ml) 10 ZA 525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10 DE 525 1043 HARDENER UT-R 20 40 g 10 DE r SOLVENT CF-R2 Non-flammable Cleaning fluid for the removal of oil and grease from surfaces as well as used brushes (i. Ref. vulcanizing and heating solutions). Ref.44 l) 1 US 525 2493 CEMENT BC 3000 blue 290 kg (200 l) 1 US 525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10 DE 525 1043 HARDENER UT-R 20 40 g 10 DE r CEMENT PC-2 Non-flammable Processed with 4 % HARDENER UT-R 20 (40 g per 1 kg) or 3 % HARDENER ER-42 (30 g per 1 kg).

No. Ref.ADHESIVES AND RUBBER SOLUTIONS BASED ON TRICHLOROETHYLENE (exclusively offered to countries outside of the European Union) T2 repair system Non-flammable Adhesive solution for T2 repair system. Designation Content Qty Made in 538 1311 SOLUTION HL-T 1 kg (690 ml) 10 ZA 73 Material Processing . Designation Content Qty Made in 517 7363 SOLUTION T2-A 1 kg (704 ml) 10 US 4 517 7377 SOLUTION T2-B 1 kg (704 ml) 10 US r SOLUTION STL-RF Non-flammable Heating solution for steel cord conveyor belts. Ref. K and HR-quality cover rubber sheeting. Designation Content Qty Made in 538 1239 SOLUTION STL-RF 1 kg (690 ml) 10 ZA r SOLUTION HL-T Non-flammable Heating solution for conveyor belts with fabric plies with Standard. No. No. Ref.

.

High-quality pulley lagging 76-95 UNIGRIP .Drum coating material 96-97 for simple applications UNILAG .Pulley lagging 98 for simple applications 75 MATERIAl PROCESSING . PullEy lAGGING REMA TIP TOP 5 REMAGRIP .

Due to its high elasticity. REMAGRIP 50 also features high-qualities for eliminating material build-up (also for non-driven pulleys).56 kg/m² 549 4605 REMAGRIP 50/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10. 76 .11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 S = 6 mm t = 3 mm Hardness 51 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 d = 8/10/12 mm Profile 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) Colour Orange* Ref. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 4548 REMAGRIP 50/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 50 . soft lagging • CN bonding layer provides fast and for drive pulleys good adhesion • Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Area of application • Improves and stabilizes • Grooved rubber lagging for coefficient of friction drive pulleys • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • For low to medium-loaded fabric belts • Protects the pulley against • For short belt conveyers or small REMAGRIP 50 wear and corrosion pulley diameters (up to 800 mm) • Prevents material build-up • Positive influence on belt tracking REMAGRIP 50/CN Specifications REMAGRIP 50 B = 35 mm Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 L = 18 mm Specific weight 1. No.60 kg/m² 549 4667 REMAGRIP 50/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12. Properties • Excellent self-cleaning properties • Highly elastic.72 kg/m² r *Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore variations in color may occur.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .The universal lagging with high elasticity REMAGRIP 50 has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications and can be universally applied as a lagging for drive pulleys for low to medium-loaded fabric belts.

20 kg/m² 549 4791 REMAGRIP 60/CN 10 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 11.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 REMAGRIP 60 B = 35 mm Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 L = 18 mm Profile 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) S = 6 mm t = 3 mm Colour Black d = 8/10/12/15 mm Ref.96 kg/m² 549 4746 REMAGRIP 60/CN 8 x 1 600 x 10 000 mm 8. REMAGRIP 60 offers optimum wear- resistance and also features excellent qualities for eliminating material build-up (also for non-driven pulleys).96 kg/m² 549 4753 REMAGRIP 60/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8.20 kg/m² 549 4801 REMAGRIP 60/CN 10 x 1 600 x 10 000 mm 11.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 60 . No.44 kg/m² 549 4904 REMAGRIP 60/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.96 kg/m² 549 4777 REMAGRIP 60/CN 10 x 1 200 x 10 000 mm 11.10 kg/m² r 77 Material Processing .20 kg/m² 549 4819 REMAGRIP 60/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 4708 REMAGRIP 60/CN 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.96 kg/m² 549 4739 REMAGRIP 60/CN 8 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 8. Properties • Prevents material build-up • Excellent wear-resistance • Positive influence on belt tracking • Reduces slippage between • CN bonding layer provides fast belt and pulley and good adhesion 5 • Improves and stabilizes coefficient of friction Area of application • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • Grooved rubber lagging for drive pulleys • Protects the pulley against • For low to medium-loaded fabric belts wear and corrosion • Small pulley diameters (up to 800 mm) REMAGRIP 60 REMAGRIP 60/CN Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.The universal lagging with high wear-resistance REMAGRIP 60 has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications and can be universally applied as a lagging for drive pulleys for low to medium-loaded fabric belts.20 kg/m² 549 4877 REMAGRIP 60/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .55 kg/m² 549 4715 REMAGRIP 60/CN 8 x 1 200 x 10 000 mm 8.

39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Electric resistance Antistatic* Inflammability Self-extinguishing** CN bonding layer Conductive. electrical).21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. antistatic and moderate oil resistance B = 35 mm L = 18 mm S = 6 mm Specifications t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12 mm Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.84 kg/m² ments (fire safety. black Profile 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) Colour Black Ref. B/1724/III/2013 Properties • Prevents material build-up • Self-extinguishing. hygiene. No.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 60 V .The self-extinguishing universal lagging with high wear-resistance REMAGRIP 60 V is self-extinguishing and antistatic. antistatic • Positive influence on belt tracking REMAGRIP 60 premium quality • CN bonding layer provides fast REMAGRIP 60 V • Excellent wear-resistance and good adhesion • Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Area of application • Improves and stabilizes coefficient • Grooved rubber lagging of friction for drive pulleys • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • For low to medium-loaded fabric belts • Protects the pulley against • Small pulley diameters wear and corrosion (up to 800 mm) REMAGRIP 60 V/CN REMAGRIP 60 Self-extinguishing. **Fulfills DIN 22100-7 safety require- 549 5075 REMAGRIP 60 V/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 15.43. 18. It has been specially designed for ATEX operating conditions with high fire regulation or potentially explosive environ- ments such as coal mines or power plants.20 kg/m² with DIN EN ISO 284. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: PRIMER PR 200 and CEMENT SC 4000 black/HARDENER ER-42 or CEMENT SC 2000 black/HARDENER UT-R 20. r 78 . Designation Dimensions Weight *Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm. tested in accordance 549 6782 REMAGRIP 60 V/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP . DIN IEC 93. German underground approval: LOBA No.

96 kg/m² 549 5138 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.20 kg/m² 549 5154 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13.The oil and grease resistant universal lagging with high wear-resistance REMAGRIP 60 OIL has been specially designed for operating conditions in which oil and grease are or might be involved and can be universally applied as a lagging for drive pulleys for a variety of wet or dry applications.15 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12 mm Hardness 59 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) Colour Black Ref.44 kg/m² 79 Material Processing . Properties • Prevents material build-up • Oil and grease resistant • Positive influence on belt tracking REMAGRIP 60 premium quality • CN bonding layer provides fast and 5 • Excellent wear-resistance good adhesion • Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Area of application REMAGRIP 60 OIL • Improves and stabilizes coefficient • Grooved rubber lagging for of friction drive pulleys • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • For low to medium-loaded fabric belts • Protects the pulley against • Small pulley diameters wear and corrosion (up to 800 mm) REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN Oil and grease resistant REMAGRIP 60 Specifications B = 35 mm L = 18 mm Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629 S = 6 mm Specific weight 1. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 5116 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8. No.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 60 OIL .Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .

Properties • Prevents material build-up • Heat resistant REMAGRIP 60 • Positive influence on belt tracking premium quality • CN bonding layer provides fast • Excellent wear-resistance and good adhesion REMAGRIP 60 HR • Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Area of application • Improves and stabilizes coefficient • Grooved rubber lagging for of friction drive pulleys • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • For low to medium-loaded fabric belts • Protects the pulley against • Small pulley diameters wear and corrosion (up to 800 mm) REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN Heat resistant REMAGRIP 60 B = 35 mm L = 18 mm Specifications S = 6 mm t = 3 mm Polymer basis BR/IR DIN ISO 1629 d = 8/10/12 mm Specific weight 1.The heat resistant universal lagging with high wear-resistance REMAGRIP 60 HR has been specially designed as a lagging for drive pulleys in operating conditions with high-temperature environments.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 60 HR . short peaks up to 110 °C Colour Black Ref. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 5305 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8. It is able to withstand a continuous thermal stress of 90 °C and even short-term stress of 110 °C.11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) Max.96 kg/m² r 80 .80 kg/m² 549 5358 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.64 kg/m² 549 5329 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10. temperature up to 90 °C. No.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .

45 kg/m² r 81 Material Processing .The oil and grease resistant universal lagging with high wear-resistance for food contact REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD has been specially designed to fulfill the require- ments for food contact and can be safely applied as a lagging for drive pulleys for a variety of wet or dry applications in operating conditions with hygiene requirements. Cat.22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 56 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) Colour White Ref. Properties • Protects the pulley against • Oil and grease resistant wear and corrosion REMAGRIP 60 premium quality • Prevents material build-up 5 • Food quality according to Federal • Positive influence on belt tracking REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD Institute for Risk Assessment Plastics • CN bonding layer provides fast Recommendation XXI.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD . No.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .20 kg/m² 549 5484 REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 5468 REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8. 4 (Germany) and good adhesion • Excellent wear-resistance • Reduces slippage between Area of application belt and pulley • Grooved rubber lagging for • Improves and stabilizes coefficient drive pulleys of friction • For low to medium-loaded fabric belts • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • Small pulley diameters (up to 800 mm) REMAGRIP 60 REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN B = 35 mm Food quality.72 kg/m² 549 5477 REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11. oil and grease resistant L = 18 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm Specifications d = 8/10/12 mm Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

80 kg/m² 549 5587 REMAGRIP 65/CN 10 x 1 600 x 10 000 mm 11.80 kg/m² 549 5594 REMAGRIP 65/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.40 kg/m² 549 5626 REMAGRIP 65/CN 12 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 14. REMAGRIP 65 offers optimum abrasion-resistance and also features excellent qualities for eliminating material build-up.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 65 .80 kg/m² 549 5580 REMAGRIP 65/CN 10 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 11.40 kg/m² 549 5635 REMAGRIP 65/CN 12 x 1 600 x 10 000 mm 14.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 S = 6 mm t = 3 mm Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 d = 8/10/12 mm Profile 50 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 50) Colour Black Ref. No.40 kg/m² r 82 .The universal lagging for medium-duty operating conditions REMAGRIP 65 has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications and can be univer- sally applied as a lagging for driven as well as non-driven pulleys for medium-loaded fabric and steel cord belts.40 kg/m² 549 5643 REMAGRIP 65/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14.80 kg/m² 549 5604 REMAGRIP 65/CN 12 x 1 200 x 10 000 mm 14.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP . Designation Dimensions Weight 549 5549 REMAGRIP 65/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 9.60 kg/m² 549 5556 REMAGRIP 65/CN 10 x 1 200 x 10 000 mm 11. Properties • Positive influence on belt tracking • Excellent wear-resistance • CN bonding layer provides fast • Reduces slippage between and good adhesion belt and pulley • Improves and stabilizes coefficient Area of application of friction • For medium-strength fabric REMAGRIP 65 • Evacuation of moisture and dirt and steel cord belts • Protects the pulley against • Grooved rubber lagging for wear and corrosion drive pulleys • Prevents material build-up REMAGRIP 65/CN Specifications REMAGRIP 65 B = 86 mm Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 L = 50 mm Specific weight 1.

21-89-33 5 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. hygiene. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: PRIMER PR 200 and CEMENT SC 4000 black/HARDENER ER-42 or CEMENT SC 2000 black/HARDENER UT-R 20. 83 Material Processing . 18. electrical).43. It has been specially designed for ATEX operating conditions with high fire regulation or potentially explosive environments such as coal mines or power plants. antistatic • Positive influence on belt tracking REMAGRIP 65 premium quality • CN bonding layer provides • Excellent wear-resistance fast and good adhesion • Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Area of application • Improves and stabilizes coefficient • For medium-strength fabric of friction and steel cord belts • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • Grooved rubber lagging REMAGRIP 65 • Protects the pulley against for drive pulleys B = 86 mm wear and corrosion L = 50 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm REMAGRIP 65 V/CN d = 8/10/12 mm Self-extinguishing.04 kg/m² r *Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 65 V . black Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 50 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 50) Electric resistance Antistatic* Colour Black Ref. antistatic and moderate oil resistance Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Inflammability Self-extinguishing** Specific weight 1.39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 CN bonding layer Conductive.20 kg/m² 550 3123 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .**Fulfills DIN 22100-7 safety requirements (fire safety. German underground approval: LOBA No. universal lagging for medium-duty operating conditions REMAGRIP 65 V is self-extinguishing and antistatic.36 kg/m² 550 3075 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14. DIN IEC 93. B/1724/III/2013 REMAGRIP 65 V Properties • Prevents material build-up • Self-extinguishing.The self-extinguishing. tested in accordance with DIN EN ISO 284. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 5707 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11. No.

Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .30 kg/m² 549 0141 REMALINE 65/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 24.30 kg/m² 549 0127 REMALINE 65/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 18.40 kg/m² r 84 . with positive influence steel cord belts on belt tracking REMALINE 65/CN Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.00 kg/m² 549 0079 REMALINE 65/CN 10 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 12. No. Properties • Production of custom groove designs • Smooth lagging for individual is possible (such as arrowhead design) grooving • CN bonding layer provides fast and • Reduces slippage between good adhesion belt and pulley REMALINE 65 • Improves the coefficient of friction Area of application • Protects the pulley against • For individual regrooving with wear and corrosion the RUBBER CUT system • Pulley lagging to prevent material • For medium-strength fabric and build-up.40 kg/m² 549 0103 REMALINE 65/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14.High-quality pulley lagging REMALINE 65 .12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.The lagging for individual grooving REMAGRIP 65 has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications and can be universally applied as a lagging for driven as well as non-driven pulleys for fabric and steel cord belts.40 kg/m² 549 0086 REMALINE 65/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 12.76 kg/m² 549 0110 REMALINE 65/CN 15 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm 18. The plain surface can be individually regrooved with the RUBBER CUT system and perfectly fitted to the requested application. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 0062 REMALINE 65/CN 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10.

No.40 kg/m² 549 5831 REMAGRIP 70/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10 x 8 mm 20.33 kg/m² 85 Material Processing .86 kg/m² 549 5824 REMAGRIP 70/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10 x 8 mm 14. REMAGRIP 70 offers optimum abrasion-resistance.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 8 x 6 or 10 x 8 (Profile 50) Colour Black Ref. Designation Dimensions Profile Weight 549 5798 REMAGRIP 70/CN 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8 x 6 mm 10.20 kg/m² 549 5805 REMAGRIP 70/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8 x 6 mm 12.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 70 . the deep grooving enables the handling of large amounts of dirt and provides a long operating life.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .30 kg/m² 549 5817 REMAGRIP 70/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8 x 6 mm 15.The universal lagging for heavy-duty operating conditions REMAGRIP 70 has been designed for a variety of wet or dry applications and can be universally applied as a lagging for driven pulleys for heavy-loaded fabric and steel cord belts. Properties Area of application • Reduces slippage between • Grooved rubber lagging for belt and pulley drive pulleys • Improves and stabilizes coefficient • Long belt conveyors 5 of friction • Large pulley diameters REMAGRIP 70 • Evacuation of moisture and dirt (from 800 mm) • Protects the pulley from • For high-tension fabric and wear and corrosion steel cord belts of all strengths • Prevents material build-up REMAGRIP 70 • Positive influence on belt tracking 8 x 6: • Deep grooving to handle large amounts B = 86 mm of dirt and provide long operating life L = 50 mm • CN bonding layer provides fast S = 8 mm and good adhesion t = 6 mm d = 10/12/15 mm REMAGRIP 70/CN 10 x 8: B = 86 mm L = 50 mm Specifications S = 10 mm t = 8 mm Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 d = 15/20 mm Specific weight 1.

It has been specially designed for challenging ATEX operating conditions with high fire regulation or potentially explosive environments such as coal mines or power plants.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP . Designation Dimensions Profile Weight *Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm. B/1724/III/2013 Properties • Protects the pulley from Area of application • Self-extinguishing REMAGRIP 70 wear and corrosion • Grooved rubber lagging premium quality • Prevents material build-up for drive pulleys • Reduces slippage between • Positive influence on belt tracking • Long belt conveyors belt and pulley • Deep grooving to handle large • Large pulley diameters • Improves and stabilizes amounts of dirt and provide (from 800 mm) coefficient of friction long operating life • For high-tension fabric • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • CN bonding layer provides fast and good adhesion REMAGRIP 70 V/CN REMAGRIP 70 Self-extinguishing. 18.48 kg/m² ments (fire safety. electrical). antistatic and moderate oil resistance 8 x 6: B = 86 mm L = 50 mm Specifications S = 8 mm t = 6 mm Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 d = 12 mm Specific weight 1.39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 10 x 8: Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 B = 86 mm Electric resistance Antistatic* L = 50 mm S = 10 mm Inflammability Self-extinguishing** t = 8 mm CN bonding layer Conductive. REMAGRIP 70 V German underground approval: LOBA No.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 70 V . **Fulfills DIN 22100-7 safety require- 549 5876 REMAGRIP 70 V/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10 x 8 mm 18. DIN IEC 93.20 kg/m² with DIN EN ISO 284.21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No.69 kg/m² r 86 . black d = 15/20 mm Profile 8 x 6 or 10 x 8 (Profile 50) Colour Black Ref. No. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: PRIMER PR 200 and CEMENT SC 4000 black/HARDENER ER-42 or CEMENT SC 2000 black/HARDENER UT-R 20. 549 5886 REMAGRIP 70 V/CN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10 x 8 mm 25. tested in accordance 549 5853 REMAGRIP 70 V/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8 x 6 mm 15.43.The self-extinguishing universal lagging for heavy-duty operating conditions REMAGRIP 70 V is self-extinguishing and antistatic. hygiene.

No.20 kg/m² 549 5972 REMAGRIP 70 HR/CN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10 x 8 mm 14. temperature up to 90 °C.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 70 HR . It is able to withstand a continuous thermal stress of 90 °C and even short-term stresses of 110 °C. Properties • Deep grooving to handle large • Heat resistant REMAGRIP 70 amounts of dirt and provide REMAGRIP 70 HR premium quality long operating life 5 • Reduces slippage between • CN bonding layer provides fast belt and pulley and good adhesion REMAGRIP 70 • Improves and stabilizes coefficient 8 x 6: of friction Area of application B = 86 mm • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • Grooved rubber lagging for L = 50 mm • Protects the pulley from drive pulleys S = 8 mm wear and corrosion • Long belt conveyors t = 6 mm • Prevents material build-up • Large pulley diameters (from 800 mm) d = 12 mm • Positive influence on belt tracking • For high-tension fabric 10 x 8: B = 86 mm REMAGRIP 70 HR/CN L = 50 mm Heat resistant S = 10 mm t = 8 mm d = 15 mm Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. short peaks up to 110 °C Colour Black Ref.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .05 kg/m² r 87 Material Processing .11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 8 x 6 or 10 x 8 (Profile 50) Max. Designation Dimensions Profile Weight 549 5958 REMAGRIP 70 HR/CN 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8 x 6 mm 12.The heat resistant universal lagging for heavy-duty operating conditions REMAGRIP 70 HR has been specially designed as a lagging for drive pulleys in challenging operating conditions with high-temperature environments.

12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Profile 8 x 6 mm (Profile 50) Colour Black Ref. REMAGRIP 70 SL is a great alternative to lagging currently available in the market. No.SL Can be cut to size for strip lagging of the pulley (also on the equipment).SL and pulley fast and good adhesion • Improves and stabilizes coefficient of friction Area of application • Evacuation of moisture and dirt • Grooved rubber lagging for • Protects the pulley from wear drive pulleys and corrosion • Long belt conveyors • Prevents material build-up • Large pulley diameters • Positive influence on belt tracking (from 800 mm) • For high-tension fabric REMAGRIP 70/CN .SL 12 x 2 060 x 10 000 mm 549 6005 REMAGRIP 70/CN . Properties • Deep grooving to handle large • REMAGRIP 70 premium quality amounts of dirt and provide with high abrasion-resistance long operating life • Reduces slippage between belt • CN bonding layer provides REMAGRIP 70 . Strips (343 mm wide) can be easily cut to size at the workshop or on-site to fit any required pulley width.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 70 .SL 15 x 2 060 x 10 000 mm 549 5996 REMAGRIP 70/CN .SL 18 x 2 060 x 10 000 mm r 88 .Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .SL 10 x 2 060 x 10 000 mm 549 5893 REMAGRIP 70/CN . Easy to cut to size with rubber cutting device Type 32 and attachment.SL strip lagging REMAGRIP 70 SL strip lagging with diamond pattern and additional longitudinal grooves is used on a global scale. Designation Dimensions 549 5941 REMAGRIP 70/CN . Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

No. Oval knob shape 18 x 300 x 2 400 mm 7 mm r 89 Material Processing .Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 100 . Designation Dimensions Knob height 539 4340 REMAGRIP 100/CN.09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Round knob shape 12 x 1 470 x 2 560 mm 6 mm 539 4333 REMAGRIP 100 HD/CN. REMAGRIP 100 offers optimum abrasion-resistance. clay or other smeary materials. Properties Area of application • Excellent self-cleaning properties • REMAGRIP 100 for lagging of drive • Good belt tracking even in extremely pulleys for light belt conveyors wet conditions and where there is (up to EP 630) 5 increased risk of slippage • REMAGRIP 100 HD (heavy-duty) also for • Superior wear-resistance medium belt conveyors (up to EP 1250) REMAGRIP 100 • CN bonding layer provides fast • Extremely difficult operating conditions and good adhesion (such as extremely wet conditions. clay or other smeary materials) REMAGRIP 100/CN Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. the knobbed surface enables to handle extreme environments such as wet operating conditions.The lagging for extremely wet operating conditions REMAGRIP 100 has been specially designed as a lagging for drive pulleys in extremely difficult operating conditions.

Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .22 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 56 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour White Ref. oil and grease resistant Specifications Polymer basis NBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Cat. 4 (Germany) REMAGRIP 200 • Pulley lagging for rubber and B = 16 mm PVC/PVG conveyor belts S = 8 mm t = 4 mm d = 8 mm REMAGRIP 200 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 539 4371 Food quality. Properties Area of application REMAGRIP 200 WHITE OIL FOOD • Horizontal grooves ensure excellent • Special rubber lagging for the evacuation of dirt and easy cleaning food and animal feed industries • CN bonding layer provides fast and according to Federal Institute for good adhesion Risk Assessment Plastics Recom- mendation XXI.The lagging for pharmaceutical and food processing industry REMAGRIP 200 WEISS OIL FOOD has been specially designed to fulfill the requirements for food contact and can be safely applied as a lagging for non-driven as well as driven pulleys for a variety of wet or dry applications in operating conditions with hygiene requirements. No.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP 200 WHITE OIL FOOD . Designation Dimensions 539 4371 REMAGRIP 200 WHITE OIL 8 x 1 400 x 2 500 mm FOOD/CN r 90 .

No. Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. due to its specific properties of extremely high wear-resistance provided by aluminium oxide (Al2O3). Properties Area of application REMAGRIP CK-X • Vulcanized Al2O3 ceramic tiles • Pulley lagging for pulleys operating • Single-row ceramic.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. It replaces traditional materials. because it provides higher profitability by considerably increasing the service life and the efficiency of pulley laggings. muddy • Elastic base made of REMALINE 70 and abrasive materials or REMALINE 70 V protects the belt • Also for belts under very high tension • Simple and durable affixing with • Especially suitable for drive pulleys REMA TIP TOP bonding systems subject to extreme wear (CK-X) REMAGRIP CK-X Al2O3 ceramic with knobbed surface.The premium quality for extreme conditions The “knobbly” surface of the ceramic tiles provides optimum grip on pulleys subject to high stress. Designation Dimensions Width of ceramic area For belt width 539 7172 REMAGRIP CK-X 40 15 x 500 x 1 250 mm 840 mm 800 mm 539 6990 REMAGRIP CK-X 40 FS 15 x 500 x 1 250 mm 920 mm 900 mm 539 6980 REMAGRIP CK-X 45 15 x 500 x 1 500 mm 1 100 mm 1 000 mm 539 7165 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 15 x 500 x 1 600 mm 1 200 mm 1 200 mm 539 6960 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 FS 15 x 500 x 1 600 mm 1 450 mm 1 400 mm 539 7230 REMAGRIP CK-X 60 15 x 500 x 1 900 mm 1 610 mm 1 500 mm 91 Material Processing . Ceramic material is suitable for pulley lagging. with knobs under extreme conditions 5 • Highly resistant to wear • For wet.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP CK-X . clay-containing.

21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. It has been specially designed for challenging ATEX operating conditions with high fire regulation or potentially explosive environments such as coal mines or power plants. antistatic and moderate oil resistance REMAGRIP CK-X V is self-extinguishing and antistatic.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .43. Designation Dimensions Width of ceramic area For belt width 539 7158 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 15 x 500 x 2 100 mm 1 720 mm 1 600 mm 539 7100 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 FS 15 x 500 x 2 100 mm 2 060 mm 2 000 mm 539 6950 REMAGRIP CK-X 75 15 x 500 x 2 300 mm 1 880 mm 1 800 mm 539 7141 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 15 x 500 x 2 500 mm 2 060 mm 2 000 mm 539 7270 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 FS 15 x 500 x 2 500 mm 2 420 mm 2 400 mm 539 6930 REMAGRIP CK-X 110 15 x 500 x 2 880 mm 2 420 mm 2 400 mm 539 7080 REMAGRIP CK-X 125 FS 15 x 500 x 3 250 mm 3 100 mm 3 000 mm r REMAGRIP CK-X V Self-extinguishing. 18. B/1724/III/2013 Ref. Designation Dimensions Width of ceramic area For belt width 539 7250 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 V 15 x 500 x 1 600 mm 1 200 mm 1 200 mm 539 7070 REMAGRIP CK-X 60 V 15 x 500 x 1 900 mm 1 610 mm 1 500 mm 539 7260 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 V 15 x 500 x 2 100 mm 1 720 mm 1 600 mm 539 7220 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 V 15 x 500 x 2 500 mm 2 060 mm 2 000 mm r 92 . No. German underground approval: LOBA No. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: PRIMER PR 200 and CEMENT SC 4000 black/HARDENER ER-42 or CEMENT SC 2000 black/HARDENER UT-R 20.High-quality pulley lagging Ref. No.

The thicker rubber matrix of REMAGRIP CK-X HD allows more deflection of the tiles under the belt. This property provides additional reserves with extreme belt tensions.For continuous grip under heavy-duty conditions Optimization of the established CK-X pulley lagging with 20 mm total lagging thickness. Ref.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP CK-X HD (Heavy-Duty) .Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .For continuous grip under extra heavy-duty conditions Optimization of the established CK-X pulley lagging with 25 mm total lagging thickness. Designation Dimensions Width of ceramic area For belt width 539 9435 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 HDX 25 x 500 x 1 600 mm 1 200 mm 1 200 mm 539 9450 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 HDX 25 x 500 x 2 100 mm 1 720 mm 1 600 mm 539 9455 REMAGRIP CK-X 75 HDX 25 x 500 x 2 300 mm 1 880 mm 1 800 mm 539 9460 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 HDX 25 x 500 x 2 500 mm 2 060 mm 2 000 mm 539 9480 REMAGRIP CK-X 110 HDX 25 x 500 x 2 880 mm 2 420 mm 2 400 mm r 93 Material Processing . Designation Dimensions Width of ceramic area For belt width 539 7167 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 HD 20 x 500 x 1 600 mm 1 200 mm 1 200 mm 5 539 7160 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 HD 20 x 500 x 2 100 mm 1 720 mm 1 600 mm 539 6955 REMAGRIP CK-X 75 HD 20 x 500 x 2 300 mm 1 880 mm 1 800 mm 539 7271 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 HD FS 20 x 500 x 2 500 mm 2 420 mm 2 400 mm 539 6931 REMAGRIP CK-X 110 HD 20 x 500 x 2 880 mm 2 420 mm 2 400 mm r REMAGRIP CK-X HDX (Extra Heavy-Duty) . The highly elastic rubber base is optimized for maximum dynamic performance over years. REMAGRIP CK-X HDX is designed to maximum forces in all dimensions. No. This pulley lagging allows optimum drive force transmission on highest tension belts even under extreme conditions while providing optimum protection for your conveyor belt. No. Besides the even thicker rubber base (allows more deformation under the belt) REMAGRIP CK-X HDX features 11 mm thick tiles with a further improved embedding into the rubber matrix. Ref. especially in combination with fabric belts with high elongation or low cover thickness on the running side.

Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. plain • For wet. clay-containing. particularly on non-drive pulleys (ranging from tail pulleys to snub pulleys) which are subject to high wear. Designation Dimensions Width of ceramic area For belt width 539 7240 REMAGRIP CP-X 60 15 x 500 x 1 900 mm 1 600 mm 1 500 mm 539 7190 REMAGRIP CP-X 70 15 x 500 x 2 100 mm 1 720 mm 1 600 mm 539 6940 REMAGRIP CP-X 75 15 x 500 x 2 300 mm 1 880 mm 1 800 mm 539 7180 REMAGRIP CP-X 90 15 x 500 x 2 500 mm 2 060 mm 2 000 mm r 94 .Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP .The benchmark for wear-resistance The plain surface of the ceramic tiles is highly efficient.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Properties Area of application • Vulcanized alumina oxide (Al2O3) • Pulley lagging for pulleys operating ceramic tiles under extreme conditions • Single-row ceramic. No. muddy REMAGRIP CP-X • Highly resistant to wear and abrasive materials • Elastic base protects the belt • Also for very high belt tensions • Simple and durable affixing with • For tail pulleys subject to REMA TIP TOP bonding systems extreme wear • For non-powered drums REMAGRIP CP-X Plain alumina oxide (Al2O3) ceramic.High-quality pulley lagging REMAGRIP CP-X .

High-quality pulley lagging Cover strip CK-X / CP-X Properties Area of application • CN bonding layer • Superior sealing of butt joints • Highly elastic for REMAGRIP CK-X and CP-X • Wear-resistant pulley lagging • Especially for powdery materials or in critical climates • Additional protection against infiltration of corrosion 522 0780 5 Cover strip CK-X / CP-X Ref.5 x 28 x 10 000 mm 5 CN crowning wedge Properties • Cost-effective crowning for pulleys • Improves belt tracking. especially for uneven loading of material Area of application • Conveyor belts with fabric plies CN crowning wedge Ref. No.Pulley Lagging REMAGRIP . No. Designation Dimensions Qty 522 0780 Cover strip CK-X / CP-X 1. Designation Dimensions 528 5545 CN crowning wedge 1/3 x 255 x 2 500 mm r 95 Material Processing .

18 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Weight 550 3700 UNIGRIP 60/KS 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 8.Pulley Lagging UNIGRIP .45 kg/m² 550 3710 UNIGRIP 60/KS 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10.92 kg/m² r 96 . Properties Area of application UNIGRIP 60 • Reduces slippage between • Profile tread for drive pulleys B = 35 mm belt and pulley • For low to averagely loaded L = 18 mm • Increases and stabilizes the textile conveyor belts S = 6 mm coefficient of friction • Small pulley diameters t = 3 mm • Evacuation of moisture and dirt (up to 800 mm) d = 8/10 mm • Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion • Prevents material build-up • Positive influence on belt tracking • Wear-resistant material quality UNIGRIP 60/KS Specifications Polymer basis NR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.Drum coating material for simple applications UNIGRIP 60 UNIGRIP 60 can be universally applied as a pulley lagging for simple applications.

Pulley Lagging UNIGRIP . Properties Area of application UNIGRIP 65 • Reduces slippage between • Profiled tread for drive pulleys B = 86 mm belt and pulley • For low to medium loading of L = 50 mm • Increases and stabilizes the textile conveyor belts S = 6 mm coefficient of friction • For small pulley diameters t = 3 mm • Evacuation of moisture and dirt (up to 800 mm) d = 10/12/15 mm • Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion 5 • Prevents material build-up • Positive influence on belt tracking • Wear-resistant material quality UNIGRIP 65/KS Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. No. Designation Dimensions Weight 550 3715 UNIGRIP 65/KS 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.22 kg/m² 550 3730 UNIGRIP 65/KS 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 17.18 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.89 kg/m² r 97 Material Processing .Drum coating material for simple applications UNIGRIP 65 UNIGRIP 65 can be universally applied as a pulley lagging for simple applications.68 kg/m² 550 3720 UNIGRIP 65/KS 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 14.

Pulley lagging for simple applications UNILAG UNILAG can be universally applied as a pulley lagging for simple applications.0 kg/m² 550 3650 UNILAG/KS 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.Pulley Lagging UNILAG . No. Designation Dimensions Weight 550 3636 UNILAG/KS 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 6.for use in • Grooved rubber lagging for horizontal and vertical directions drive pulleys • Scrap is reduced to a minimum • For low to medium-loaded • Cost-efficient material fabric belts • Evacuation of moisture and dirt UNILAG • Protects the pulley against D = 30 mm wear and corrosion t = 5 (4) mm • Prevents material build-up d = 8/10/12/15 mm • Positive influence on belt tracking • Wear-resistant material quality UNILAG/KS Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.18 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.64 kg/m² 550 3667 UNILAG/KS 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 15.3 kg/m² r 98 . Properties Area of application • Symmetrical profile .4 kg/m² 550 3643 UNILAG/KS 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 10.

Low-friction impact bars 100-102 UNISLIDE .Low-friction impact bars 103 99 mAteRiAL PRoceSSing . Feeding SyStemS REMA TIP TOP 6 REMASLIDE .

Designation Dimensions TT-Fastening Unit 539 0510 REMASLIDE LF KG-02 52 x 100 x 1 220 mm I 539 0520 REMASLIDE LF KG-03 80 x 100 x 1 220 mm I 539 0530 REMASLIDE LF KG-04 100 x 100 x 1 220 mm I 100 . KG-03 and KG-04 REMASLIDE Low Friction • Innovative.Low-friction impact bars REMASLIDE impact bars REMASLIDE impact bars absorb the drop energy of material impact through their proven REMA TIP TOP special rubber substrate. grey) • Increases the service life by more than 30 % compared to other standard impact bars • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref. 40 Shore A) polyethylene (PE) and REMA TIP TOP • Distance between conveyor belt and REMASLIDE Low Friction type 02/03/04 special rubber impact bars must be at least 20 mm with TT-Fastening type I • Low friction between conveyor (when conveyor belt is not loaded) belt and REMASLIDE surface Beveled ends of the polyethylene Area of application layer to protect the conveyor belt • Impact protection for conveyor belts at • Increases operating life of the belt/bar the material feed and transfer points • Reduction in energy requirement • Good sealing effect when used in • Easy and quick mounting by integrated conjunction with REMASKIRT aluminium profile with TT-Fastening Unit type I for bars KG-02. damage of the belt is avoided. low friction sliding surface made of highly wear-resistant PE (10 mm. Properties • Elastic rubber underside • Combination of extra high molecular (approx. By fully supporting the conveyor belt across the feed points and transfer stations. No.Feeding Systems REMASLIDE .

21-91-24 Polish underground approval (for rubber compound): Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. antistatic and moderate oil resistance • Can be used in underground areas • Highly wear-resistant PUR coat (15 mm. Designation Dimensions TT-Fastening Unit 539 0420 REMASLIDE A KG-02 52 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV 539 0440 REMASLIDE A KG-03 80 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV 539 0400 REMASLIDE A KG-04 100 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV 101 Material Processing . Designation Dimensions TT-Fastening Unit 539 4730 REMASLIDE V KG-02 52 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV 539 4740 REMASLIDE V KG-03 80 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV 539 4750 REMASLIDE V KG-04 100 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV REMASLIDE ATEX Antistatic • Can be used in ATEX areas • Low friction surface made of antistatic PE (10 mm. 60 Shore A) • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar REMASLIDE V with TT-Fastening Unit type IV German underground approval (for rubber compound): LOBA No.Low-friction impact bars REMASLIDE V Self-extinguishing. 18. black) • Electrical resistance: antistatic • PUR quality: self-extinguishing • Rubber quality: self-extinguishing • Elastic rubber underside (approx. No. B/1724/III/2013 PUR sliding plate with LOBA approval 6 Ref. No. black) • Electrical resistance: antistatic • Elastic rubber underside (approx.43.Feeding Systems REMASLIDE . 50 Shore A) REMASLIDE ATEX with • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar TT-Fastening Unit type IV Ref.

Low-friction impact bars TT-Fastening Units I • Torque: 90 Nm • Consists of forged TT-Fasteners with washer and self-locking nut • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref. Designation Dimensions 539 1006 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 40 mm 539 1013 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 60 mm TT-Fastening Unit type I 539 1020 TT-Fastening Unit I M 16 x 80 mm TT-Fastening Units IV • Torque: 60 Nm • Consists of forged TT-Fasteners with washer and self-locking nut • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref. No.Feeding Systems REMASLIDE . No. Designation Dimensions 539 3561 TT-Fastening Unit IV M 16 x 40 mm 539 3468 TT-Fastening Unit IV M 16 x 60 mm TT-Fastening Unit type IV 539 3475 TT-Fastening Unit IV M 16 x 80 mm 102 .

Designation Dimensions TT-Fastening Unit 539 9962 UNISLIDE 02 50 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV 539 9963 UNISLIDE 03 75 x 100 x 1 220 mm IV r 103 Material Processing . Properties Area of application • Combination of polyethylene (PE) • Impact protection for conveyor belts at and special rubber the material feed and transfer points • Beveled ends of the polyethylene • Good sealing effect when used in UNISLIDE 02/03 with layer to protect the conveyor belt conjunction with UNISKIRT TT-Fastening Unit type IV • Easy and quick mounting by integrated steel profile with TT-Fastening Unit type IV 6 • Distance between conveyor belt and impact bars must be at least 20 mm (when conveyor belt is not loaded) UNISLIDE • Surface made of polyethylene (12.Low-friction impact bars UNISLIDE impact bars UNISLIDE impact bars absorb the drop energy of material impact through their special rubber substrate. 45 Shore A) • Recommendation: 4 pieces TT-Fastening Units per impact bar Ref.5 mm. green) • Elastic rubber underside (approx. By fully supporting the conveyor belt across the feed points and transfer stations.Feeding Systems UNISLIDE . No. damage of the belt is avoided.

.

Skirting rubber 106-108 7 UNISKIRT .Skirting rubber 109-111 105 MAtEriAl PrOcESSing . Skirting REMA TIP TOP REMASKIRT .

Skirting rubber REMASKIRT 40 High-quality skirting rubber with excellent flexibility and elasticity. No. Excellent sealing properties particularly in connection with REMASLIDE impact bars.11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 51 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Green* Ref. Designation Dimensions 549 6074 REMASKIRT 40 8 x 120 x 10 000 mm 549 6191 REMASKIRT 40 12 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6098 REMASKIRT 40 8 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6201 REMASKIRT 40 12 x 200 x 10 000 mm 549 6115 REMASKIRT 40 10 x 100 x 10 000 mm 549 6218 REMASKIRT 40 12 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6122 REMASKIRT 40 10 x 120 x 10 000 mm 549 6249 REMASKIRT 40 15 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6139 REMASKIRT 40 10 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6256 REMASKIRT 40 15 x 200 x 10 000 mm 549 6146 REMASKIRT 40 10 x 200 x 10 000 mm 549 6280 REMASKIRT 40 15 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6154 REMASKIRT 40 10 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6304 REMASKIRT 40 20 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6177 REMASKIRT 40 12 x 100 x 10 000 mm 549 6311 REMASKIRT 40 20 x 200 x 10 000 mm 549 6184 REMASKIRT 40 12 x 120 x 10 000 mm 549 6335 REMASKIRT 40 20 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm *Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore deviations in colour may occur. No.Skirting REMASKIRT . 106 . Designation Dimensions Ref. Properties • Designed for temperatures • Low friction from -40 °C to +80 °C • Easy fitment • Available in thicknesses from Area of application 8 to 30 mm and belt • Skirting rubber and scraper for widths from 100 to 1 800 mm moist material • Special qualities available on request REMASKIRT 40 green REMASKIRT 40 green Specifications Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

Excellent sealing properties particularly in connection with REMASLIDE impact bars. No. No. sticky material • Special qualities available on request REMASKIRT 50 orange REMASKIRT 50 orange 7 Specifications Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.Skirting REMASKIRT .11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 51 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Orange* Ref. Designation Dimensions 550 1842 REMASKIRT 50 5 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6555 REMASKIRT 50 10 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6438 REMASKIRT 50 6 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6620 REMASKIRT 50 12 x 200 x 10 000 mm 550 1921 REMASKIRT 50 7 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6630 REMASKIRT 50 12 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 550 1938 REMASKIRT 50 7 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6641 REMASKIRT 50 15 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6476 REMASKIRT 50 8 x 120 x 10 000 mm 549 6658 REMASKIRT 50 15 x 200 x 10 000 mm 549 6500 REMASKIRT 50 8 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6670 REMASKIRT 50 15 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6517 REMASKIRT 50 10 x 100 x 10 000 mm 549 6696 REMASKIRT 50 20 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6524 REMASKIRT 50 10 x 120 x 10 000 mm 549 6730 REMASKIRT 50 20 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6531 REMASKIRT 50 10 x 150 x 10 000 mm 549 6737 REMASKIRT 50 25 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 6546 REMASKIRT 50 10 x 200 x 10 000 mm 549 6751 REMASKIRT 50 30 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm *Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore deviations in colour may occur. 107 Material Processing . Properties • Designed for temperatures • Low friction from -40 °C to +80 °C • Easy fitment • Available in thicknesses from Area of application 8 to 30 mm and belt • Skirting rubber and scraper widths from 100 to 1 800 mm for wet. Designation Dimensions Ref.Skirting rubber REMASKIRT 50 High-quality skirting rubber made of natural rubber with high tensile strength.

REMASKIRT CB 195 Primed and painted red. Designation Length Content Mounting rails 550 2670 Mounting rails CB 195. Designation Dimensions 550 2651 REMASKIRT CB 195 6/10 x 195 x 31 000 mm r Spare and wear parts . with screws 1 200 mm 10 pcs r 108 . thus preventing damage. The special sealing lips with their labyrinth effect keep transported material on the conveyor belt and reduce contamination and loss of material. No. The sealing lips are held down on the conveyor belt by their own weight.10 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.Skirting rubber REMASKIRT CB 195 REMASKIRT CB 195 sealing profile with matching mounting rails for your conveyor belt. Excellent sealing properties particularly in connection with REMASLIDE impact bars.Skirting REMASKIRT . with screws 1 200 mm 2 pcs REMASKIRT CB 195 550 2660 Mounting rails CB 195. Properties Area of application • Easy fitment in combination • Skirting rubber seal for conveyor with the mounting rails belts transporting fine-grained • Designed for temperatures and dusty material from -40 °C to +80 °C • Proven especially useful for • Sealing lips with labyrinth effect conveying coal REMASKIRT CB 195 REMASKIRT CB 195 Specifications Polymer basis NR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. No. Ref.

Designation Dimensions 550 7491 UNISKIRT 40 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7081 UNISKIRT 40 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7120 UNISKIRT 40 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7137 UNISKIRT 40 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7144 UNISKIRT 40 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7151 UNISKIRT 40 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm r 109 Material Processing . No.Skirting rubber UNISKIRT 40 Skirting rubber for easy applications. sticky material for • Available in thicknesses from non-complex applications 6 to 25 mm and belt widths from 100 to 2 000 mm • Designed for temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C UNISKIRT 40 black UNISKIRT 40 black 7 Specifications Polymer basis NR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Excellent sealing properties particularly in connection with UNISLIDE impact bars.23 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 45 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Properties Area of application • Low friction • Skirting rubber and scraper for • Easy fitment moist.Skirting UNISKIRT .

No. Properties Area of application • Low friction • Skirting rubber and scraper for • Easy fitment moist. sticky material for • Available in thicknesses from non-complex applications 6 to 25 mm and belt widths from 100 to 2 000 mm • Designed for temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C UNISKIRT 40 red UNISKIRT 40 red Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Excellent sealing properties particularly in connection with UNISLIDE impact bars.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 45 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Red Ref. Designation Dimensions 550 7600 UNISKIRT 40 red 10 x 100 x 20 000 mm 550 7610 UNISKIRT 40 red 10 x 150 x 20 000 mm 550 7620 UNISKIRT 40 red 10 x 200 x 20 000 mm 550 7630 UNISKIRT 40 red 10 x 2 000 x 20 000 mm 110 .Skirting rubber UNISKIRT 40 Skirting rubber for easy applications.Skirting UNISKIRT .

Designation Dimensions 550 7510 UNISKIRT 60 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7190 UNISKIRT 60 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7224 UNISKIRT 60 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7231 UNISKIRT 60 12 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7248 UNISKIRT 60 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7255 UNISKIRT 60 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7262 UNISKIRT 60 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 550 7280 UNISKIRT 60 40 x 2 000 x 5 000 mm 111 Material Processing . Excellent sealing properties particularly in connection with UNISLIDE impact bars.Skirting UNISKIRT .Skirting rubber UNISKIRT 60 Skirting rubber for easy applications.20 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. No. Properties Area of application • Low friction • Skirting rubber and scraper for • Easy fitment non-complex applications • Available in thicknesses from 6 to 25 mm and belt widths from 100 to 2 000 mm • Designed for temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C UNISKIRT 60 black UNISKIRT 60 black 7 Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

.

Belt idler sleeves 114-116 8 113 MAteRIAl PRoCessING . RolleRs / IdleRs REMA TIP TOP REMASLEEVE .

98 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 31 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Orange Ref.Belt idler sleeves REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE REMASLEEVE special rubber sleeves for conveyor belt idlers for all common diameters of idlers according to the DIN standard.5 x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1435 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 80 x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1442 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 89 x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1466 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 108 x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1480 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 133 x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1497 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 150 x 7 x 1 300 mm 114 . No. Designation Dimensions 537 1404 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 2“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1428 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 3“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1459 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 4“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1473 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 5“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 1411 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Ø 63. Properties Area of application • Protection against caking.Rollers / Idlers REMASLEEVE . Quick and easy mounting through pneumatic device. wear • Rubber sleeves for carrying and corrosion idlers and return idlers REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN • Extremely elastic • Excellent self-cleaning properties in wet operation REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Specifications Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 0.

Quick and easy mounting through pneumatic device. No.Rollers / Idlers REMASLEEVE .5 x 7 x 2 750 mm 537 5039 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 80 x 7 x 2 750 mm 537 5046 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 89 x 7 x 2 750 mm 537 5053 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 108 x 7 x 2 750 mm 537 5060 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 133 x 7 x 2 750 mm 537 5400 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 150 x 7 x 1 300 mm 115 Material Processing . wear • Rubber sleeves for carrying and corrosion idlers and return idlers REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Specifications Polymer basis NR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Designation Dimensions 537 5280 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 2“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 5314 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 3“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 5345 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 4“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 5376 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 5“ x 7 x 1 300 mm 537 5022 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN Ø 63.Belt idler sleeves REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40 REMASLEEVE special rubber sleeves for conveyor belt idlers for all common diameters of idlers according to the DIN standard. Properties Area of application • Protection against caking.02 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 40 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 8 Colour Black Ref.

12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. No. Quick and easy mounting through pneumatic device. No. Designation Dimensions 537 3206 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Ø 50 x 4 x 1 300 mm 537 5149 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Ø 89 x 4 x 2 750 mm 537 5125 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Ø 63. Designation Dimensions Ref. Ref. Designation Dimensions 596 7478 Mounting set VSB/KSB includes 1x mounting adapter (idler Ø 50/63. Properties Area of application • Protection against corrosion and wear • Rubber sleeves for carrying REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN • Cost-effective tubing sleeve for idlers and return idlers protection against corrosion REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.REMASLEEVE VSB / KSB For quick and easy pneumatic mounting of the belt idler sleeves. 1x fastening strap.5/80/89/108/133/150 mm).Rollers / Idlers REMASLEEVE .5 mm 595 2438 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 80 mm 595 2445 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 89 mm 595 2469 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 108 mm 595 2483 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 133 mm 595 2490 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 150 mm 116 .5 x 4 x 2 750 mm 537 5156 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Ø 108 x 4 x 2 750 mm 537 5132 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Ø 80 x 4 x 2 750 mm 537 5163 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN Ø 133 x 4 x 2 750 mm r Accessories .Belt idler sleeves REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60 REMASLEEVE special rubber sleeves for conveyor belt idlers for all common diameters of idlers according to the DIN standard. 1x pedal-operated air injection device with flexible hose 595 2470 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 50 mm 595 2421 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ø 63. No.

U-Series .Belt Cleaning Brushes 167-173 REMACLEAN . BELt CLEANINg SyStEMS REMA TIP TOP REMACLEAN .for use 146-148 on pulley in large conveyor systems REMACLEAN .Belt Return Side Scraper 174-177 117 MAtERIAL PROCESSINg .Tension Unit 132-135 REMACLEAN .F-Series .Belt Scraper 124-131 REMACLEAN .F-Series .Scraper Rubber 118-123 REMACLEAN .for use 136-145 9 on pulley REMACLEAN .for use 149-166 on belt REMACLEAN .

Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN 60 Due to its excellent abrasion-resistance and high elasticity.13 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. • Low friction on conveyor belt non-sticky material • Easy fitment • Different thicknesses available from 5 . No. Designation Dimensions 549 7035 REMACLEAN 60 8 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 7091 REMACLEAN 60 10 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 7138 REMACLEAN 60 15 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm 549 7183 REMACLEAN 60 20 x 1 800 x 10 000 mm r 118 . our special rubber material REMACLEAN 60 is capable of significantly prolonging service life compared to conventional rubber materials.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . The scraper rubber is mounted on the system‘s existing scraper system and when new may protrude from the bracket by up to its own thickness. REMACLEAN 60 Properties Area of application • Excellent wear-resistance • Universally applicable as scraper • Very high flexibility and skirting rubber for granulated.30 mm • Widths up to 2 000 mm available • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C REMACLEAN 60 Specifications Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.

97 kg/m 9 549 7530 REMACLEAN 60 MOR 7 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 16.14 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. No.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN 60 MOR Moderate oil resistance Especially for moderately oil resistant conveyor belts with fabric plies used in the recycling industry. REMACLEAN 60 MOR Specifications Polymer basis NBR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 7520 REMACLEAN 60 MOR 5 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 11.94 kg/m r 119 Material Processing .76 kg/m 549 7540 REMACLEAN 60 MOR 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23. Roll can be cut into strips upon request.

50 kg/m 549 6925 REMACLEAN 70 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 46. The scraper rubber is mounted on the system‘s existing scraper system and when new may protrude from the bracket by up to its own thickness.00 kg/m 120 . Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Properties Area of application • Excellent wear-resistance • Universally applicable as scraper • Very high flexibility and skirting rubber for granulated.00 kg/m 549 6860 REMACLEAN 70 15 x 200 x 10 000 mm 3. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 9200 REMACLEAN 70 6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 13. No. our special rubber material REMACLEAN 70 is perfectly suitable to achieve significantly longer service life compared to conventional rubber materials. 2 000 mm wide.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .09 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN 70 Due to its excellent abrasion-resistance and high elasticity.39 kg/m 549 6822 REMACLEAN 70 10 x 150 x 10 000 mm 1.45 kg/m 549 6884 REMACLEAN 70 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 34. • Low friction on conveyor belt non-sticky material REMACLEAN 70 • Easy fitment • Different thicknesses available from 5 .30 mm • Widths up to 2 000 mm available • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C REMACLEAN 70 Minimum order from 30 mm thickness: 1 roll.86 kg/m 549 6815 REMACLEAN 70 10 x 120 x 10 000 mm 1.73 kg/m 549 6839 REMACLEAN 70 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.

Roll can be cut into strips upon request.20 kg/m 549 7436 REMACLEAN 70 V 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 43.80 kg/m 549 7474 REMACLEAN 70 V 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 58. antistatic and moderate oil resistance German underground approval: LOBA No.52 kg/m 549 7388 REMACLEAN 70 V 10 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 29.21-91-4 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/III/2013 May be used in ATEX installations.40 kg/m 121 Material Processing . Designation Dimensions Weight 549 7333 REMACLEAN 70 V 8 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 23.43.Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN 70 V Self-extinguishing. REMACLEAN 70 V Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . No. 18.40 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black 9 Ref.

84 kg/m r 122 .21 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 69/51/69 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black/Green/Black Ref.50 mm granular. slightly sticky and moist • Widths up to 2 000 mm available material REMACLEAN CAB GREEN Minimum order from 30 mm thickness: 1 roll.29 kg/m 549 8459 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 20 x 100 x 10 000 mm 2. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 8411 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 15 x 100 x 10 000 mm 1.88 kg/m 549 8648 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 40 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 91.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .81 kg/m 549 8428 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 15 x 120 x 10 000 mm 2. No.39 kg/m 549 8538 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 25 x 200 x 10 000 mm 5.43 kg/m 549 8624 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 30 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 68.Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN CAB GREEN Three-ply combi scraping rubber (CAB) with wear-resistant outer layer and elastic inner layer.38 kg/m 549 8473 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 20 x 150 x 10 000 mm 3.5 times its thickness. Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. 2 000 mm wide. Properties • Designed for service temperatures • Excellent wear-resistance from -40 °C to +70 °C REMACLEAN CAB GREEN • Very belt-friendly • Low friction on conveyor belt Area of application • Different thicknesses available • Universally applicable as scraper for from 15 .51 kg/m 549 8521 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 25 x 150 x 10 000 mm 4.57 kg/m 549 8497 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 47. The combi scraper rubber may protrude from its support up to 1. Roll can be cut into strips upon request.73 kg/m 549 8442 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 36.56 kg/m 549 8514 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 25 x 120 x 10 000 mm 3.84 kg/m 549 8552 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 58.17 kg/m 549 8435 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 15 x 150 x 10 000 mm 2.

Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Designation Dimensions Weight 549 9283 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 15 x 150 x 10 000 mm 2.75 kg/m 549 9355 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 20 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 50.50 mm • Widths up to 2 000 mm available • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C REMACLEAN CAB GREY Minimum order from 30 mm thickness: 1 roll.00 kg/m r 123 Material Processing .50 kg/m 549 9317 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 20 x 100 x 10 000 mm 2. 9 Specifications Polymer basis BR/NR/IR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.23 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 81/48/81 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black/Grey/Black Ref.00 kg/m 549 9506 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 30 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 72.08/1.50 kg/m 549 9331 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 20 x 150 x 10 000 mm 3.58 kg/m 549 9410 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 25 x 250 x 10 000 mm 5.Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN CAB GREY Three-ply combi scraping rubber (CAB) with wear-resistant outer layer and elastic inner layer. No.81 kg/m 549 9300 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 15 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 37. 2 000 mm wide.8 kg/m 549 9434 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 25 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm 61. The combi scraper rubber may protrude from its support up to 1.47 kg/m 549 9386 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 25 x 150 x 10 000 mm 4.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . slightly sticky and moist • Low friction on conveyor belt material • Different thicknesses available from 15 . Properties Area of application REMACLEAN CAB GREY • Excellent wear-resistance • Universally applicable as scraper • Very belt-friendly for granular.5 times its thickness.00 kg/m 549 9379 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 25 x 120 x 10 000 mm 3.23/1.

Belt Scraper REMACLEAN KWA Highly abrasion-resistant KWA rubber scraper bar for universal use with a rigid steel construction. No.5 m/s • Also suited for use with mechanical joints REMACLEAN KWA Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION. PRECISION or STANDARD.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . hard coal. refuse REMACLEAN KWA • Excellent cost-performance-ratio and fat-containing material • Three subsequently-usable scraper bars • Easy fitment • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt speeds up to 3. Designation Belt width 578 7012 REMACLEAN KWA 500 mm 578 7029 REMACLEAN KWA 650 mm 578 7036 REMACLEAN KWA 800 mm 578 7043 REMACLEAN KWA 1 000 mm 578 7050 REMACLEAN KWA 1 200 mm 578 7270 REMACLEAN KWA 1 400 mm 578 7407 REMACLEAN KWA 1 600 mm r 124 . clay.10 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Properties Area of application • High-performance scraper • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning which protects the belt • Universally applicable to many • Long service life due to wear-resistant types of materials such as moist sand REMA TIP TOP rubber quality and gravel.

43. clay.Belt Scraper REMACLEAN KWA V Highly abrasion-resistant KWA rubber scraper bar for universal use with a rigid steel construction. No.5 m/s • Suited for use with mechanical joints 9 REMACLEAN KWA V Self-extinguishing.39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. 18. PRECISION or STANDARD. hard coal. Designation Belt width 578 7225 REMACLEAN KWA V 650 mm 578 7232 REMACLEAN KWA V 800 mm 578 7249 REMACLEAN KWA V 1 000 mm 578 7256 REMACLEAN KWA V 1 200 mm 578 7263 REMACLEAN KWA V 1 400 mm 578 7311 REMACLEAN KWA V 1 600 mm 125 Material Processing . V quality is self-extinguishing. refuse • Excellent cost-performance-ratio and fat-containing material • Three subsequently-usable scraper bars • Easy fitment • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt speeds up to 3.21-91-24 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. antistatic and moderate oil resistance Specifications Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. antistatic and moderately oil resistance and therefore particularly suitable for underground mining and for oil-containing conveyor goods. Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . German underground approval: LOBA No. B/1724/III/2013 REMACLEAN KWA V Properties Area of application • High-performance scraper which • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning protects the belt • Universally applicable to many • Long service life due to wear-resistant types of materials such as moist sand rubber quality and gravel.

clay. Designation Belt width 578 7840 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 500 mm 578 7850 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 650 mm 578 7860 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 800 mm 578 7870 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 1 000 mm 578 7880 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 1 200 mm 578 7890 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 1 400 mm 578 7900 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 1 600 mm 126 .5 m/s • Suited for use with mechanical joints REMACLEAN KWA PUR Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 90 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Brown Ref. PRECISION or STANDARD. hard coal. Properties Area of application REMACLEAN KWA PUR • High-performance scraper which • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning. EU quality is antistatic and resistant to hydrolysis and therefore particularly suitable for water-containing conveyor goods.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . cement • Three subsequently-usable scraper bars and gypsum • Easy fitment • Designed for service temperatures from -30 °C to +70 °C and belt speeds up to 3.Belt Scraper REMACLEAN KWA PUR Highly abrasion-resistant polyurethane KWA scraper bar for universal use with a rigid steel construction (special version with stainless steel construction available on request). protects the belt moderately useable for fine cleaning • Long service life due to wear-resistant • Universally applicable to many types REMA TIP TOP PUR quality of materials such as moist sand and • Excellent cost-performance-ratio gravel. No. lignite. Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION.

protects the belt moderately useable for fine cleaning • Long service life due to wear-resistant • Universally applicable to many types REMA TIP TOP PUR quality of materials such as moist sand and • Excellent cost-performance-ratio gravel. EU quality is antistatic and resistant to hydrolysis and therefore particularly suitable for water-containing conveyor goods. Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION. hard coal. lignite. No. Properties Area of application REMACLEAN PUR • High-performance scraper which • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning. • Two subsequently-usable scraper bars gypsum.Belt Scraper REMACLEAN PUR Highly abrasion-resistant polyurethane scraper bar for universal use with a rigid steel construction (special version with stainless steel construction available on request). Designation Belt width 578 7500 REMACLEAN PUR 500 mm 578 7517 REMACLEAN PUR 650 mm 578 7524 REMACLEAN PUR 800 mm 578 7531 REMACLEAN PUR 1 000 mm 578 7548 REMACLEAN PUR 1 200 mm 578 7555 REMACLEAN PUR 1 400 mm 578 7562 REMACLEAN PUR 1 600 mm 127 Material Processing .Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . cement. PRECISION or STANDARD. clay. refuse and fat-containing • Easy fitment material • Designed for service temperatures from -30 °C to +70 °C and belt speeds up to 3.5 m/s • Also suited for use with mechanical joints 9 REMACLEAN PUR Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 90 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Brown Ref.

cement. Properties Area of application • High-performance scraper which • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning protects the belt in lightweight version as well as main cleaner for dry materials REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT • Long service life due to wear-resistant • Universally applicable to many types REMA TIP TOP PUR quality of materials such as moist sand and • Excellent cost-performance-Ratio gravel. hard coal.5 m/s REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT Specifications Polymer basis PUR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Red Ref. PRECISION or STANDARD. lignite. refuse and fat-containing • Easy fitment material • Designed for service temperatures from -30 °C to +70 °C and belt speeds up to 2.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION. Designation Belt width 578 7430 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 400 mm 578 7440 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 500 mm 578 7450 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 650 mm 578 7460 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 800 mm 578 7470 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 1 000 mm 578 7480 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 1 200 mm 578 7490 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 1 400 mm 128 .Belt Scraper REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT Highly abrasion-resistant polyurethane scraper bar for universal use with a rigid. weight reduced steel construction (special version with stainless steel construction available on request). clay. • Two subsequently-usable scraper bars gypsum. No.

refuse and sticky • Easy fitment material with a high water content • Designed for service temperatures • Less suited for material containing from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt quartz and fat speeds up to 3. cement. No. Properties Area of application • High-performance scraper • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning and which protects the belt just as well suited as main cleaner • Long service life due to wear-resistant • Universally applicable to many types REMACLEAN C REMA TIP TOP rubber quality of materials such as hard coal.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . • Excellent cost-performance-ratio clay. Designation Belt width 578 7593 REMACLEAN C 400 mm 578 7603 REMACLEAN C 500 mm 578 7610 REMACLEAN C 650 mm 578 7627 REMACLEAN C 800 mm 578 7634 REMACLEAN C 1 000 mm 578 7641 REMACLEAN C 1 200 mm 578 8640 REMACLEAN C 1 400 mm 578 7665 REMACLEAN C 1 600 mm 129 Material Processing .Belt Scraper REMACLEAN C Highly abrasion-resistant rubber scraper bar for universal use with ceramic material flexibly embedded in rubber and a rigid steel construction. lignite. gypsum.5 m/s • Not suited for use with mechanical joints REMACLEAN C 9 Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Belt-friendly cleaning due to rounded outer ceramic elements.

lignite. refuse and extremely sticky • Designed for service temperatures and abrasive material from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt • Less suited for material containing fat speeds up to 3.5 m/s • Not suited for use with mechanical joints REMACLEAN M Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Belt-friendly cleaning due to rounded outer carbide inserts. hard coal. cement. • Easy fitment gypsum. Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION. Properties Area of application REMACLEAN M • High-performance scraper • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning and which protects the belt just as well suited as main cleaner • Long service life due to wear-resistant • Universally applicable to many types REMA TIP TOP rubber quality of materials such as moist sand and • Excellent cost-performance-ratio gravel. Designation Belt width 578 9010 REMACLEAN M 500 mm 578 9027 REMACLEAN M 600 mm 578 9041 REMACLEAN M 800 mm 578 9072 REMACLEAN M 1 000 mm 578 9096 REMACLEAN M 1 200 mm 578 9106 REMACLEAN M 1 400 mm 578 9120 REMACLEAN M 1 600 mm 130 . clay.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . No.Belt Scraper REMACLEAN M Highly abrasion-resistant rubber scraper bar for universal use with tungsten carbide inserts flexibly embedded in rubber and a rigid steel construction.

0 m/s • Not suited for use with mechanical joints 9 REMACLEAN HML Ref. A special version in stainless or galvanised steel is also available. universally usable scraper bar made from carbide with a non-stick coating and a robust steel system carrier. Recommended to be fitted with tensioning device type INNOVATION.Belt Scraper REMACLEAN HML Highly wear-resistant. clay.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . cement. No. hard coal. Properties Area of application REMACLEAN HML • High-performance scraper • Particularly suited for pre-cleaning and which protects the belt just as well suited as main cleaner • Long service life due to the • Universally applicable to many types high-quality carbide plates of materials such as moist sand and • Requires very little contact pressure gravel. • Easy fitment sticky and abrasive material • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C (special versions up to +120 °C available) and belt speeds up to 4. refuse and very quartz-rich. lignite. due to very small carbide surface area gypsum. Designation Belt width 578 2010 REMACLEAN HML 400 mm 578 2020 REMACLEAN HML 500 mm 578 2030 REMACLEAN HML 650 mm 578 2040 REMACLEAN HML 800 mm 578 2060 REMACLEAN HML 1 000 mm 578 2070 REMACLEAN HML 1 200 mm r 131 Material Processing .

resulting in with square support tubes such as minimal time needed for inspection REMACLEAN KWA/PUR and maintenance REMACLEAN STANDARD Ref. Designation For belt width Content 578 8389 REMACLEAN STANDARD 400 . Vibration absorbing and flexible due to integrated rubber spring elements. screws 578 8413 Tensioning device SE 38 1 piece 578 8437 Holder SE 38 1 piece 132 .1 600 mm 1 pair includes 2x tensioning devices SE 38. Properties • Designed for service temperatures • Extremely long-lasting from -40 °C to +80 °C.can also retroactively up to 3.800 mm 1 pair includes 2x tensioning devices SE 27.5 m/s and belt widths be fitted to all conveyor belt from 400 to 1 600 mm systems with minimal effort • Suited for use with mechanical joints • Quick and easy scraper bar exchange • Consistent cleaning performance Area of application through consistent contact pressure • Particularly suited for scraper bars • Low design height made from rubber or Polyurethane • Maintenance-free.Tension Unit REMACLEAN STANDARD Tension unit for universal use with torsion element and support arm with adjustable angle for optimum inspection and servicing of the system. Can be retrofitted with reversing stop that can also be used as a buffer for the support arm. 2x holders SE 38. No. screws 578 8406 Tensioning device SE 27 1 piece 578 8420 Holder SE 27 1 piece 578 8396 REMACLEAN STANDARD 1 000 . belt speeds • Easy fitting . Extremely long service life. 2x holders SE 27.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .

1 800 mm 1 pair r 133 Material Processing . No. Extremely long service life. belt speeds up to 3. Designation For belt width Content 578 8310 REMACLEAN PRECISION 400 .5 m/s and belt widths from 400 to 1 800 mm • Suited for use with mechanical joints 9 REMACLEAN PRECISION Ref. resulting in minimal time needed for inspection and maintenance • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +80 °C.800 mm 1 pair 578 8341 REMACLEAN PRECISION 1 000 mm 1 pair 578 8358 REMACLEAN PRECISION 1 200 . Properties Area of application REMACLEAN PRECISION • Extremely long-lasting • Particularly suited for scraper bars • Quick and easy scraper bar exchange made from rubber or polyurethane • Consistent cleaning performance with square support tubes such as through consistent contact pressure REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/C/M • Low design height • Maintenance-free.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Vibration absorbing and flexible due to integrated rubber spring elements. Can be retrofitted with reversing stop that can also be used as a buffer for the support arm.Tension Unit REMACLEAN PRECISION Tension unit for universal use with torsion element and support arm with pivoting mechanism for precise 90° adjustment of the scraper to the belt as well as an scale for setting the contact pressure for optimum inspection and servicing of the system.

Can be retrofitted with reversing stop that can also be used as a buffer for the support arm. No. Vibration absorbing and flexible due to integrated rubber spring elements. compact made from carbide. Designation For belt width Content 578 8130 Reversing stop up to 800 mm 1 pair 578 8140 Reversing stop 1 000 mm 1 pair 578 8150 Reversing stop from 1 200 mm 1 pair *Provided the condition of a explicit authorization of the plant operator. resulting in such as REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/C/M minimal time needed for and particularly HML inspection and maintenance • Integrated preload indicator REMACLEAN INNOVATION Ref. rubber or poly- construction urethane with square support tubes • Maintenance-free. Designation For belt width Content 578 8320 REMACLEAN INNOVATION 400 . Properties • Designed for service temperatures • Extremely long-lasting from -40 °C to +80 °C.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .800 mm 1 pair 578 8330 REMACLEAN INNOVATION 1 000 mm 1 pair 578 8360 REMACLEAN INNOVATION 1 200 . Ref.Tension Unit REMACLEAN INNOVATION Tension unit for universal use with torsion element and support arm with pivoting mechanism for precise 90° adjustment of the scraper to the belt as well as scale for setting the contact pressure for optimum inspection and servicing of the system. Extremely long service life.can also retroactively up to 4. belt speeds • Easy fitting . 134 .0 m/s and belt widths REMACLEAN INNOVATION be fitted to all conveyor belt from 400 to 1 800 mm systems with minimal effort • Suited for use with mechanical joints • Quick and easy scraper bar exchange • Consistent cleaning performance Area of application through consistent contact pressure • Particularly suited for scraper bars • Low design height. No. The contact pressure can be continuously adjusted* using a tension spindle (display for adjustment included).1 800 mm 1 pair Reversing stop HM-U3 / HM-U5 / INNOVATION For REMACLEAN HM-U3/HM-U5/INNOVATION.

135 Material Processing . No. Can be retrofitted with reversing stop that can also be used as a buffer for the support arm.REMACLEAN INNOVATION S Ref. Extremely long service life. for REMACLEAN INNOVATION S r *Provided the condition of a explicit authorization of the plant operator.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . No. Vibration absorbing and flexible due to integrated rubber spring elements. compact made from carbide.Tension Unit REMACLEAN INNOVATION S Tension unit for universal use with torsion element and one-sided torsion unit for optimum inspection and servicing of the system. resulting in • Long-lasting minimal time needed for inspection REMACLEAN INNOVATION S • Easy fitting . rubber or poly- construction urethane with square support tubes such as REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/ 9 C/M/HML REMACLEAN INNOVATION S Ref.0 m/s and belt widths either the left or right side from 650 to 1 200 mm • Quick and easy scraper bar exchange • Suited for use with mechanical joints • Consistent cleaning performance through consistent contact pressure Area of application • Easy preloading from just one side • Particularly suited for scraper bars • Low design height. The contact pressure can be continuously adjusted* using a gear and snapper mechanism. Designation 578 8690 Chipsite.can also retroactively and maintenance be fitted to all conveyor belt • Designed for service temperatures systems with minimal effort from -40 °C to +80 °C. belt speeds • Tensioning unit can be used on up to 4. Properties • Maintenance-free. Designation For belt width 578 8650 REMACLEAN INNOVATION S 650 mm 578 8660 REMACLEAN INNOVATION S 800 mm 578 8670 REMACLEAN INNOVATION S 1 000 mm 578 8680 REMACLEAN INNOVATION S 1 200 mm r Spare and wear parts .

belt speeds up to non-stick skirting 6. sinter. No.5 m/s. center 578 1080 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F1. ores.5 m/s. No. gravel. The solid design of the support tube.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .REMACLEAN HM-F1 Ref. left r 136 . Designation Belt width Ref. belt widths to 2 400 mm and • Easy fitment of the scraper beneath the pulley pulley diameters up to 2 000 mm axis (outside of the material‘s main flow) • Consistent contact pressure through low. No. with PE deflector apron. allow the system to be used for belt speeds of up to 6. with PE deflector apron. with PE deflector apron. REMACLEAN HM-F1 Properties • The tensioning device can be • High cleaning efficiency through ideal shifted inside or outside of the adaptation of the carbide blades (flexibly and conveyor belt construction individually mounted) to the belt surface • Also suited for reverse operation • Long service life through the use of highly • Designed for service temperatures wear-resistant carbide and low-friction. The tungsten carbide blades optimally adjust to the belt surface and guarantee effective and belt-friendly cleaning as well as long service life and high reliability. right 578 1070 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F1.F-Series . where the tungsten carbide segments are elastically mounted. cement dispersion of material and in the chemical industry REMACLEAN HM-F1 Ref. Area of application maintenance and high-quality rubber • Universally applicable as a pre-cleaner torsion elements or main cleaner for many types of • Open construction of the carbide carriers materials such as sand. Designation Belt width 578 2158 REMACLEAN HM-F1 650 mm 578 2213 REMACLEAN HM-F1 1 600 mm 578 2165 REMACLEAN HM-F1 800 mm 578 2220 REMACLEAN HM-F1 1 800 mm 578 2189 REMACLEAN HM-F1 1 000 mm 578 2237 REMACLEAN HM-F1 2 000 mm 578 2196 REMACLEAN HM-F1 1 200 mm 578 2244 REMACLEAN HM-F1 2 200 mm 578 2206 REMACLEAN HM-F1 1 400 mm 578 2251 REMACLEAN HM-F1 2 400 mm r Spare and wear parts . hard and the torsion elements for unhampered coal. Designation 578 3803 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F1. from -40 °C to +80 °C.for use on pulley REMACLEAN HM-F1 Belt scraper system with individual elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle- type tension unit for cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley. lignite.

lignite. ores.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . belt speeds ideal adaptation of the carbide blades torsion elements up to 4. the tungsten carbide blades optimally adjust to the belt surface and guarantee effective and belt-friendly cleaning. gravel. hard carriers and the torsion elements for coal. sinter. • Designed for service temperatures • High cleaning efficiency through low-maintenance through rubber from -40 °C to +80 °C. No.F-Series . The outer tungsten carbide segments are equipped with an indicator showing the contact pressure of the blades. REMACLEAN HM-F2 Properties • Easily fitted and adjusted. Therefore. cement 9 unhampered dispersion of material and in the chemical industry REMACLEAN HM-F2 Ref. The scraper blade is tensioned by a spindle type tension unit. The individual elastically supported tungsten carbide blades can pivot about the axis of the joint. non-stick skirting rubber torsion elements • Easy fitment of the scraper • The tensioning device can be Area of application beneath the pulley axis (outside shifted inside or outside of the • Universally applicable as a pre-cleaner of the material‘s main flow) conveyor belt construction or main cleaner for many types of • Open construction of the carbide • Also suited for reverse operation materials such as sand. to 2 000 mm to the belt surface easily adjustable and definable • A special version in stainless steel • Long service life through the use of • Consistent contact pressure through and heat-resistant up to +120 °C highly wear-resistant carbide and low-maintenance and high-quality is also available low-friction.for use on pulley REMACLEAN HM-F2 Belt scraper system with individual elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit for cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley.5 m/s and belt widths (flexibly and individually mounted) • Consistent and ideal contact pressure. Designation Belt width 578 3009 REMACLEAN HM-F2 400 mm 578 3016 REMACLEAN HM-F2 500 mm 578 3023 REMACLEAN HM-F2 650 mm 578 3030 REMACLEAN HM-F2 800 mm 578 3054 REMACLEAN HM-F2 1 000 mm 578 1001 REMACLEAN HM-F2 1 200 mm 578 1018 REMACLEAN HM-F2 1 400 mm 578 1025 REMACLEAN HM-F2 1 600 mm 578 1032 REMACLEAN HM-F2 1 800 mm 578 1049 REMACLEAN HM-F2 2 000 mm r 137 Material Processing .

F-Series . left 120 mm 578 0435 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/240. right 120 mm 578 3274 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/120. center 120 mm 578 3267 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/120. Designation Width 578 3250 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/120. Designation Belt width 578 1221 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 500 mm 578 1238 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 650 mm REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1245 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 800 mm 578 1269 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 1 000 mm 578 1276 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 1 200 mm 578 1283 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 1 400 mm r Spare and wear parts .Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . No. right 240 mm 578 0459 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/240. left 240 mm 578 3243 Torsion element HM-F2 578 3951 Torsion element HM-F2 HR. Ref.REMACLEAN HM-F2 / HM-F2 HR Ref. up to 120 °C r 138 .for use on pulley REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR Special model for use at temperatures up to 120 °C. center 240 mm 578 0442 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/240. No.

Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .for use on pulley REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA Stainless steel model for corrosive media and the food industry. center 120 mm 578 0239 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2 VA. left 120 mm 578 0253 Torsion element HM-F2 VA r 139 Material Processing .4571 (VA). Ref.F-Series .4571 (VA).REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 9 Material 1. Material 1. No. Ref. No. right 120 mm 578 0246 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2 VA. Designation Width 578 0222 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2 VA. Designation Belt width 578 0167 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 400 mm 578 0174 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 500 mm REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0181 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 650 mm 578 0198 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 800 mm 578 0215 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 1 000 mm 578 0497 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 1 200 mm 578 0507 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 1 400 mm 578 0514 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 1 600 mm r Spare and wear parts .

The scraper blade optimally adjusts to the belt surface and guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning. sinter. No.F-Series . REMACLEAN PUR-F3 Properties • For belt widths up to 2 200 mm • Highly effective cleaning through and pulley diameters from 220 perfect adaptation of the poly. • Also suited for reverse operation hard coal. Designation Belt width 578 5504 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 500 mm 578 5505 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 650 mm 578 5506 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 800 mm 578 5507 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 1 000 mm 578 5508 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 1 200 mm 578 5509 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 1 400 mm 578 5510 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 1 600 mm 578 5511 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 1 800 mm 578 5512 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 2 000 mm 578 5513 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 2 200 mm r 140 .0 m/s • Suitable for use with mechanical joints Area of application • Easily fitted and adjusted.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . gravel. • Universally applicable as a pre-cleaner low-maintenance due to the use or main cleaner for many types of of the tension springs materials such as sand. The poly- urethane blade is attached to the system support structure but can revolve around its own axis. ores. Precise contact pressure is achieved by a spring lever tension unit. if necessary. cement and for use with spherical pulleys and in the chemical industry • A version for underground use is also available (ATEX-suitable) as well as a special version in stainless steel REMACLEAN PUR-F3 Ref. lignite.for use on pulley REMACLEAN PUR-F3 Primary belt scraper system with a polyurethane blade and a spring lever tension unit for the cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley. up to 500 mm urethane bar to the belt‘s surface • Designed for service temperatures • Long service life through the use of from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt highly wear-resistant polyurethane speeds up to 4.

supporting tube PUR-F3 / Belt scraper PUR-F4 / PUR-F5.F-Series . Designation Width Belt width 578 5500 Segment PUR-F3 100 mm 578 5501 Segment PUR-F3 200 mm 578 5500 578 5502 Segment PUR-F3 300 mm 578 5503 Segment PUR-F3 400 mm 578 5581 Segment PUR-F3 V. light r Lengthning piece. light construction 578 4991 Lengthning piece reinforced . black.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .for use on pulley Spare and wear parts . No. heavy Lengthning piece. heavy 141 Material Processing .supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 / PUR-F5. black. with ATEX approval 400 mm 578 5696 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 650 mm 578 5501 578 5690 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 800 mm 578 5691 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 000 mm 578 5692 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 200 mm 578 5693 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 400 mm 578 5694 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 600 mm 578 5695 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 800 mm 578 5502 9 578 5270 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 2 000 mm 578 4930 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 800 mm 578 4940 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 000 mm 578 4950 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 200 mm 578 4960 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 400 mm 578 4970 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 600 mm 578 4980 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 800 mm 578 5503 578 4981 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 2 000 mm 578 4982 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 2 200 mm 578 4990 Lengthning piece .REMACLEAN PUR-F3 Ref. with ATEX approval 300 mm 578 5591 Segment PUR-F3 V.

cement of the tension springs up to 4. • Designed for service temperatures materials such as sand.for use on pulley REMACLEAN PUR-F4 Primary belt scraper system with a polyurethane blade and a spring lever tension unit for the cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley. The poly- urethane blade is attached to the system support structure yet can revolve around its own axis. No. Designation Belt width 578 5524 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 500 mm 578 5525 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 650 mm 578 5526 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 800 mm 578 5527 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 1 000 mm 578 5528 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 1 200 mm 578 5529 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 1 400 mm 578 5530 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 1 600 mm 578 5531 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 1 800 mm 578 5532 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 2 000 mm 578 5533 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 2 200 mm 578 5800 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 V. Precise contact pressure is achieved by a spring lever tension unit. hard low-maintenance due to the use from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt speeds coal. with ATEX approval 1 200 mm 578 5830 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 V. with ATEX approval 1 000 mm 578 5820 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 V.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . with ATEX approval 800 mm 578 5810 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 V. if necessary. The scraper blade optimally adjusts to the belt surface and guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning. lignite.0 m/s and in the chemical industry REMACLEAN PUR-F4 Ref. ores. REMACLEAN PUR-F4 Properties • Also suited for reverse operation • Highly effective cleaning through and for use with spherical pulleys perfect adaptation of the poly. • A version for underground use is also urethane bar to the belt‘s surface available (ATEX-suitable) as well as • Long service life through the use of a special version in stainless steel highly wear-resistant polyurethane • For belt widths up to 2 200 mm Area of application • Suitable for use with and pulley diameters from 500 • Universally applicable as a pre-cleaner mechanical joints up to 1 600 mm or main cleaner for many types of • Easily fitted and adjusted.F-Series . sinter. with ATEX approval 1 400 mm r 142 . gravel.

F-Series .for use on pulley Spare and wear parts . No.REMACLEAN PUR-F4 Ref. heavy Lengthning piece. heavy 143 Material Processing .Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Designation Width Belt width 578 5520 Segment PUR-F4 100 mm 578 5521 Segment PUR-F4 200 mm 578 5520 578 5522 Segment PUR-F4 300 mm 578 5523 Segment PUR-F4 400 mm 578 5580 Segment PUR-F4 V 300 mm 578 5590 Segment PUR-F4 V 400 mm 578 5696 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 650 mm 578 5521 578 5690 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 800 mm 578 5691 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 000 mm 578 5692 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 200 mm 578 5693 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 400 mm 578 5694 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 600 mm 578 5695 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 1 800 mm 578 5522 9 578 5270 Belt scraper construction PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 VA 2 000 mm 578 4930 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 800 mm 578 4940 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 000 mm 578 4950 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 200 mm 578 4960 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 400 mm 578 4970 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 600 mm 578 4980 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 1 800 mm 578 5523 578 4981 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 2 000 mm 578 4982 Supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 2 200 mm 578 4990 Lengthning piece . light r Lengthning piece. light construction 578 4991 Lengthning piece reinforced .supporting tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 / PUR-F5.supporting tube PUR-F3 / Belt scraper PUR-F4 / PUR-F5.

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - F-Series - for use on pulley

REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A
Primary belt scraper system with a polyurethane blade and a spring lever tension
unit for the cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley. The poly-
urethane blade is attached to the system support structure yet can revolve
around its own axis, if necessary. The scraper blade optimally adjusts to the
belt surface and guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning. Precise
contact pressure is achieved by a spring lever tension unit.

REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A
Properties • For belt widths up to 2 000 mm
• Highly effective cleaning through and pulley diameters from 500
perfect adaptation of the poly- up to 1 600 mm
urethane bar to the belt‘s surface • Designed for service temperatures
• Long service life through the use of from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt
highly wear-resistant polyurethane speeds up to 4.0 m/s
• Suitable for use with
mechanical joints Area of application
• Easily fitted and adjusted, • Universally applicable as a pre-cleaner
low-maintenance due to the use or main cleaner for many types of
of the tension springs materials such as sand, gravel, hard
• Also suited for reverse operation coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement
and for use with spherical pulleys and in the chemical industry
• A version for underground use is also
available (ATEX-suitable) as well as a
special version in stainless steel

REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 5700 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 500 mm

578 5710 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 650 mm

578 5720 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 800 mm

578 5730 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 1 000 mm

578 5740 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 1 200 mm

578 5750 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 1 400 mm

578 5760 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 1 600 mm

578 5770 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 1 800 mm

578 5780 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 2 000 mm
r

144

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - F-Series - for use on pulley

REMACLEAN PUR-F5
Conveyor belt cleaning system with a scraper consisting of polyurethane segments and
a lever tensioning system with a compression spring for cleaning the conveyor belt
load-bearing side at the head pulley. The individual polyurethane segments are
permanently attached to the support. Due to a special function, the segments can
always move elastically. This allows the segments to contact the conveyor belt
surface at the drum optimally and ensures effective and gentle cleaning. The
entire scraper strip is exactly pretensioned at one or both sides
by means of the lever tensioning unit. REMACLEAN PUR-F5

Properties • Consistent and ideal contact pressure; • For belt widths up to 1 400 mm
• High cleaning efficiency through easily adjustable and, through and pulley diameters from 240
perfect adaptation of the polyure- the length of the cylinder spring, up to 800 mm
thane segments to the belt‘s surface easily definable; a pre-tension • Designed for the highest loads with
• Long service life through the use indicator is provided service temperatures from -40 °C to
of highly wear-resistant polyurethane • Up to a belt width of 1 400 mm pre- +60 °C and belt speeds up to 4.0 m/s
• Easily fitted and adjusted; tensioning occurs from only one side
low-maintenance • PUR-segments are also available Area of application
• Each segment is mounted to the in a natural white colour • Universally applicable as a pre-cleaner
system carrier with a quick- • Stainless steel system carrier or main cleaner for many types of
tensioning fastener available materials such as sand, gravel, hard
• Segment width of 100 mm coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement
and in the chemical industry 9
REMACLEAN PUR-F5

Ref. No. Designation Belt width Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 5600 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 500 mm 578 5630 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 1 000 mm

578 5610 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 650 mm 578 5640 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 1 200 mm

578 5620 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 800 mm 578 5650 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 1 400 mm
r

578 5660

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN PUR-F5

Ref. No. Designation Width
578 5660 Segment PUR-F5 100 mm

578 5670 Mounting plate PUR-F5, with bearing

578 5680 Mounting plate PUR-F5, with bearing
and tensioning device
578 4990 Lengthning piece - supporting tube PUR-F3 / 578 5680
PUR-F4 / PUR-F5, light
578 4991 Lengthning piece reinforced - supporting
tube PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 / PUR-F5, heavy
r

578 5670

145 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - F-Series - for use on pulley in large conveyor systems

REMACLEAN PUR-F300
REMACLEAN PUR-F300 is intended for pre-cleaning at the discharge pulley
for pulley diameters from 630 mm and up. The individual polyurethane
segments are solidly connected to the carrier. Due to a special function, the
segments are more flexible. Thus the segments adapt themselves perfectly
to the belt’s surface at the pulley and ensure effective and gentle cleaning.
Through the contact pressure device the entire scraper bar with the REMACLEAN PUR-F300
PUR-segments is precisely pre-tensioned from either one, or both sides.

Properties • Segment widths of 200 mm • Run-off aprons at the back of the
• High cleaning efficiency through and 300 mm PUR-segments protect the
perfect adaptation of the poly- • Easily fitted and adjusted; carrier body
urethane segments (individually low-maintenance • Designed for pulley diameters from
mounted) to the belt’s surface • Consistent and ideal contact 630 mm and belt speeds up to 6.5 m/s
• Long service life through the use of pressure; easily adjustable and,
highly wear-resistant polyurethane through the length of the cylinder Area of application
• Each segment is equipped with a springs, easily definable • Suitable for large conveyor systems
supporting spring and can thus • The segment carrier has a very • Universally applicable to many types
function in a dynamic manner; height strong design for the highest of materials such as sand, gravel, hard
differences are compensated for loads (box profile) coal, lignite, ores, sinter and cement
• Also suitable for reverse operation

REMACLEAN PUR-F300

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 5843 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 900 mm

578 5842 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 1 000 mm

578 5841 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 1 200 mm

578 5840 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 1 400 mm

578 5291 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 1 600 mm

578 5290 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 1 800 mm

578 5280 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 2 000 mm
r

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN PUR-F300

Ref. No. Designation Width
578 5850 Segment PUR-F300 200 mm

578 5860 Segment PUR-F300 300 mm
r

146

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - F-Series - for use on pulley in large conveyor systems

REMACLEAN PUR-F400
REMACLEAN PUR-F400 is intended for pre-cleaning at the discharge pulley for
pulley diameters from 1 000 mm and up. The individual polyurethane segments
are solidly connected to the carrier. Due to a special function, the segments are
more flexible. Thus the segments adapt themselves perfectly to the belt’s
surface at the pulley and ensure effective and gentle cleaning. Through the
contact pressure device the entire scraper bar with the PUR segments is REMACLEAN PUR-F400
precisely pre-tensioned from either one, or both sides.

Properties • Easily fitted and adjusted; • Designed for pulley diameters
• High cleaning efficiency through low-maintenance from 1 000 mm and belt speeds
perfect adaptation of the poly- • Consistent and ideal contact pressure; up to 6.5 m/s
urethane segments (individually easily adjustable and, through the
mounted) to the belt’s surface length of the cylinder springs, Area of application
• Long service life through the use of easily definable • Suitable for large conveyor systems
highly wear-resistant polyurethane • The segment carrier has a very • Universally applicable to many types
• Each segment is equipped with a strong design for the highest of materials such as sand, gravel, hard
supporting spring and can thus loads (box profile) coal, lignite, ores, sinter and cement
function in a dynamic manner; height • Also suitable for reverse operation
differences are compensated for • Run-off aprons at the back of the
• Segment widths of 200 mm PUR-segments protect the
and 300 mm carrier body 9

REMACLEAN PUR-F400

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 6080 REMACLEAN PUR-F400 1 600 mm

578 6081 REMACLEAN PUR-F400 1 800 mm

578 6110 REMACLEAN PUR-F400 2 000 mm

578 6120 REMACLEAN PUR-F400 2 200 mm
r

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN PUR-F400

Ref. No. Designation Width
578 6090 Segment PUR-F400 200 mm

578 6100 Segment PUR-F400 300 mm
r

147 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - F-Series - for use on pulley in large conveyor systems

REMACLEAN PUR-F500
REMACLEAN PUR-F500 is optimally suited for the cleaning of the carrier-side of
belts in large systems with belt speeds of up to 10 m/s. The individual segments
of the system are solidly connected to the carrier body, yet mounted in such a
way that they have flexible movement. This enables them to adapt perfectly
to the belt’s surface and ensure effective and gentle cleaning.
REMACLEAN PUR-F500

Properties • Easy fitment and adjustment; • Run-off aprons at the back of the PUR
• High cleaning efficiency through low-maintenance segments protect the carrier body
perfect adaptation of the PUR • Consistent and ideal contact pressure; • Designed for belt speeds up to 10 m/s
segments (individually mounted) easily adjustable and, through the
to the belt’s surface length of the cylinder springs, Area of application
• Long service life of the individual easily definable • Suitable for large conveyor systems
segments through the use of highly • Carrier body has a very strong design • Universally applicable to many types
wear-resistant polyurethane in order to cope with the highest of materials such as sand, gravel,
• Each segment is equipped with loads (box profile) hard coal, lignite and ores
supporting springs, and can thus
work in a dynamic manner

REMACLEAN PUR-F500

Ref. No. Designation Belt width Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 5910 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 4 segments 1 400 mm 578 5570 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 6 segments 2 200 mm

578 5920 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 4 segments 1 400 mm 578 5940 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 7 segments 2 200 mm

578 5571 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 4 segments 1 600 mm 578 5950 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 7 segments 2 400 mm

578 5572 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 5 segments 1 600 mm 578 5960 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 8 segments 2 600 mm

578 5573 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 5 segments 1 600 mm 578 5970 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 8 segments 2 800 mm

578 5930 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 5 segments 1 800 mm 578 5980 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 9 segments 2 800 mm

578 5870 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 6 segments 2 000 mm 578 5990 REMACLEAN PUR-F500, 9 segments 3 000 mm
r

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN PUR-F500

Ref. No. Designation Width
578 5900 Segment PUR-F500 300 mm
r

148

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U1
REMACLEAN HM-U1 is a belt cleaning system for belt return side applications consisting of
tungsten carbide segments. The solid design of the support tube, where the tungsten
carbide segments are mounted, and the spindle-type tension unit allows the system
to be used for belt speeds up to 6.5 m/s. The design of the carbide blade perfectly
adjusts to the belt, thus providing an effective and belt-friendly cleaning. The
design of the carbide blade, as well as its anti-caking coating made of
polyethylene, guarantee extended service life and high reliability. REMACLEAN HM-U1

Properties • Protection of the belt edges through
• Effective cleaning performance sunken outer carbide-carriers (HMT)
• Long service life through the use of • Can be upgraded for reverse operation
highly wear-resistant carbide • For belt widths up to 2 400 mm
• Modular design consisting of the system • Designed for service temperatures
suspension tube, carbide-blades (HMT) from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt
with PE-deflector plate, suspension tube speeds up to 6.5 m/s
extensions and spindle sets with • Special versions available for service
torsional thrust bearing temperatures up to 120 °C and also
• Consistent and ideal contact pressure; made from stainless steel
easily adjustable and easily readable
on the pre-tension indicator Area of application
• Flange connection for easy and quick • Universally applicable for the fine 9
installation and de-installation cleaning to many types of materials
• Spindle sets can be mounted on the such as sand, gravel, hard coal, lignite,
inside and outside of the conveyor ores, sinter, cement, clay, refuse
belt construction and gypsum

REMACLEAN HM-U1

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9137 REMACLEAN HM-U1 400 mm

578 9144 REMACLEAN HM-U1 500 mm

578 9151 REMACLEAN HM-U1 650 mm

578 9168 REMACLEAN HM-U1 800 mm

578 9182 REMACLEAN HM-U1 1 050 mm

578 9199 REMACLEAN HM-U1 1 200 mm

578 9209 REMACLEAN HM-U1 1 400 mm

578 9216 REMACLEAN HM-U1 1 600 mm

578 9223 REMACLEAN HM-U1 1 800 mm

578 9230 REMACLEAN HM-U1 2 000 mm

578 9247 REMACLEAN HM-U1 2 200 mm

578 9254 REMACLEAN HM-U1 2 400 mm
r

149 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U1

Ref. No. Designation Width
578 9326 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, with PE skirting, center 120 mm

578 9333 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, with PE skirting, right 120 mm

578 9340 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, with PE skirting, left 120 mm

Accessories - REMACLEAN HM-U1

Ref. No. Designation For belt width Content
578 9371 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, without PE skirting, 120 mm 50

578 9508 Reversing stop set 400 - 650 mm

578 9515 Reversing stop set 800 - 1 000 mm

578 9522 Reversing stop set 1 200 - 1 400 mm

578 9539 Reversing stop set from 1 600 mm

578 9845 Step tread set, with fastening elements 400 - 800 mm 2
r

REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR
Other belt widths on request.

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 3281 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 400 mm

578 3298 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 500 mm

578 3308 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 650 mm

578 3315 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 800 mm

578 3322 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 900 mm

578 3339 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 1 000 mm REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR

578 3340 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 1 200 mm
r

150

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR

Ref. No. Designation Width
578 9807 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 HR, 120 mm
with VA skirting, center
578 9814 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 HR, 120 mm
with VA skirting, right
578 9821 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 HR, 120 mm
with VA skirting, left
r

REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA
Special versions for the chemical and food industry. Material 1.4571 (VA).

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 5210 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 500 mm

578 5227 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 650 mm
9
578 5234 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 800 mm

578 5258 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 1 000 mm

578 5260 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 1 200 mm
r
REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA
Material 1.4571 (VA).

Ref. No. Designation
578 9883 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 VA, with VA skirting, center

578 9890 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 VA, with VA skirting, right

578 9900 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 VA, with VA skirting, left

151 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U2
REMACLEAN HM-U2
REMACLEAN HM-U2 is a belt scraper system for belt return side applications
with a tungsten carbide blade. The solid design of the support tube, where the
tungsten carbide blade is mounted, allows the system to be used for belt speeds
up to 6.5 m/s. The tungsten carbide blade optimally adjusts to the belt
surface and guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning. The design of
the scraper blade and the anti caking coating made of highly wear-resistant
REMATHAN ensure long service life and high reliability.

Properties • Spindle sets can be mounted on the • One-piece blade
• Effective cleaning performance inside and outside of the conveyor • For belt widths up to 2 400 mm
• Long service life through the use of belt construction • Designed for service temperatures
highly wear-resistant carbide and • Consistent and ideal contact pressure, from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt
low-friction anti-caking coatings which is easily adjustable and read- speeds up to 6.5 m/s
• Modular design consisting of the sys- able on the pre-tension indicator
tem suspension tube, carbide-blade, • The highly wear-resistant REMATHAN Area of application
suspension tube extension and spind- sliding units on the front of the • Universally applicable for the fine
le sets with torsional thrust bearing carbide-bar ensure accumulation- cleaning to many types of materials
• Flange connection for easy free removal of the material such as sand, gravel, hard coal, lignite,
and quick fitment • Protection of the belt edges ores, sinter, cement, clay, refuse
• Easily fitted and adjusted; low- through sunken outer carbide-blade and gypsum
maintenance due to the use of a • Can be upgraded for reverse operation
spindle contact device with torsion • Very robust polyurethane skirting
elements and a pre-tension indicator

REMACLEAN HM-U2

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9278 REMACLEAN HM-U2 500 mm

578 9285 REMACLEAN HM-U2 650 mm

578 9292 REMACLEAN HM-U2 800 mm

578 0112 REMACLEAN HM-U2 1 000 mm

578 0920 REMACLEAN HM-U2 1 200 mm

578 0930 REMACLEAN HM-U2 1 400 mm

578 0931 REMACLEAN HM-U2 1 600 mm

578 0932 REMACLEAN HM-U2 1 800 mm

578 0933 REMACLEAN HM-U2 2 000 mm

578 0934 REMACLEAN HM-U2 2 200 mm
r

152

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U2

Ref. No. Designation For belt width
578 9412 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 500 mm

578 9429 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 650 mm

578 9436 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 800 mm

578 0136 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 1 000 mm

578 0140 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 1 200 mm

578 0150 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 1 400 mm

578 0950 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 1 600 mm

578 0951 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 1 800 mm

578 0952 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 2 000 mm

578 0953 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 2 200 mm
r

Accessories - REMACLEAN HM-U2 9

Ref. No. Designation For belt width Content
578 9508 Reversing stop set 400 - 650 mm

578 9515 Reversing stop set 800 - 1 000 mm

578 9522 Reversing stop set 1 200 - 1 400 mm

578 9845 Step tread set, 400 - 800 mm 2
with fastening elements
r

153 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U3
REMACLEAN HM-U3 is a belt scraper system for belt return side applications
with a tungsten carbide blade featuring a low installation height and tension
unit type INNOVATION. The tungsten carbide blade optimally adjusts to the belt
and therefore guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning. The design of the
tungsten carbide blade as well as the multi layer anti-caking coating guarantees
long service life and high reliability. The tension unit type INNOVATION allows
continuous calibration of the contact pressure and fits various
installation situations.
REMACLEAN HM-U3

Properties • Integrated scraper bar tilt-adjustment
• Effective cleaning performance • REMA-REPCOAT SL non-stick coating
• Long service life through the use on the carbide-bar‘s off-flow side
of highly wear-resistant carbide • Can be upgraded for reverse operation
• Protection of the belt surface edges • For belt widths up to 1 200 mm
through sunken outer carbide-blade • Designed for service temperatures
• Easy fitting and adjustment of the from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt
system due to the use of the tension speeds up to 2.5 m/s
unit INNOVATION with torsion elements • Special versions available for service
and a pre-tension indicator temperatures up to 130 °C and also
• Spindle sets can be mounted on with electro-galvanized bar
the inside and outside of the
conveyor belt construction Area of application
• Low-maintenance • Universally applicable to many types
• Requires little space due to the of materials such as sand, gravel, hard
compact carbide-blade coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement, clay,
• Automatic system readjustment refuse and gypsum
• Tension unit INNOVATION with
accurate micro-adjustment of
the contact pressure

REMACLEAN HM-U3

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 8900 REMACLEAN HM-U3 400 mm

578 8910 REMACLEAN HM-U3 500 mm

578 8920 REMACLEAN HM-U3 650 mm

578 8930 REMACLEAN HM-U3 800 mm

578 8940 REMACLEAN HM-U3 1 000 mm

578 8950 REMACLEAN HM-U3 1 200 mm
r

154

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U4
Belt cleaning system for belt return side applications with a „CONTOUR“
tungsten carbide blade and tension unit type STANDARD. The parabolic design
of the tungsten carbide blade optimally adjusts to the conveyor belt - even
in case of progressive wear in the center of the belt - and therefore
guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning.

Properties • Not suitable for reverse operation REMACLEAN HM-U4
• Effective cleaning due to the • Protection of the belt edges through
scraper bar‘s parabolic form sunken outer carbide-blades
• Adapts well to the belt‘s surface • For belt widths up to 1 200 mm
• Long service life through the use • Designed for service temperatures
of highly wear-resistant carbide from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt
made in shock-resistant design speeds up to 2.5 m/s
• Requires little space for fitment
• Easy fitment and adjustment Area of application
of the scraper system • Universally applicable to many types
• Low-maintenance of materials such as moist sand and
• Automatic system readjustment gravel, hard coal, cement, refuse
through rubber suspension elements and recycle materials
• Integrated tilt-adjustment for
optimal positioning 9
• Scraper bar is coated with a high-
quality anti-corrosion layer

REMACLEAN HM-U4
Used with REMA TIP TOP tension unit STANDARD.

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9260 REMACLEAN HM-U4, with parabolic bar 500 mm

578 9261 REMACLEAN HM-U4, with parabolic bar 650 mm

578 9262 REMACLEAN HM-U4, with parabolic bar 800 mm

578 9263 REMACLEAN HM-U4, with parabolic bar 1 000 mm

578 9264 REMACLEAN HM-U4, with parabolic bar 1 200 mm

578 5550 Tension unit SE 27 HM-U4 to 800 mm

578 5560 Tension unit SE 38 HM-U4 from 1 000 mm
r

155 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U5
Belt cleaning system for belt return side applications with a „CONTOUR“
tungsten carbide blade and tension unit type INNOVATION, that allows continuous
calibration of the contact pressure and fits various installation situations.
The parabolic design of the tungsten carbide blade optimally adjusts to the
conveyor belt - even in case of progressive wear in the center of the belt -
and therefore guarantees effective and belt-friendly cleaning.

Properties • Not suitable for reverse operation REMACLEAN HM-U5
• Effective cleaning through the • Protection of the belt edges through
scraper bar‘s parabolic form sunken outer carbide-blades
• Adapts well to the belt‘s surface • For belt widths up to 1 200 mm
• Long service life through the use of • Designed for service temperatures
highly wear-resistant carbide from -40 °C to +80 °C and belt
made in shock-resistant design speeds up to 2.5 m/s
• Requires little space for fitment
• Easy fitment and adjustment Area of application
of the scraper system • Universally applicable to many
• Low-maintenance types of materials such as moist
• Integrated tilt-adjustment for sand and gravel, hard coal, cement,
optimal positioning refuse and recycle materials
• Scraper bar is coated with a high-
quality anti-corrosion layer

REMACLEAN HM-U5

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9360 REMACLEAN HM-U5, with parabolic bar 500 mm

578 9361 REMACLEAN HM-U5, with parabolic bar 650 mm

578 9362 REMACLEAN HM-U5, with parabolic bar 800 mm

578 9363 REMACLEAN HM-U5, with parabolic bar 1 000 mm

578 9364 REMACLEAN HM-U5, with parabolic bar 1 200 mm

578 9950 Connection piece HM-U5 800 mm

578 9960 Connection piece HM-U5 1 000 mm
r

156

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U3 / HM-U4 / HM-U5
Reversing stop HM-U3 / HM-U5 / INNOVATION
For REMACLEAN HM-U3/HM-U5/INNOVATION.

Ref. No. Designation For belt width Content
578 8130 Reversing stop up to 800 mm 1 pair

578 8140 Reversing stop 1 000 mm 1 pair

578 8150 Reversing stop from 1 200 mm 1 pair
r

Reversing stop

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U3

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 2010 REMACLEAN HML 400 mm

578 2020 REMACLEAN HML 500 mm

578 2030 REMACLEAN HML 650 mm
9
578 2040 REMACLEAN HML 800 mm

578 2060 REMACLEAN HML 1 000 mm

578 2070 REMACLEAN HML 1 200 mm
r

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U4 / HM-U5

Ref. No. Designation For belt width
578 9400 HMT-CONTOUR 500 mm

578 9401 HMT-CONTOUR 650 mm

578 9402 HMT-CONTOUR 800 mm

578 9403 HMT-CONTOUR 1 000 mm

578 9404 HMT-CONTOUR 1 200 mm
r

157 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

RAMACLEAN HM-U6
REMACLEAN HM-U6
Belt cleaning system for return side application with elastically mounted carbide segments and a
torsion tension unit with spindle adjustment. The individual elastically supported carbide seg-
ments achieve optimum cleaning efficiency while avoiding damage to the conveyor belt sur-
face. The segments dynamically adjust to the belt surface and hence ensure effective and
belt-friendly cleaning. Plastic skirts prevent that material builds up on the elements.

Properties • Spindle sets with torsional
• Belt-friendly cleaning achieved thrust bearing included • For belt widths up to 2 000 mm
by the sagging function of • Consistent and ideal contact • Designed for service tempera-
the blade segments pressure, which is easily tures from -40 °C to +70 °C and
• The tungsten carbide segments adjustable by using the torsion belt speeds up to 2.5 m/s
are individually supported tension unit with spindle
and can adapt dynamically in adjustment Area of application
the running direction of the belt • Particularly robust poly- • Universally applicable to many
• Modular system composed of urethane sliding deflectors types of materials such as sand,
system suspension tube, for highest demands gravel, hard coal, lignite, ores,
carbide-blades, polyurethane • Not suitable for reverse sinter, cement, clay, conditioned
deflector operation refuse and gypsum

REMACLEAN HM-U6

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 8960 REMACLEAN HM-U6 400 mm

578 8961 REMACLEAN HM-U6 500 mm

578 8962 REMACLEAN HM-U6 650 mm

578 8963 REMACLEAN HM-U6 800 mm

578 8964 REMACLEAN HM-U6 1000 mm

578 8965 REMACLEAN HM-U6 1200 mm

578 8966 REMACLEAN HM-U6 1400 mm

578 8967 REMACLEAN HM-U6 1600 mm

578 8968 REMACLEAN HM-U6 1800 mm

578 8969 REMACLEAN HM-U6 2000 mm
r

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U6

Ref. No. Designation
578 8590 Hard metal scraper HMT-U6, with polyurethane skirt
r
578 8590

158

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U7
REMACLEAN HM-U7
Belt cleaning system for belt return side applications with elastically supported
tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit. High cleaning
efficiency and long service life due to the high-quality of the carbides.
Good adaptability to the conveyor belt through flexibly mounted
and overlapping of the blades. Belt-protective scraper system
through the segment blades dragging function.

Properties • Consistent and ideal contact pressure,
• Belt-friendly cleaning achieved by which is easily adjustable by using • Designed for service temperatures
the sagging function of the blade the torsion tension unit with from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt
segments spindle adjustment speeds up to 2.5 m/s
• The tungsten carbide segments • No tools needed for segment fitment -
manufactured from stainless steel exchange due to clamping fastener Area of application
are individually supported, can adapt • Not suitable for reverse operation • Universally applicable to many types
dynamically in the running direction • „MF“ version is suitable for the of materials such as sand, gravel, hard
of the belt and move 180° on use with mechanical joints coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement,
its own axis • „V“ version is suitable for ATEX conditioned refuse and dry gypsum
• Modular system composed of system applications (in that case
suspension tube, carbide-blades, assembly feet are black)
polyurethane deflector • For belt widths up to 1 400 mm
9
REMACLEAN HM-U7

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9300 REMACLEAN HM-U7 400 mm

578 9301 REMACLEAN HM-U7 500 mm

578 9302 REMACLEAN HM-U7 650 mm

578 9303 REMACLEAN HM-U7 800 mm

578 9304 REMACLEAN HM-U7 1 000 mm Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9305 REMACLEAN HM-U7 1 200 mm 578 8995 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 1 200 mm
(310/335 mm)
578 9306 REMACLEAN HM-U7 1 400 mm
578 8996 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 1 400 mm
578 8990 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 400 mm (310/335 mm)
(310/335 mm)
578 8970 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 400 mm
578 8991 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 500 mm
(310/335 mm) 578 8971 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 500 mm

578 8992 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 650 mm 578 8972 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 650 mm
(310/335 mm)
578 8973 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 800 mm
578 8993 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 800 mm
(310/335 mm) 578 8974 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 1 000 mm

578 8994 REMACLEAN HM-U7 LONG 1 000 mm 578 8975 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 1 200 mm
(310/335 mm) r

159 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U8
Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with elastically supported
tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit with reinforcement
bracket, designed for heavy-duty conditions. High cleaning efficiency
and long service life due to the high-quality of the carbides. Good
adaptability to the conveyor belt through flexibly mounted and
overlapping of the blades. Belt-protective scraper system
through the segment blades dragging function.
REMACLEAN HM-U8

Properties • Consistent and ideal contact pressure, • For belt widths up to 2 000 mm
• Belt-friendly cleaning achieved by which is easily adjustable by using • Designed for service temperatures
the sagging function of the blade the torsion tension unit with from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt
segments spindle adjustment speeds up to 5.5 m/s
• The tungsten carbide segments • No tools needed for segment fitment -
manufactured from stainless steel exchange due to clamping fastener Area of application
are individually supported, can • Not suitable for reverse operation • Universally applicable to many types
adapt dynamically in the running • „MF“ version is suitable for the of materials such as sand, gravel, hard
direction of the belt and move use with mechanical joints coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement,
180° on its own axis • „V“ version is suitable for ATEX conditioned refuse and dry gypsum
• Modular system composed of system applications (in that case
suspension tube, carbide-blades, assembly feet are black)
PUR assembly foot and spindle • Version with PUR segment foot
tensioning device with brace with screw mounting

REMACLEAN HM-U8

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9310 REMACLEAN HM-U8 800 mm

578 9311 REMACLEAN HM-U8 1 000 mm

578 9312 REMACLEAN HM-U8 1 200 mm Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9313 REMACLEAN HM-U8 1 400 mm 578 8985 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 1 800 mm

578 9314 REMACLEAN HM-U8 1 600 mm 578 9450 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF V, 800 mm
with ATEX approval
578 9315 REMACLEAN HM-U8 1 800 mm
578 9451 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF V, 1 000 mm
578 9316 REMACLEAN HM-U8 2 000 mm with ATEX approval

578 8980 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 800 mm 578 9452 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF V, 1 200 mm
with ATEX approval
578 8981 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 1 000 mm
578 9453 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF V, 1 400 mm
578 8982 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 1 200 mm with ATEX approval
578 9454 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF V, 1 600 mm
578 8983 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 1 400 mm
with ATEX approval
r

578 8984 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 1 600 mm

160

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

Spare and wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8

Ref. No. Designation Length
578 9441 Blade SP-U7/U8-210 210 mm
Only round bar with hard metal blade.
578 9440 Segment SEG+SP-U7-210 210 mm
With hard metal blade and red polyurethane base,
industrial version.
578 9442 Blade SP-U7/U8-235 235 mm
Only round bar with hard metal blade.
578 9443 Segment SEG+SP-U7-235 235 mm
With hard metal blade and red polyurethane base,
industrial version.
578 8550 Blade SP-U7/U8-310 310 mm
Only round bar with hard metal blade.
578 8551 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-310 310 mm
With hard metal blade and red polyurethane base,
industrial version.
578 8560 Blade SP-U7/U8-335 335 mm
Only round bar with hard metal blade.
578 8561 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-335 335 mm
With hard metal blade and red polyurethane base, 9
industrial version.
578 9460 Blade SP-U7/U8-210 MF 210 mm
Only round bar with impact-proof metal blade.
578 9540 Segment SEG+SP-U7-210 MF 210 mm
With impact-proof hard metal blade and red polyurethane Type MF V
base, industrial version.
578 9470 Segment SEG+SP-U7-210 MF V 210 mm
With impact-proof metal blade and black
polyurethane base, ATEX version.
578 9480 Blade SP-U7/U8-235 MF 235 mm
Only round bar with impact-proof hard metal blade.
578 9550 Segment SEG+SP-U7-235 MF 235 mm
With impact-proof hard metal blade and red
polyurethane base, industrial version. Type MF

578 9490 Segment SEG+SP-U7-235 MF V 235 mm
With impact-proof hard metal blade and black
polyurethane base, ATEX version.
578 7750 Segment SEG+SP-U8-210 210 mm

578 7760 Segment SEG+SP-U8-210 MF 210 mm

578 7770 Segment SEG+SP-U8-210 MF V 210 mm

578 7780 Segment SEG+SP-U8-235 235 mm

578 7790 Segment SEG+SP-U8-235 MF 235 mm

578 7800 Segment SEG+SP-U8-235 MF V 235 mm
r

161 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

Accessories - REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8

Ref. No. Designation For belt width Content
578 9660 Off-set arm HM-U7/U8 1 piece

578 9610 Clamping spindle HM-U7/U8 1 piece

578 9670 Mounting bracket HM-U7/U8, hot-dip 1 pair
galvanized, with mounting screws
578 8290 Tension unit HM-U7 1 pair
578 9610
578 8300 Tension unit HM-U8 1 pair

578 8160 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 400 mm

578 8170 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 500 mm 578 9670

578 8180 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 650 mm

578 8190 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 800 mm

578 8200 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 1 000 mm

578 8210 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 1 200 mm

578 8220 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 1 400 mm

578 8230 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 1 600 mm 578 8290

578 8240 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 1 800 mm

578 8250 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 2 000 mm

578 6140 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 VA 500 mm

578 6150 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 VA 650 mm

578 6160 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 VA 800 mm

578 6170 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 VA 1 000 mm

578 6180 System support bar HM-U7/U8/PUR-F5 VA 1 200 mm
r

578 8300

162

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U9
Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with elastically supported
tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit. Comparable to
HM-U6 but a more robust design. High cleaning efficiency and long
service life through high-quality of the carbides. Good adaptability
to the conveyor belt through flexible mounted blade segments.
REMACLEAN HM-U9

Properties • Consistent and ideal contact
• Belt-friendly cleaning achieved by pressure, which is easily adjustable
the sagging function of the blade • Not suitable for reverse operation
segments • For belt widths up to 2 600 mm
• The tungsten carbide segments • Designed for service temperatures
manufactured from stainless steel from -40 °C to +70 °C and
are individually supported, can belt speeds up to 6.5 m/s
adapt dynamically in the running
direction of the belt Area of application
• Modular system consisting of a robust • Universally applicable to many types
system suspension tube, carbide of materials such as sand, gravel,
scrapers with PU deflectors and hard coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement,
spindle with torsional thrust bearing clay, conditioned refuse and gypsum
• Robust sliding deflectors made from
polyethylene for the highest loads 9
• Low-maintenance

REMACLEAN HM-U9

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 9345 REMACLEAN HM-U9 650 mm

578 9346 REMACLEAN HM-U9 800 mm

578 9348 REMACLEAN HM-U9 1 000 mm

578 9349 REMACLEAN HM-U9 1 200 mm

578 9350 REMACLEAN HM-U9 1 400 mm

578 9351 REMACLEAN HM-U9 1 600 mm

578 9352 REMACLEAN HM-U9 1 800 mm

578 9353 REMACLEAN HM-U9 2 000 mm
r

163 Material Processing

Belt Cleaning Systems
REMACLEAN - U-Series - for use on belt

REMACLEAN HM-U10
Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with elastically supported
tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit. Comparable to
HM-U9 but with a spindle tensioning device. High cleaning efficiency and
long service life through high-quality of the carbides. Good adaptability
to the conveyor belt through flexible mounted blade segments.

Properties • Consistent and ideal contact REMACLEAN HM-U10
• The sagging function of the blade seg- pressure, which is easily adjustable
ments ensures belt-friendly cleaning • Low-maintenance
• The tungsten carbide segments • Not suitable for reverse operation
manufactured from stainless steel • For belt widths up to 2 200 mm
are individually supported, can • Designed for service temperatures
adapt dynamically in the running from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt
direction of the belt speeds up to 6.5 m/s
• Modular system composed of a
robust system suspension tube, Area of application
carbide-blades with apron made • Universally applicable to many types
from polyurethane and spindle of materials such as sand, gravel, hard
tensioning device coal, lignite, ores, sinter, cement, clay,
• Robust sliding deflectors made from conditioned refuse and gypsum
polyethylene for the highest loads

REMACLEAN HM-U10

Ref. No. Designation Belt width
578 1550 REMACLEAN HM-U10 400 mm

578 1551 REMACLEAN HM-U10 500 mm

578 1552 REMACLEAN HM-U10 650 mm

578 1553 REMACLEAN HM-U10 800 mm

578 1555 REMACLEAN HM-U10 1 000 mm

578 1556 REMACLEAN HM-U10 1 200 mm

578 1560 REMACLEAN HM-U10 1 400 mm

578 1570 REMACLEAN HM-U10 1 600 mm

578 1580 REMACLEAN HM-U10 1 800 mm

578 1581 REMACLEAN HM-U10 2 000 mm

578 1582 REMACLEAN HM-U10 2 200 mm
r

164

foot made from soft polyure- thane and a spindle mounting system Area of application • Robust sliding deflectors made from Universally applicable to many types polyethylene for the highest loads of materials such as sand. cement. No. which is easily adjustable conditioned refuse and gypsum 9 • Low-maintenance REMACLEAN HM-U11 R Ref. ores. No. Properties • System carrier is protected with • The sagging function of the blade seg.U-Series . sliding aprons of the PUR foot REMACLEAN HM-U11 R ments ensures belt-friendly cleaning • Version with PUR segment foot • The tungsten carbide segments with screw mounting manufactured from stainless steel • Particularly suited for reverse are individually supported.for use on belt REMACLEAN HM-U11 R Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit suited for reverse operation.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Good adaptability to the conveyor belt through flexible mounted blade segments. carbide belt speeds up to 6.5 m/s blades. pressure. High cleaning efficiency and long service life through high-quality of the carbides. Designation Belt width 578 1800 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 400 mm 578 1850 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 1 200 mm 578 1810 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 500 mm 578 1860 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 1 400 mm 578 1820 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 650 mm 578 1870 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 1 600 mm 578 1830 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 800 mm 578 1880 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 1 800 mm 578 1840 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 1 000 mm 578 1890 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 2 000 mm r Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U11 R Ref. hard • Consistent and ideal contact coal. sinter. clay. No. gravel. lignite. Designation Width 578 1900 Segment SEG+SP-U11 R-120 120 mm r *Available from November 2015 165 Material Processing . can operation adapt dynamically in the running • For belt widths up to 2 000 mm direction of the belt • Designed for service temperatures • Modular system consisting of a robust from -40 °C to +70 °C and system suspension tube. Designation Belt width Ref.

Thus. REMACLEAN HM-U500 Properties • Consistent and ideal contact • Belt-friendly cleaning achieved by pressure. lignite.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .for use on belt REMACLEAN HM-U500 REMACLEAN HM-U500 is a belt cleaning system for belt return side applications in large conveyor systems with elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit. 578 8570 Blade SP-U500-375 375 mm Only round bar with hard metal blade. gravel. which adapt dynamically in the running resist dynamic loads direction of the belt and move • For belt widths up to 3 000 mm 180° on its own axis • Designed for service temperatures • Modular system consisting of a robust from -40 °C to +70 °C and system suspension tube. they adapt to the conveyor belt in the best way possible and ensure effective cleaning. ores. The segments are individually mounted to the system suspension tube and the carbide blades are mounted in polyurethane feet in such a way that they can turn. No. which is easily adjustable the sagging function of the blade • Low-maintenance segments • System carrier is protected with • The tungsten carbide segments sliding aprons of the PUR foot manufactured from stainless steel • Each polyurethane foot is equipped are individually supported. carbide belt speeds up to 10. foot made from soft polyure- thane and a spindle mounting system Area of application • Robust sliding deflectors made from • Universally applicable to many types polyethylene for the highest loads of materials such as sand. can with supporting springs. Designation Belt width 578 5890 REMACLEAN HM-U500 1 400 mm 578 5891 REMACLEAN HM-U500 1 600 mm 578 3970 REMACLEAN HM-U500 1 800 mm 578 5880 REMACLEAN HM-U500 2 000 mm r Spare and wear parts .0 m/s blades. Designation Length 578 8580 Blade SP-U500-350 350 mm Only round bar with hard metal blade. sinter and cement REMACLEAN HM-U500 Ref. No.U-Series . r 166 .REMACLEAN HM-U500 Ref. hard coal.

Properties • Motor capacity BB 1 200 .2 000: 1.500: 0.1 kW • Cleaning brush direct drive • Motor capacity BB 1 800 . No.Belt Cleaning Brushes REMACLEAN GRB REMACLEAN GRB with round rubber fingers and an electric extern drive for the fine cleaning of the carrier-side of the conveyor belt behind or under the discharge pulley.5 kW through an electric motor • Designed for belt speeds up to 2. to be combined • Protective system: B3. The rubber fingers optimally adapt to the belt surface and guarantee effective and belt-friendly cleaning.75 kW REMACLEAN GRB 9 Specifications Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 Hardness 49 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.5 m/s REMACLEAN GRB • Highly flexible and extremely gentle on the belt due to rubber fingers Area of application • Speed: 1 000 rpm • Universally suitable for removing fine • Voltage: 400 v. Designation Belt width 578 5007 REMACLEAN GRB 400 mm 578 5014 REMACLEAN GRB 500 mm 578 5021 REMACLEAN GRB 650 mm 578 5038 REMACLEAN GRB 800 mm 578 5045 REMACLEAN GRB 1 000 mm 578 5052 REMACLEAN GRB 1 200 mm 578 5069 REMACLEAN GRB 1 400 mm 578 5076 REMACLEAN GRB 1 600 mm 578 5083 REMACLEAN GRB 1 800 mm 578 5090 REMACLEAN GRB 2 000 mm r 167 Material Processing . 50 Hz (other and pulverised as well as slightly versions available on request) adhering materials.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .1 600: 1.55 kW • Motor capacity BB 600 .1 000: 0. IP55 with a pre-scraper for moist materials • Motor capacity BB 400 .

black Rubber bristle GRB Ref. 745 x 297 mm Hardness 40 Shore A Rubber bristle GRB.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . No. No. black. black. Designation Dimensions 529 7100 Rubber bristle standard. Hardness 62 Shore A 745 x 297 mm Moderately oil and grease resistant r 168 . Designation Belt width 578 4400 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 400 mm 578 4417 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 500 mm Spare cleaning brush GRB 578 4424 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 650 mm 578 4431 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 800 mm 578 4448 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 1 000 mm 578 4455 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 1 200 mm 578 4462 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 1 400 mm 578 4479 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 1 600 mm 578 4486 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 1 800 mm 578 4493 REMACLEAN spare cleaning brush GRB 2 000 mm r Rubber bristle GRB.Belt Cleaning Brushes Spare cleaning brush GRB Consists of shaft made from steel with attached rubber bristles in standard quality. Food quality white 527 2716 Rubber bristle V. Versions with rubber bristles in food quality or self-extinguishing quality available on request. Ref. Hardness 48 Shore A 745 x 297 mm 527 2723 Rubber bristle WHITE FOOD. white.

2 000 mm tschan coupling S 50 9 r 169 Material Processing . No. Designation For belt width 578 6700 REMACLEAN tschan coupling S 50 400 . Designation For belt width 578 4840 Shaft set GRB 400 . for REMACLEAN 400 . Ref. No.1 000 mm 578 4850 Shaft set GRB 1 200 . Ref.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .2 000 mm 578 6710 REMACLEAN star.2 000 mm r Tschan coupling GRB Please state the belt width when ordering.Belt Cleaning Brushes Shaft set GRB Please state the belt width when ordering.

Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . 50 Hz • Designed for service temperatures (other versions available on request) from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt REMACLEAN TMB • Motor capacity BB 400 .2 000: 1. Properties • Available with stainless steel motor • Cleaning brush with direct • Suitable for reverse operation. Designation Belt width 578 0590 REMACLEAN TMB 400 mm 578 0600 REMACLEAN TMB 500 mm 578 4802 REMACLEAN TMB 650 mm 578 0617 REMACLEAN TMB 800 mm 578 0631 REMACLEAN TMB 1 000 mm 578 0648 REMACLEAN TMB 1 200 mm 578 0916 REMACLEAN TMB 1 400 mm 578 0915 REMACLEAN TMB 1 600 mm 578 0970 REMACLEAN TMB 1 800 mm 578 0971 REMACLEAN TMB 2 000 mm r 170 .800: 1.Belt Cleaning Brushes REMACLEAN TMB REMACLEAN TMB is a conveyor belt cleaning system with plastic bristles and internally located drive for fine cleaning of the conveyor belt carrier-side. electric motor drive the motor must be switched over • Highly flexible and extremely gentle to correspond with the direction on the belt due to plastic bristles of operation • Drum motor: 400 V.1 kW speeds up to 6. to be combined protection class IP66 with a pre-scraper for moist materials • Also available in version suitable for use in ex-zones (Device Group II Category 3D T135 °C) also available for food processing and in an oil resistant version REMACLEAN TMB Ref. No.5 m/s • Motor capacity BB 900 .5 kW • Self-cleaning Area of application • Very compact construction • Universally suitable for removing fine through the drum motor and pulverised as well as slightly • All electric motors fall into adhering materials.

226 mm from 1 000 mm 578 1060 REMACLEAN endpiece TMB. for brush set TMB up to 800 mm 578 1050 REMACLEAN brush segment TMB.REMACLEAN TMB Ref. 157 mm from 1 000 mm 9 171 Material Processing .Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Designation Belt width 578 0810 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 400 mm 578 0827 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 500 mm 578 0834 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 650 mm 578 0841 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 800 mm 578 0865 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 1 000 mm 578 0872 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 1 200 mm 578 0899 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 1 400 mm 578 0804 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 1 600 mm 578 0805 REMACLEAN brush set TMB 1 800 mm 578 0906 REMACLEAN individual brush segment TMB 100 mm 578 0889 REMACLEAN locking ring. No.Belt Cleaning Brushes Spare and wear parts .

400 V.1 kW • Motor capacity BB 900 .1 050: 1.Belt Cleaning Brushes REMACLEAN SGB REMACLEAN SGB is a belt cleaning system with rubber bristles for fine cleaning of the carrier-side of a belt with CHEVRON profile. 50 Hz from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt REMACLEAN SGB (other versions available on request) speeds up to 2. ores.1 400: • Universally applicable removing 2. cement. 24 mm the motor must be switched over • Highly flexible and extremely gentle to correspond with the direction on the belt due to rubber bristles of operation with a hardness 64 Shore A • Designed for service temperatures • Drum motor: 230 . lignite.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . • Cleat height max. gravel.5 kW Area of application • Motor capacity BB 1 000 .2 kW sticky material such as sand. Ref. No. • Compact construction conditioned refuse and sinter from • All electric motors fall into conveyor belts with CHEVRON profile protection class IP55 • Also available in a version suitable for use in ex-zones (Device Group II Category 3D T135 °C) zone from 22 REMACLEAN SGB Other belt widths on request. • Self-cleaning hard coal.5 m/s • Motor capacity BB 400 . Designation Belt width 578 0655 REMACLEAN SGB 400 mm 578 0662 REMACLEAN SGB 500 mm 578 0679 REMACLEAN SGB 650 mm 578 0686 REMACLEAN SGB 800 mm 578 0703 REMACLEAN SGB 1 000 mm 578 0710 REMACLEAN SGB 1 200 mm 578 0727 REMACLEAN SGB 1 400 mm 172 . Properties • Also available with bristles • Electric motor cleaning brush in V quality with bevel gear drive • Suitable for reverse operation.800: 1.

Belt Cleaning Brushes Spare cleaning brush SGB Ref. No.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Designation Belt width 578 0734 Spare cleaning brush SGB 400 mm 578 0741 Spare cleaning brush SGB 500 mm 578 0758 Spare cleaning brush SGB 650 mm 578 0765 Spare cleaning brush SGB 800 mm 578 0789 Spare cleaning brush SGB 1 000 mm 578 0796 Spare cleaning brush SGB 1 200 mm Spare cleaning brush SGB 578 0803 Spare cleaning brush SGB 1 400 mm r 9 173 Material Processing .

hard and plough scraper (rubber lip coal.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . gravel.5 m/s REMACLEAN RB-IGP Ref. refuse. clay consists of REMACLEAN CAB) and sinter • A version for underground use is also available (ATEX-suitable) • Not suited for reverse operation • For belt widths up to 2 000 mm • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt speeds up to 3. ores.Belt Return Side Scraper REMACLEAN IGP plough scraper Plough scraper for return side applications at the running side to protect the pulley from material. Designation Belt width 578 1300 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 500 mm 578 1310 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 650 mm 578 1320 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 800 mm 578 1330 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 1 000 mm 578 1340 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 1 200 mm 578 1350 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 1 400 mm 578 1360 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 1 600 mm 578 1363 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 1 800 mm 578 1290 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 2 000 mm 174 . No. The frame construction levels off the belt and thus guarantees optimum alignment of the scraper and ensures efficient cleaning. lignite. cement. The required contact pressure is created by the weight of the system. Properties Area of application REMACLEAN RB-IGP • Highly compact construction • Universally applicable to many types • Base frame with suspension rollers of materials such as sand. An auxiliary wheel mounted on the scraper prevents contact of the steel frame with the belt surface after the rubber bar is worn out.

Belt Return Side Scraper REMACLEAN RB-IGP V Self-extinguishing. No. Designation Belt width 578 1301 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 500 mm 578 1311 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 650 mm 578 1321 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 800 mm REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1331 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 1 000 mm 578 1341 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 1 200 mm 578 1351 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 1 400 mm 578 1361 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 1 600 mm r 9 175 Material Processing .Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN . Ref. antistatic and moderate oil resistance Scraper bar in LOBA quality for unterground applications.

hard spindle-type tension unit (rubber lip coal. gravel.5 m/s Area of application REMACLEAN RB-IGD Ref. Designation Belt width 578 1370 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 400 mm 578 1380 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 500 mm 578 1390 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 650 mm 578 1400 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 800 mm 578 1410 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 1 000 mm 578 1420 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 1 200 mm 578 1430 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 1 400 mm 578 1440 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 1 600 mm 578 1450 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 1 800 mm 578 1460 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 2 000 mm r 176 . refuse. The required contact pressure is achieved by the spindle-type tension unit.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .Belt Return Side Scraper REMACLEAN RB-IGD diagonal scraper Diagonal scraper for return side applications at the running side to protect the pulley from material. cement. No. REMACLEAN RB-IGD Properties • Universally applicable to many types • Highly compact construction with a of materials such as sand. ores. lignite. clay consists of REMACLEAN CAB) and sinter • A version for underground use is also available (ATEX-suitable) • Suited for reverse operation • For belt widths up to 2 000 mm • Designed for service temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C and belt speeds up to 3.

No. antistatic and moderate oil resistance Scraper bar in LOBA quality for underground applications.Belt Return Side Scraper REMACLEAN RB-IGD V Self-extinguishing. Designation Belt width 578 1371 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 400 mm 578 1381 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 500 mm 578 1391 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 650 mm 578 1401 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 800 mm 578 1411 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 1 000 mm 578 1421 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 1 200 mm 578 1431 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 1 400 mm 578 1441 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 1 600 mm r 9 177 Material Processing . REMACLEAN RB-IGD V Ref.Belt Cleaning Systems REMACLEAN .

.

CONVEYOR COVER SYSTEMS REMA TIP TOP Dust sealing systems 180-181 10 179 MATERiAl PROCESSiNg .

CONVEYOR COVER SYSTEMS Dust sealing systems REMADUST dust sealing blankets REMADUST is a dust sealing system which minimises dust emissions and reduces noise levels. It is characterised by its high levels of elasticity and rupture strength. Designation Colour Dimensions 549 4439 REMADUST 25 black 2 x 1 350 x 20 000 mm TT rubber grip strips Fastener on 10 mm round steel. This means REMADUST can guarantee virtually dust-free operation in many conveyor and processing systems and increase profitability by reducing maintenance and assembly costs. 90° clamping profile. Properties Area of application • Significant reduction of dust content • Minimises problems with dust in • Highly elastic screening machines. 90° clamping profile. External Ø = 31 mm for clamping profiles: radius to center of groove is 55 mm. Ref. Clamping profile internal groove external groove groove on bottom side system 180 . Clamping profile 90° clamping profile. conveyor systems • High tear growth resistance and other bulk materials transport • Good resistance to weather installations • Simple to fit using clamping profiles • Minimal maintenance costs • Reduced amount of extraction air required • Considerable sound reduction REMADUST 25 REMALINE 25 material With textile grid pattern on both sides. Its long-lasting weather-resistance means it can be used in a wide range of industrial sectors. No.

181 Material Processing . groove on underside 205 x 205 mm 90 ° r REMADUST CCS (Conveyor Cover System) The REMA TIP TOP cover system offers a fast and effective solution for the enclosure of conveyor belts of any size. The frame arches are simply bolted or welded to the conveyor frame and the plastic tarp placed over these.CONVEYOR COVER SYSTEMS Dust sealing systems Ref. external groove 205 x 205 mm 90 ° 549 4477 TT 90° corner clamping profile. material losses due to wind are effectively avoided and the belt is protected against the effects of weather. internal groove 205 x 205 mm 90 ° 549 4460 TT 90° corner clamping profile. A detailed inquiry form is attached. This way. Due to its simple construction. entirely covering the belt. • Fast attachment and opening no change due to rust due to quick fasteners (can be carried out by one person Area of application without problems) • Prevents problems due to dust in • Cover and frame (bolted variant) conveyor systems and other bulk can be quickly removed for inspection materials transport systems and maintenance work • Protects conveyor belt system and bulk • System can be retrofitted to materials being transported against existing belt conveyors weather influences *Various sizes or special versions of this item are available on request. the system can easily be fitted to both existing and new conveyors. No. 1 200 mm cover can be fixed in open position • No „sheet metal noises“. Designation Dimensions Bend angle Content 549 4446 TT clamping profile 35 m roll 549 4453 TT 90° corner clamping profile. Properties Mounting frame: • Zinc-plated metal bows for frame 10 • Simple and fast attachment on conveyor frame Cover: • UV-stable and resistant to weather influences • Standard material (impregnated • Emission protection requirements can PVC fabric) suitable for use be fulfilled quickly and cost-effectively from -20 °C to +60 °C • Standard dimensions per element: • Easy access to belt from both sides.

.

MILL LINING REMA TIP TOP REMAMILL 184-185 11 183 MAtERIAL PRocESSING .

Properties • Highly abrasion-resistant REMAMILL 70 rubber (up to 70 °C) • Heat resistant REMAMILL 70 HR rubber (up to 90 °C) Area of application • Rod tube mills • Autogenous (AG) mills • Ceramic mills (salt mills.MILL LINING REMAMILL REMAMILL mill lining REMAMILL mill lining reduces operating costs and increases productivity. The individual design of the lining. Highly wear-resistant elastomer materials prolong service-life and reduce noise considerably. • Semi-autogenous (SAG) mills continuous mills) • Ball mills • Washing and slurry drums • Pebble mills • Bark peeling drums Lifter bars • Transport of grinding media and the material to be milled • Beveled for optimal cataract effect • Fastening of shell plates • Fastening profile made for the specific purpose of aluminium or steel Shell plates • Wear protection for the mill shell • Fastening lips made of steel or rubber • Fixed by lifters Head plates • Lining of the head or shell • Fastening lips made of steel or rubber • Fixed by lifters Grate plate • Sifting of crushed material • Fastening lips made of steel or rubber • Fixed by lifters. self-centring chuck. adapted to each customer‘s needs. pulp lifters and connecting profile 184 . improves mill efficiency and output many times over and thereby significantly cuts energy costs.

elastomer seal and self-locking nut Clamp Block TT-Fastening Fastening System System Information on the various sizes and profile versions of all items is available on request.MILL LINING REMAMILL End profiles and filling segments • Transition between the shell and head lining • Multiple parts for easier installation Discharger • Transport of milled material • Steel construction with high-quality vulcanized rubber wear protection Center cone • Central material discharge element • Steel construction with high-quality vulcanized rubber wear protection Manhole cover • Manhole cover with adapted lifter and shell plates • Form made of steel with high-quality vulcanized rubber wear protection • Adjusted lifters and shell plates screwed on manhole lid TT-Fastening System 11 • TT-Fastening System: Consists of forged TT bolts with washer. elastomer seal and self-locking nut • Clamp Block Fastening System: Consists of clamp block with washer. 185 Material Processing . A detailed questionnaire is included in the enclosures.

.

MATERIAL HANDLING HOSE SYSTEMS REMA TIP TOP Slurry handling hoses 188 Couplings 189 Gaskets 190 12 187 MATERIAL PROcESSING .

reducers. 3-D rubber bends.00 125 6 600 5.00 291 7.7 50 Other dimensions.2 fold • Highly resistant against operating pressure wear and abrasion • Avoidance of leaks and Area of application point areas of wear • Hydraulic delivery and suction • Quick and easy installation operation for abrasive slurry without special tools (stones and sand with lump • Can be cut to length on-site size of up to 10 mm) • Also suitable for bends • To be used as compensation • Reduces operating costs tube for steel pipes under • Long service life thermal expansion • Noise damping • Reduces vibration • Good weather resistance • Marking: red vulcanette Ref.5 6 450 4. 188 .00 238 7.00 178 6 900 8.00 341 7. Y-pieces and fixing clamps on request.00 99. the smooth outer tube optimum resistance to wear and weather. ID ID AD in Thickness Minimum Weight Standard Working Vacuum in mm in mm of inner bending in kg/m length pressure in % inches tube layer radius in mm in Mpa in mm in mm 537 8000 76 3. A special cord and a fully embedded galvanized steel wire spiral provide additional reinforcement. DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses can be easily adjusted to different lengths and offer a complete material handling system universally applicable to many types of materials with high reliability.3 10 0.00 154 6 750 7.2 10 1 90 537 8005 254 10. In combination with REMA TIP TOP split flange couplings and REMA TIP TOP gaskets.00 403 12 2 200 4.4 20 1 90 537 8002 127 5. Properties • Applicable for temperatures • Red NR-wear protecion from -35 °C to +70 °C inner tube layer • Bursting pressure of 3.5 1 600 21.7 50 537 8007 355 14.9 10 1 90 537 8004 204 8.For hydraulic operation DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses have been designed to withstand heavy-duty operating conditions and are a convincing choice due to their highly wear-resistant inner tube layer (40 Shore A) with a smooth surface and a low flow resistance.7 50 537 8006 305 12. No.5 10 1 90 537 8003 152 6.1 20 1 90 537 8001 102 4.5 10 0.5 1 300 16.8 10 0.5 1 800 27.MATERIAL HANDLING HOSE SYSTEMS Slurry handling hoses DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses .

4 x x x x x x 537 8105 254 254 2 11.5 x x . x x Other dimensions and alloys on request.3 x x x x x - 12 537 8104 204 204 2 9.7 x x .For DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses REMA TIP TOP split flange couplings are especially designed for DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses. of Weight Suitable for standard flance drilling sion in ID segments in kg/pcs mm in mm in pcs BS10 BS4504 SABS 1123 UMHK D E 10/3 16/3 1000/3 537 8100 76 76 2 1. Properties Area of application • No wear on couplings • Connecting element for use • Quick and easy installation with DUNLOP HD hoses and without special tools bends for slurry handling in • Low weight due to high heavy wear applications strength aluminum alloy • Reusable.5 x x x .5 x x x x x x 537 8106 305 305 2 17 x x x . x x - 537 8101 102 102 2 2. reduces operating costs • Good weather resistance • Suitable for all common standard flange drillings (DIN. x x - 537 8102 127 127 2 3. The couplings are made of high strength aluminum alloys and consist of two or four identical segments which are mounted mechanically on the smooth hose. No.7 x x . 189 Material Processing . x x 537 8107 355 355 4 22. Since they do not come into contact with the transported materials. ANSI) Ref.MATERIAL HANDLING HOSE SYSTEMS Couplings REMA TIP TOP split flange couplings . x x - 537 8103 152 152 2 5.For hoses No. the couplings are reusable after replacing. Dimen.

7 537 8207 355 355 0.1 537 8201 102 102 0.MATERIAL HANDLING HOSE SYSTEMS Gaskets REMA TIP TOP gaskets . hose bends. Properties Area of application • No  turbulences • Sealing  for use with REMA TIP TOP • Quick and easy installation couplings and DUNLOP HD slurry without special tools handling hoses and bends • Low weight • Good chemical resistance Ref.For DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses REMA TIP TOP gaskets are made of highly wear-resistant poly- urethane especially designed for DUNLOP HD material handling hoses.25 537 8204 204 204 0. Dimension in mm For hoses ID in mm Weight in kg/pcs 537 8200 76 76 0.15 537 8202 127 127 0. 190 .6 537 8206 305 305 0.75 Other dimensions on request. the gaskets offer a secure and reliable connection against leakage between hose compontents. In combination with REMA TIP TOP split flange couplings. hoses and lined pipes. No.2 537 8203 152 152 0.4 537 8205 254 254 0.

Cleats and sidewalls REMA TIP TOP REMAWELL 192-193 13 191 MateRial PROCessing .

Cleats and Sidewalls REMAWELL 533 8021 533 8069 533 8083 533 8124 533 8045 533 8090 533 8117 Rubber cleats and corrugated edges REMACLEAT . Specifications Polymer basis SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Rubber cleats may be cut to the desired length for processing. If the contact layer is dirty or if the protective fabric is removed more than 2 hours prior to applying the adhesive. Designation Height Dimensions Qty 533 8021 REMACLEAT T 20 20 mm Base: 30 x 2 000 mm 5 533 8045 REMACLEAT T 30 30 mm Base: 40 x 2 000 mm 5 533 8069 REMACLEAT T 40 40 mm Base: 70 x 2 000 mm 5 533 8090 REMACLEAT T 50 50 mm Base: 70 x 2 000 mm 5 533 8083 REMACLEAT TD 50 50 mm Base: 70 x 2 000 mm 5 533 8117 REMACLEAT TS 60 60 mm Base: 75 x 2 000 mm 5 533 8124 REMACLEAT T 75 75 mm Base: 85 x 2 000 mm 5 r 192 . No. the cleats must be buffed and 2 layers of adhesive must be applied. Remove the fabric just prior to application of adhesive.14 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.Rubber cleats These rubber cleats have a black contact layer protected by a thin fabric.

Cleats and Sidewalls REMAWELL Corrugated rubber edge Available in lengths of up to 50 m. No. Buffing required before applying adhesive. Designation Dimensions 574 2290 Corrugated rubber edge WK40 Base width: 40 mm 574 2291 Corrugated rubber edge WK60 Base width: 50 mm 574 2292 Corrugated rubber edge WK80 Base width: 50 mm 574 2293 Corrugated rubber edge WK100 Base width: 50 mm 574 2294 Corrugated rubber edge WK120 Base width: 50 mm Corrugated rubber edge 13 193 Material Processing . Ref.

CONVEYOR BELTING
Manufactured by
DUNLOP Belting Products (Pty) Ltd.
Lincoln Road · Benoni 1500
South Africa

REMA TIP TOP

Steel cord conveyor belts 196-197

EP conveyor belts with fabric plies 198

SOLID WOVEN/PVC conveyor belts 199

14

195 MATERIAL PROCESSING

CONVEYOR BELTING
Steel cord conveyor belts

Steel cord conveyor belts - High-quality and extremely durable
REMA TIP TOP steel cord conveyor
belts are manufactured according to
international standards, meet applicable
tolerances and can be delivered with
additional fabric breakers as protection
against slitting on the transport side
of the belt if required. The steel cords
are held at a pre-defined tension during
vulcanization in Simpelkamp presses.
The steel cord conveyor belts manu-
factured in this way are excellently
suited for use under heavy-duty
conditions.

The details
• Conforming to the German DIN 22131
norm in W, X, Y, K qualities
• Conforming to the international
DIN EN ISO 15236 norm
• Conforming to the South African
SANS 1366 norm in M, N, F qualities
• Steel cords are hot dip galvanized
• Differing cord diameters in the normal
7 x 7 mm and 7 x 19 mm constructions
• Belt widths of up to 2 400 mm
• For extreme tensile strengths of
up to 6 300 kN/m
Steel cord construction

Cross-section of steel cord construction,
left: 7 x 7 mm, right: 7 x 19 mm

196

CONVEYOR BELTING
Steel cord conveyor belts - construction of the steel cord conveyor belts

ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST ST
Belt strength Tolerance
1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 3500 4000 4500 5000 5400

Number of steel cords

Often-used 14+8
7+5 9+6 10+6 14+6 14+8 14+8 15+8 16+10 16+10 16+10
coverings 16+8

Cord diameter in mm 3,6 4,1 4,8 5,4 6,7 7,6 8,2 8,8 9,6 10,7 11,2
max. acc. to DIN 4,1 4,9 5,6 5,6 7,2 8,1 8,6 8,9 9,7 10,9 11,3

Cord strands acc. to 12 14 15 12 15 15 15 15 16 17 17
± 1,5
DIN in mm 13 13,5 14 13 15 15 15 15 16 18

Cord construction 7x7 7x7 7x7 7x7 7x19 7x19 7x19 7x19 7x19 7x19 7x19

Belt width in mm

800 64 55 50 64
±8
56 55 53 56

1000 81 69 64 81 64 64 64 64 59 55 55
± 10
71 68 66 71 59 58 55 60 53 53 53

1200 97 84 77 97 77 77 71
± 10 77 77 66 66
87 82 79 87 70 69 63

1400 114 98 90 114 90 90 90 90 84 79 78
± 12
102 95 92 102 82 81 78 83 74 73 73

1600 131 112 104 131 104 104 104 104 96 90
± 12 90
112 109 105 119 104 92 92 95 84 84

1800 147 127 117 147 117 117 117 117 109 102 102 14
± 14
133 122 118 133 105 104 103 107 95 94 94

2000 164 141 130 164 130 130 130 130 121 113 113
± 14
152 136 131 131 117 116 116 119 107 105 105

2200 155 144 181 144 144 144 144 134 125 125
± 15 181
149 144 166 130 129 129 131 116 105 105

2400 197 169 157 197 157 157 157 157 146 137 137
± 15
182 163 157 183 142 142 142 143 126 126 126

197 MATERIAL PROCESSING

CONVEYOR BELTING
EP conveyor belts with fabric plies

EP fabric conveyor belts - Wear-resistant and versatile
REMA TIP TOP
EP fabric conveyor belts adhere to
• The international DIN EN ISO 14980
standard
• The South-African standard
SANS 1173 as well as
• The German DIN 22102 standard
in the qualities W, X, Y and
• The DIN 22103 in the quality K

These consist of two or more woven
polyester-polyamide plies, separated from
each other by rubber plies. Their surface
consists of a highly wear-resistant rubber
covering. REMA TIP TOP EP fabric
conveyor belts are suitable for the
transport of a wide variety of materials
at standard and also heavy loads,
for example:
• the transport of sand, gravel or cement
• in the steel industry, harbors or quarries
• in many other industrial sectors
Fabric construction

EP fabric No. of
Type 500 650 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
conveyor belts fabric plies
4:2 4:2 4:2
EP 400/3 3 EP 125 4:2
6:2 6:2 6:2
4:2 4:2 4:2

EP 500/3 3 EP 160 5:2 5:2 5:2 5:2

EP 500/4 4 EP 125 5:2 5:2 5:2 5:2
6:2  6:2  6:2  6:2 
EP 630/4 4 EP 160 8:3 8:3 8:3 8:3
6:2  6:2  6:2 
EP 800/3 3 EP 250 8:3 8:3 8:3
6:2  6:2  6:2  6:2  6:2  6:2 
EP 800/4 4 EP 200 8:3 8:3 8:3 8:3 8:3 8:3
EP 1000/4 4 EP 250 8:3 8:3 8:3 8:3

EP 1250/4 4 EP 315
On request,
EP 1250/5 5 EP 250
non-standard
products can be EP 1600/5 5 EP 315
made available.
EP 2000/5 5 EP 400

198

CONVEYOR BELTING
SOLID WOVEN/PVC conveyor belts

SOLID WOVEN/PVC conveyor belts - Extra-strong fabric conveyor belt
The Solid Woven conveyor belt
was developed over 40 years ago,
primarily for underground operations,
and in particular coal mining. It is
extraordinarily tear- and wear-resistant
as well as resistant to humidity.
These characteristics make it the
ideal belt for extreme conditions.
Since it is ideal for mechanical
connecting elements (clamps). It is
often even preferred to strengthened
steel-core conveyor belts.

Solid woven construction

Properties and advantages
• This special type of weave of the • There are many coatings available: • Solid Woven conveyor belts are suitable
polyester sheath gives it special Chemical-proof, oil and grease for transport of materials in a wide
anti-tearing properties. This permits resistant or highly wear-resistant. range of applications and under the
the use of mechanical connecting • File-resistant according to ISO most difficult conditions, for example in
elements, such as clamps. norm 340. cement factories, stone and sand
• The polyester fibers used are ideal • Antistatic according to ISO norm 284. quarries, in the steel industry, in
for PVC impregnation. This perfect • Our Solid Woven conveyor belt is harbors, thermal power stations,
combination gives the belt surface SABS-certified (South African Bureau agriculture and in sugar refineries as
outstanding abrasion-resistance. of Standards; TÜV in Europe). The well as in many other industrial areas.
• The extremely hard-wearing unique manufacturing process enabled • These conveyor belts conform to the
components of the polyester surface us to create an extremely smooth strictest safety standards and are
limit the expansion of the surface structure. This reduces still used today in underground 14
conveyor belt. operating noise and facilitates operations in South Africa.
• Due to its unique manufacturing cleaning with the scraper.
process, the woven fabric belt can • Due to the chemical reaction between
be impregnated with PVC – thus the impregnation and the nitrile rubber
lengthening its life. coating, the various layers adhere
• Due to its special weave, the Solid very well to one another.
Woven is extraordinarily tear-resistant
and ideal for attaching scoops for
use in a rising conveyor belt.

199 MATERIAL PROCESSING

Cold SpliCing and RepaiR MateRial

REMA TIP TOP

Cold splicing and repair products 202-208

15

201 MateRial pRoCeSSing

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Cold splicing and repair products
Filler rubber
With CN bonding layer on both sides.

Specifications
Polymer basis SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Filler rubber

Hardness 62 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
528 5208 Filler rubber 0.5 x 500 x 10 000 mm

528 5198 Filler rubber 1.5 x 500 x 10 000 mm

528 5497 Filler rubber 3 x 500 x 10 000 mm
r

Filler rubber V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance

With CN bonding layer on both sides.
German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
528 5693 Filler rubber V 1.5 x 500 x 10 000 mm

528 5758 Filler rubber V 3 x 500 x 10 000 mm
r

202

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Cover strip
For cold splices on carrying and pulley side.

Specifications

Polymer basis SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.14 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1
Cover strip
Hardness 65 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
531 6800 Cover strip 1.5 x 100 x 10 000 mm

532 8024 Cover strip V 1.5 x 100 x 10 000 mm
German underground approval:
LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6
r

Repair fabric EP 100
With CN bonding layer on both sides.

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
522 0751 Repair fabric EP 100 1.8 x 500 x 10 000 mm

Repair fabric EP 100

15

203 Material Processing

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Rubber sheeting
With CN bonding layer on one side for the repair of damaged belt covers.

Specifications
Polymer basis BR/IR/SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
522 0218 Rubber sheeting 1.5 x 500 x 10 000 mm

522 0225 Rubber sheeting 2 x 500 x 10 000 mm

522 0232 Rubber sheeting 3 x 500 x 10 000 mm

522 0249 Rubber sheeting 4 x 500 x 10 000 mm

522 0256 Rubber sheeting 5 x 500 x 10 000 mm
r

Rubber sheeting V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance

With CN bonding layer on one side for the repair of damaged belt covers.
German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6

Specifications
Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
522 1815 Rubber sheeting V 1.5 x 500 x 10 000 mm

522 1839 Rubber sheeting V 3 x 500 x 10 000 mm

522 1853 Rubber sheeting V 5 x 500 x 10 000 mm
r

204

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Round patches
For the repair of small damaged areas in belt covers.

Specifications
Polymer basis SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.14 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1
Round patch
Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Qty
530 7052 Round patch, Size 0 Ø 50 x 2 mm 10

530 7083 Round patch, Size 1 Ø 80 x 2.5 mm 10

530 7124 Round patch, Size 3 Ø 120 x 3.3 mm 10
r

Rhomboid patches
For the repair of large damaged areas in belt covers.

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Qty
530 7519 Rhomboid patch, Size 1 2.4 x 130 x 160 mm 5

530 7526 Rhomboid patch, Size 2 2.4 x 130 x 160 mm 5
Rhomboid patch
530 7533 Rhomboid patch, Size 3 2.4 x 270 x 360 mm 5
r

Rhomboid patches EP 160, fabric reinforced
For the repair of perforations and ply damage.
15

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Qty
530 5511 Rhomboid patch EP 160, Size 1 3.8 x 130 x 160 mm 5

530 5528 Rhomboid patch EP 160, Size 2 3.8 x 200 x 260 mm 5

530 5535 Rhomboid patch EP 160, Size 3 3.8 x 270 x 360 mm 5
r

205 Material Processing

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Rectangular patches
For the repair of damaged belt covers.

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Qty
531 7066 Rectangular patch 1.5 x 50 x 1 100 mm 30

531 7107 Rectangular patch 1.8 x 100 x 240 mm 10 Rectangular patch

531 7190 Rectangular patch 1.8 x 100 x 1 100 mm 10

531 7293 Rectangular patch 2.8 x 150 x 1 100 mm 10

531 7334 Rectangular patch 2.8 x 220 x 320 mm 10

531 7396 Rectangular patch 2.8 x 220 x 1 100 mm 10

531 7451 Rectangular patch 3.0 x 300 x 500 mm 10

531 7499 Rectangular patch 3.0 x 300 x 1 100 mm 10

531 7547 Rectangular patch 3.0 x 400 x 1 100 mm 10

Rectangular patches EP 160, fabric reinforced
For the repair of perforations and ply damage.

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Qty
531 5109 Rectangular patch EP 160 3.2 x 100 x 240 mm 10

531 5295 Rectangular patch EP 160 4.2 x 150 x 1 100 mm 10 Rectangular patch EP 160

531 5336 Rectangular patch EP 160 4.2 x 220 x 320 mm 10

531 5398 Rectangular patch EP 160 4.2 x 220 x 1 100 mm 10

531 5491 Rectangular patch EP 160 4.4 x 300 x 1 100 mm 10

531 5549 Rectangular patch EP 160 4.4 x 400 x 1 100 mm 10
r

206

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Repair strip
For the repair of longitudinal belt cover damage.

Specifications

Polymer basis SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.14 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Repair strip

Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
531 7601 Repair strip 1.7 x 50 x 10 000 mm

531 7728 Repair strip 2.2 x 70 x 10 000 mm

531 7735 Repair strip 2.2 x 100 x 10 000 mm

531 7742 Repair strip 3.2 x 150 x 10 000 mm

531 7754 Repair strip 3.2 x 220 x 10 000 mm

531 7610 Repair strip 3.4 x 300 x 10 000 mm

531 7611 Repair strip 3.4 x 400 x 10 000 mm

Repair strip V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance

For the repair of longitudinal belt cover damage.
German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6

Specifications
Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629
Repair strip V
Specific weight 1.39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 15
Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
531 8735 Repair strip V 2.2 x 100 x 10 000 mm

531 8742 Repair strip V 3.2 x 150 x 10 000 mm

531 8759 Repair strip V 3.2 x 220 x 10 000 mm
r

207 Material Processing

Cold Splicing and Repair Material
Cold splicing and repair products

Repair strip EP 160, fabric reinforced
For the repair of longitudinal tears in fabric ply and steel cord belts.

Specifications
Polymer basis SBR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.14 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Repair strip EP 160

Hardness 65 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
531 5737 Repair strip EP 160 3.6 x 100 x 10 000 mm

531 5744 Repair strip EP 160 4.6 x 150 x 10 000 mm

531 5751 Repair strip EP 160 4.6 x 220 x 10 000 mm

531 7620 Repair strip EP 160 4.8 x 300 x 10 000 mm

531 7621 Repair strip EP 160 4.8 x 400 x 10 000 mm
r

Repair strip EP 160 V, fabric reinforced
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance

For the repair of longitudinal tears in fabric ply and steel cord belts.
German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
Repair strip EP 160 V
531 6751 Repair strip EP 160 V 4 x 220 x 10 000 mm

531 6737 Reparaturband EP 160 V 3 x 100 x 10 000 mm

208

Hot Splicing and RepaiR MateRial

REMA TIP TOP

Hot splicing and repair products 210-217

16

209 MateRial pRoceSSing

Hot Splicing and Repair Material
Hot splicing and repair products

Hot splicing and repair products for conveyor belts with fabric plies
Cover rubber, uncured
Green protection foil (poly).

Specifications
Polymer basis IR/BR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.12 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 64 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Electric resistance Antistatic*

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
538 0062 Cover rubber, uncured 1 x 500 x 17 800 mm

538 0000 Cover rubber, uncured 2 x 500 x 9 000 mm

538 0017 Cover rubber, uncured 3 x 500 x 6 000 mm

538 0024 Cover rubber, uncured 4 x 500 x 4 500 mm

538 0031 Cover rubber, uncured 5 x 500 x 3 300 mm

538 0048 Cover rubber, uncured 6 x 500 x 2 800 mm
r

*Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 60093 / VDE 0303 part 30.

210

Hot Splicing and Repair Material
Hot splicing and repair products

Cover rubber V, uncured
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance

Gray protection foil (poly).
German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-7

Specifications
Polymer basis CR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.39 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Electric resistance Antistatic*

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
538 0158 Cover rubber V, 2 x 500 x 7 000 mm
uncured
r

Cover rubber HR, uncured
Heat resistant

Yellow protection foil (poly).
Heat resistant up to max. 110 °C, short peaks up to 130 °C.

Specifications
Polymer basis BR/IR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 60 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
538 0206 Cover rubber HR, 2 x 500 x 9 200 mm 16
uncured
538 0196 Cover rubber HR, 3 x 500 x 6 000 mm
uncured
r

*Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 93 / VDE 0303 part 30.

211 Material Processing

Hot Splicing and Repair Material
Hot splicing and repair products

Intermediate rubber (tie gum), uncured

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
538 0316 Intermediate rubber (tie gum), for Standard, K 0.8 x 500 x 10 300 mm
and HR-quality
White protection foil.
538 0189 Intermediate rubber (tie gum) V 0.8 x 500 x 9 000 mm
Green protection foil (poly). German underground
approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-7
r

Repair fabric
Rubberized on both sides, uncured.
Green protection foil (poly).

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Content
538 0361 Perlon-Dreher fabric No. 10 0.9 x 920 x 10 000 mm 10 m roll

538 0354 Repair fabric EP 160 1.4 x 1 000 x 10 000 mm 10 m roll
r

SOLUTION HL-T4
CHC-free

For Standard, K and HR quality cover rubber.

Ref. No. Designation Content Qty
538 1377 SOLUTION HL-T4 500 g (670 ml) 10

538 1676 SOLUTION HL-T4 3.5 kg (4.7 l) 1

538 1683 SOLUTION HL-T4 7 kg (9.3 l) 1 538 1377

212

Hot Splicing and Repair Material
Hot splicing and repair products

SOLUTION HCR-4
CHC-free

Processed with 4 % HARDENER ER-42 or HARDENER E-40 (30 g per 1 kg).
For V-quality cover rubber.

Ref. No. Designation Content Qty
538 1646 SOLUTION HCR-4 700 g (730 ml) 10
525 1067
525 1151 HARDENER ER-42 30 g 10

525 1067 HARDENER E-40 30 g 10
r

Accessories - Conveyor belts with fabric plies

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions Content
538 0990 Shirting, black 1 000 mm per m

538 1009 Pressure compensation cloth, 1 250 mm per m
538 0990
Rayon
527 0550 Silicone paper 80 mm 25 m
r

538 1009

16

213 Material Processing

Hot Splicing and Repair Material
Hot splicing and repair products

Hot splicing and repair products for steel cord conveyor belts
Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured
Green protection foil.
Other strengths on request.

Specifications
Polymer basis NR/IR/BR DIN ISO 1629

Specific weight 1.14 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1

Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1

Colour Black

Ref. No. Designation Dimensions
538 0055 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 1 x 500 x 17 800 mm

538 0505 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 2 x 500 x 9 000 mm

538 0464 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 3 x 500 x 6 000 mm

538 5691 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 3 x 1 400 x 23 000 mm

538 0471 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 4 x 500 x 4 500 mm

538 6341 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 4 x 1 400 x 23 000 mm

538 0488 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 5 x 500 x 3 300 mm

538 5138 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 5 x 1 400 x 23 000 mm

538 0495 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 6 x 500 x 2 800 mm

538 5031 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 6 x 1 400 x 23 000 mm

538 5556 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 12 x 1 400 x 11 500 mm

538 5580 Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured 15 x 1 400 x 11 500 mm

214

5 x 5 x 6 800 mm 19 rolls 544 0150 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. uncured 2 x 5 x 8 200 mm 19 rolls 16 544 0060 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2 x 1 400 x 23 000 mm Intermediate rubber strips STZ.21 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 66 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. uncured 0. uncured 2.21 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 66 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Specifications Polymer basis NR/BR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Designation Dimensions Content 544 0050 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2 x 7 x 8 200 mm 14 rolls 544 0270 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. No. uncured 2 x 6 x 8 200 mm 17 rolls 544 0160 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.5 x 500 x 33 000 mm 538 0897 Intermediate rubber STZ. uncured Red protection foil (poly). uncured 2.Hot Splicing and Repair Material Hot splicing and repair products Intermediate rubber STZ. uncured Red protection foil (poly). uncured 1 x 500 x 16 400 mm 538 0907 Intermediate rubber STZ. No.5 x 6 x 6 800 mm 17 rolls 544 0200 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. Designation Dimensions 538 0921 Intermediate rubber STZ. uncured 2 x 8 x 8 200 mm 12 rolls 215 Material Processing . uncured 2 x 500 x 8 200 mm 538 5519 Intermediate rubber STZ.

3 l) 1 538 1267 r 216 .5 x 13 x 6 800 mm 8 rolls STZ extruder For correct and quick filling of a steel cord splice. uncured 3 x 12 x 6 800 mm 8 rolls 544 0680 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2 x 10 x 8 200 mm 10 rolls 544 0440 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.5 x 11 x 6 800 mm 9 rolls 544 0600 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.67 l) 1 538 1267 SOLUTION STL-RF4 7 kg (9. uncured 2. Designation Content Qty 538 1256 SOLUTION STL-RF4 500 g (670 ml) 10 538 1281 SOLUTION STL-RF4 2 kg (2. Designation Dimensions Content 544 0280 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2.5 x 10 x 6 800 mm 10 rolls 544 0510 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. No. uncured 2 x 12 x 8 200 mm 8 rolls 544 0610 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.5 x 9 x 6 800 mm 11 rolls 544 0370 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.Hot Splicing and Repair Material Hot splicing and repair products Ref.5 kg (4. No. uncured 2 x 13 x 8 200 mm 8 rolls 544 0690 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2 x 11 x 8 200 mm 9 rolls 544 0520 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2. Designation Dimensions Content 544 0900 STZ filling strips 4 x 20 mm 2 kg r SOLUTION STL-RF4 CHC-free Ref. uncured 2.67 l) 1 538 1274 SOLUTION STL-RF4 3. uncured 2.5 x 12 x 6 800 mm 8 rolls 544 0620 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. uncured 2 x 9 x 8 200 mm 11 rolls 544 0360 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.5 x 8 x 6 800 mm 12 rolls 544 0350 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. Ref. uncured 2. No. uncured 3 x 9 x 6 800 mm 11 rolls 544 0430 Intermediate rubber strips STZ.

Steel cord belts Ref. black 1 000 mm per m 538 1009 Pressure compensation cloth. No. 1 250 mm per m Rayon 538 1092 Silicone paper 600 mm 500 m roll 538 0990 538 1085 Silicone paper 900 mm 500 m roll 538 1078 Silicone paper 1 200 mm 500 m roll 538 1061 Silicone paper 1 300 mm 500 m roll 538 1054 Silicone paper 1 500 mm 500 m roll 538 1023 Silicone paper 2 180 mm 500 m roll r 538 1009 16 217 Material Processing . Designation Dimensions Content 538 0990 Shirting.Hot Splicing and Repair Material Hot splicing and repair products Accessories .

.

WK Splicing and RepaiR MateRial REMA TIP TOP WK splicing and repair material 220-221 17 219 MateRial pROceSSing .

low-temperature Splicing of single or multi-ply conveyor vulcanization (approx. the WK vulcanizing press is smaller.08 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 59 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref. Properties Area of application • Belt-friendly. torque wrench • Or other blends of the above rubbers.8 x 500 x 10 000 mm (tie gum) r 220 . 120 °C / 230 °F) belts with fabric plies up to belt type • Short warm-up intervals EP 1250/5 (DIN 22102) and rubber • Short vulcanization periods covers with polymer base: • Short cooling time • Natural Rubber NR • Low energy consumption • Styrene Butadiene Rubber SBR • Consists of only 4 components: • Isoprene Rubber IR Top / bottom press body. WK 1 200 for belt widths up to 1 200 mm WK intermediate rubber (tie gum) Red protection foil (poly). lighter and consumes less energy. Compared to traditional hot vulcanizing presses. The WK VULCANIZING SYSTEM is the ideal solution when it comes to safe and cost-efficient splicing of fabric-reinforced conveyor belts with low and medium tensile strengths. NR/SBR of 0°/ 16°/ 22° • Belt widths: WK 800 for belt widths up to 800 mm. Designation Dimensions 527 0529 WK intermediate rubber 0. No. Specifications Polymer basis NR/SBR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1.WK Splicing and Repair Material WK splicing and repair material WK splicing and repair material The unique WK VULCANIZING SYSTEM combines the benefits of general hot splicing systems whilst considerably reducing vulcanizing time. • Suitable for splicing geometries e.g. pressure • Butadiene Rubber BR compensation pad.

No. Designation Dimensions 527 0536 WK cover rubber (cover stock) 2 x 500 x 5 000 mm r SOLUTION HL-WK4 CHC-free Processed with 4 % HARDENER ER-42 or HARDENER E-40 (15 g per 350 g).11 g/cm³ DIN EN ISO 1183-1 Hardness 63 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Colour Black Ref.WK Splicing and Repair Material WK splicing and repair material WK cover rubber (cover stock) Red protection foil (poly). Specifications Polymer basis NR DIN ISO 1629 Specific weight 1. Designation Content Qty 527 0608 SOLUTION HL-WK4 350 g (390 ml) 10 525 1116 HARDENER ER-42 15 g 10 527 0608 525 1122 HARDENER E-40 15 g 10 525 1122 17 221 Material Processing . Ref. No.

.

Mechanical Splicing and RepaiR MateRial REMA TIP TOP REMACLIP .Mechanical belt 224-234 splicing systems 18 223 MateRial pRoceSSing .

see length of the plates is designed for REMACLIP connecting pins both extreme static pull-out strength and optimal dynamic running Area of application characteristics Mechanical splicing system for fabric • TTN AS is equipped with an additional conveyor belts used in sealing strip that prevents the loss of • Coal mining any material through the joint • Gravel pits and quarries during belt operation • Cement plants and steel works REMACLIP TTN 10 S • Pulley diameter min. No.12 mm Ref.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP .Mechanical belt splicing systems REMACLIP TTN REMACLIP TTN S / TTN AS is a mechanical belt splicing system used for EP conveyor belts with strengths of up to 1 400 N/mm. 1 000 N/mm • Belt thickness 7 . No. 1 400 N/mm • Belt thickness 8 . 250 mm • Belt strength max. 350 mm • Belt strength max. Properties • The splices are supplied in 200 mm • The stainless steel plates and staples strips and packed in cartons for are also suitable for use with standard belt widths of 1 000 mm corrosive media or 1 200 mm • The configuration of the staples and • For compatible connecting pins. Designation Belt width 530 2150 REMACLIP TTN 12 S 1 200 mm 224 . Designation Belt width 530 2129 REMACLIP TTN 10 S 1 000 mm REMACLIP TTN 12 S • Pulley diameter min.11 mm Ref.

No.Mechanical belt splicing systems REMACLIP TTN 14 S • Pulley diameter min. 250 mm • Belt strength max. No.9 mm Ref. Designation Belt width 530 4213 REMACLIP TTN 10 AS 1 200 mm REMACLIP TTN 16 AS with seal • Pulley diameter min. No.11 mm Ref.14 mm Ref. 250 mm • Belt strength max.16 mm Ref. Designation Belt width 530 2174 REMACLIP TTN 14 S 1 200 mm REMACLIP TTN 16 S • Pulley diameter min. 350 mm • Belt strength max. Designation Belt width 530 4268 REMACLIP TTN 16 AS 1 000 mm r 18 225 Material Processing . 1 000 N/mm • Belt thickness 7 . Designation Belt width 530 2198 REMACLIP TTN 16 S 1 200 mm REMACLIP TTN 10 AS with seal • Pulley diameter min. No. 350 mm • Belt strength max.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . 1 400 N/mm • Belt thickness 10 . 1 400 N/mm • Belt thickness 13 . 1 000 N/mm • Belt thickness 5 .

No. Designation Belt width 530 2246 REMACLIP TTE 12 1 000 mm 226 . Designation Belt width 530 2222 REMACLIP TTE 10 1 000 mm 530 2239 REMACLIP TTE 10 1 200 mm r REMACLIP TTE 12 • Pulley diameter min.11 mm Ref. 350 mm • Belt strength max.Mechanical belt splicing systems REMACLIP TTE The REMACLIP Ecosystem TTE is used for conveyor belts with strengths up to 1 400 N/mm when the splice is to be replaced after a short running time. Properties Area of application • Plate material and staples are Temporary splicing system for fabric made from carbon steel conveyor belts used in • Alignment of the staples and length • Coal mining of the plates have been optimised • Gravel pits and quarries through extensive testing and • Cement plants and steel works designed for high static pull-out strength and for good dynamic running characteristics • The splices are supplied in 200 mm strips and packed in cartons for standard belt widths of 1 000 mm or 1 200 mm REMACLIP TTE 10 • Pulley diameter min. 1 400 N/mm • Belt thickness 8 . No.12 mm Ref. 1 000 N/mm • Belt thickness 7 . 250 mm • Belt strength max.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP .

By inserting the tensioning cable (= wave stop system) between the belt and the mechanical splice. Designation 530 2617 Screw clamps TS 1 200 530 2624 Screw clamps TS 1 200 r Wave stop system The wave stop system TWS is suitable for belts of up to 1 600 N/mm. Designation Length Qty 530 3654 TWS kit TWS kit (in metal case) consists of: 530 3654 Tension unit. 2 clamps. the belt runs evenly over belt scrapers. Designation 530 2590 Mechanical lacing machine TM Screw clamps TS Ref. feeding and injection are performed manually. and M6 VZ wing nut 530 3678 TWS tension cable with locking plate 1 800 mm 20 530 3685 TWS tension cable with locking plate 2 600 mm 20 r 530 3678 18 227 Material Processing . Screw clamps TS are available in the standard widths of 1 200 and 1 400 mm. formation of waves and bows is prevented and insertion of the connection pins is facilitated. No. 530 3661 TWS mounting kit TWS mounting set (packing unit: 10 pcs each) consisting of: clamp. creating a bow or wave. In addition.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . 20 tension cables with locking plate (2 600 mm). M6 tension screw. No. wear is minimized and excessive stress on the belt edge is avoided. Mechanical lacing machine TM Ref.Mechanical belt splicing systems Installation device for REMACLIP TTN and TTE With the mechanical lacing machine TM. No. Installation of the TTN and TTE systems leads to compression which may produce belt displacement. tension screw holder. cutting pliers and spacer. Ref.

No. 250 mm • Belt strength max. The planer allows accurate planing of rubber covers with minimal effort. TTN + TTE system (5 . for general use • TTB H wear-resistant fasteners with high-carbon steel top plate for use with highly abrasive materials REMACLIP TTB 1 • Pulley diameter min.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . Planing provides a proven advantage: the belt fasteners are recessed in the belt cover. Designation 530 4639 530 4639 Belt plane device for frames TS. as a temporary splice and for repair. 300 N/mm • Belt thickness 5 . Designation Belt width Qty 530 2404 REMACLIP TTB 1 1 000 mm 25 530 2411 REMACLIP TTB 1 H 1 000 mm 25 r 228 . scrapers.11 mm Ref. Ref. thereby reducing or avoiding the risk of damage to belt fasteners. No. drive pulleys or tail pulleys.20 mm) 530 4646 Spare blade.Mechanical belt splicing systems Belt plane devices Planing is recommended for cover rubber thicknesses over 2 mm. for belt plane devices r 530 4646 REMACLIP TTB Properties Area of application The REMACLIP TTB bolt system is used • TTB splices made from steel. rollers.

Designation Belt width Qty 530 2466 REMACLIP TTB 190 1 000 mm 25 530 2473 REMACLIP TTB 190 H 1 000 mm 25 r REMACLIP TTB 1 ½ • Pulley diameter min. No.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . 400 N/mm • Belt thickness 5 . 500 N/mm • Belt thickness 11 . 300 mm • Belt strength max. No. 400 mm • Belt strength max.Mechanical belt splicing systems REMACLIP TTB 140 • Pulley diameter min. Designation Belt width Qty 530 2435 REMACLIP TTB 140 1 000 mm 25 530 2442 REMACLIP TTB 140 H 1 000 mm 25 r REMACLIP TTB 190 • Pulley diameter min.17 mm Ref. No. 400 mm • Belt strength max.14 mm Ref. 600 N/mm • Belt thickness 8 . Designation Belt width Qty 530 2507 REMACLIP TTB 1 ½ 1 000 mm 25 530 2514 REMACLIP TTB 1 ½ H 1 000 mm 25 r 18 229 Material Processing .11 mm Ref.

750 N/mm • Belt thickness 14 .Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . 700 mm • Belt strength max. 1 000 mm • Belt strength max.25 mm Ref. 750 N/mm • Belt thickness 19 .21 mm Ref. Designation Belt width Qty 530 3874 REMACLIP TTB 2 ¼ 1 000 mm 25 r 230 . No. 1 000 mm • Belt strength max.30 mm Ref. No. Designation Belt width Qty 530 2545 REMACLIP TTB 2 1 000 mm 25 530 2552 REMACLIP TTB 2 H 1 000 mm 25 r REMACLIP TTB 2 ½ • Pulley diameter min.Mechanical belt splicing systems REMACLIP TTB 2 • Pulley diameter min. 850 N/mm • Belt thickness 14 . Designation Belt width Qty 530 2583 REMACLIP TTB 2 ½ 1 000 mm 10 r REMACLIP TTB 2 ¼ • Pulley diameter min. No.

No.5 18 231 Material Processing .5 Wrench The wrench is used where height is restricted.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP .5-2-2. No. Designation 530 2789 Punch TS-B 1-140-19 530 2796 Punch TS-B 1. Ref. Designation 530 2813 Wrench.Mechanical belt splicing systems Installation accessories for REMACLIP TTB Template TL-B The template ensures that the holes for the bolt fasteners are punched in exactly the right position.5 -2-2. It is available in the standard length of 1 050 mm and suitable for the various sizes of fasteners.5 530 2765 Template TL-B 2 r Punch For punching holes for the bolt fasteners. Ref. TH-B 1-140-190 530 2820 Wrench TH-B 1.25 530 2806 Punch TS-B 2. Ref. No. Punched-out material is automatically ejected during repeated punching. Designation 530 2727 Template TL-B 140 530 2734 Template TL-B 190 530 2758 Template TL-B 1.25 530 2837 Wrench TH-B 2. It is designed to safely tighten the nuts.

5-2-2.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . Ref. No.25 530 2868 Socket wrench TA-B 2.Mechanical belt splicing systems Socket wrench The socket wrench is designed to safely tighten the nuts. They are used in pairs for safe and convenient handling.25 530 2899 Bolt breaker 2.5 232 . Designation 530 2844 Socket wrench TA-B 1-140-190 530 2851 Socket wrench TA-B 1. No. Designation 530 2875 Bolt breaker 1-140-190 530 2882 Bolt breaker 1.5 Bolt breaker The bolt breakers are used to break off protruding screw ends.5-2-2. Ref.

Mechanical belt splicing systems REMACLIP shark tooth clips Shark tooth clips TT-R are primarily used for quick repair of small tears and cuts in conveyor belts or as an aid for retracting or changing belts. No.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . Designation Qty 530 4024 Shark tooth clips TT-R-8 100 530 4031 Shark tooth clips TT-R-10 100 530 4048 Shark tooth clips TT-R-13 100 530 4055 Shark tooth clips TT-R-15 100 530 4062 Shark tooth clips TT-R-18 100 530 4079 Shark tooth clips TT-R-21 100 r REMACLIP connecting pins Connecting pins. Designation 530 3166 Connecting pin TT10 S Belt width 800 Connecting pin TT10 SG • Sheathed stainless steel wire pin • Sheath: chrome steel with thread • Min. diameter 5.3 mm Ref. No. Shark tooth clips TT-R Ref. are used for the REMACLIP TTN / TTE / TTM Systems. No. Designation 530 3290 Connecting pin TT10 SG Belt width 1 000 18 233 Material Processing . which are employed as splicing rods. diameter 5. Connecting pin TT10 S • Sheathed stainless steel wire pin • Sheath: chrome steel • Min.3 mm Ref.

Designation 530 2909 530 2909 Hand wrench THS Hammer pin driver Ref.1 mm Ref.Mechanical belt splicing systems Connecting pin TT12 S • Sheathed stainless steel wire pin • Sheath: chrome steel • Min.Mechanical Splicing and Repair Material REMACLIP . No.4 mm Ref. No. No. Designation 530 3252 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 1 000 530 3269 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 1 200 530 3276 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 1 400 r REMACLIP accessories Hand wrench THS Hand wrench for screwing in TT SG connecting pins. Designation 530 3221 Connecting pin TT12 S Belt width 1 200 Connecting pin TT16 S • Sheathed stainless steel wire pin • Sheath: chrome steel • Min. Designation 530 4660 Hammer pin driver for connecting pins 530 4660 234 . No. diameter 7. diameter 6. Ref.

temperature °C Inside diameter* mm Length (inside) mm Inner diameter of the feed trunnion* mm Inner diameter of the discharge trunnion* mm Heads*  Straight  Inclined  Cupped Speed*  Fixed rpm or equal to % Ncr  Variable. seen from feed end:  Clockwise  Anticlockwise  Dual Number of manholes*: Numbers of rows*: Feed end head Shell Discharge end head Grinding media Type*: Max.Questionnaire REMAMILL lining Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: Mill Data Manufacturer: Mill Serial No. size:mm Charge volume media:  % Operational data Type of ground material*: Max. between and rpm Rotating direction. max.: Installed Engine Power:  KW Delivery year: Conditions of operation Grinding Stage  Primary  Secondary  Regrind Type of Mill*  Autogeneous (AG)  Semiautogeneous (SAG)  Rod  Ball  Pebble  Washing drum  Multi compartment  Batch (additional questionnaire) Process*  Overflow  Grate  End peripheral  Center peripheral  Other Process*  Wet  Dry. size of feed*:  mm Capacity*: Product size*: um Type of water used*  Well water  Recycled water  Other Oil or chemicals in process water*:  Yes  No pH value of process water*: Conductivity uS cm-1 Operating:  hours / year Bond work index: kWh/t Existing lining product Manufacturer:  Steel  Rubber  Other Thickness of lining: Feed end head plate:  mm Lifter:  mm (rubber lining) Shell plate:  mm Lifter:  mm Discharge end head plate:  mm Lifter:  mm *minimum data required for a preliminary quotation Place and date Name Signature 235 Material Processing .

weight: Humidity: Oil content: Chemicals (especially acids): Constant temperature: Maximum temperature: Period: 236 . of drawing / drawing enclosed  New lining  Still in planning stage  Previously lined  Indicate angle in drawing Manufacturer: Remarks: Material: Thickness of material: Fixing system: Total material flow: 2) Purpose of the lining  Protection from wear  Noise reduction  Protection from corrosion  Other:  Protection from caking 3) Information about transported materials Type of material: Lump size Composition of material: From: To: Breakdown of lump size in percentage: Spec.Questionnaire Wear protection lining Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: 1) Equipment Equipment or installation to be lined:  Partial lining  Equipment already in operation  Complete lining  No.

) and any further information: 5) Recommended type of lining (to be filled out by REMA TIP TOP) Material: Fixing system: Dimensions: Modification of existing construction:  Not necessary  Not possible  Required (drawing enclosed!) Problems during installation: Additional information: Place and date Name Signature 237 Material Processing .Questionnaire Wear protection lining 4) Material delivery (feeding system)  Conveyor belt Belt speed:  m/s  Truck Tonnage/load:  Excavator  Other method:  Capacity/h  Angle of impact ∝(see sketch)  Height of fall h (see sketch) Area of impact marked in drawing no. etc. Type of wear (abrasive or cutting.

which kind: Please attach pictures! Place and date Name Signature 238 . lump size Max.Questionnaire Pulley lagging Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: General information on conveyor system Manufacturer/OEM: Maintained by: Type of plant: Year built: Location  Outside  Roofed over  Closed room  Underground Temperature Ø °C Min.  mm Specific weight  g/cm3 Moisture  % Temperature  °C Oil/grease or chemicals  No  If yes. attach a drawing of the plant! Information on drive / If more than three drive pulleys. please record in notes Speed v= m/s Drive power Pulley Ø Wrap angle T1 Start T1 Running T2 Start T2 Running [kW] [mm] [°] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] Pulley 1: Pulley 2: Pulley 3: Drive on  System head  System foot  Multiple Reversing operation  Yes  No Information on material being conveyed Designation: Min. °C Carrying capacity t/h Operating times Day  h/d Week  d/w Conveying direction  horizontal  rising  falling­­­­­­­­­ Please attach pictures! If possible.°C Max.

special details! Place and date Name Signature 239 Material Processing . please record data in notes Type of pulley  Drive  Bend pulley  Snub pulley Pulley width B1  mm B2  mm B3  mm Crown bow  Yes  Yes  Yes Old lagging Manufacturer: Type: Lagging thickness:mm Service life: Problem: Required quality V S  HR  ÖL Please attach pictures! New lagging Lagging thickness:mm Type: Date installed: Planned service life: Special quality V  HR  OIL Please attach pictures! Notes.Questionnaire Pulley lagging Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: Information about conveyor belt Type  Fabric belt  Steel cord belt  PVC/PVG Manufacturer: Designation: Strength: Pretension  kN Troughing transition  m Belt trough  º Dimensions Width mm Thickness mm Length mm Cover plate thickness Running side mm Conveying side mm Condition  New  Used  Damaged Splice type  Cold  Hot  Mechanical Information on pulley / If multiple drives.

: Remarks: Recommendation prepared by: Place and date Name Signature 240 .Questionnaire REMACLEAN belt cleaning systems Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: Information about conveyor equipment Belt designation: Type / brand: Belt thickness (mm): Belt width (mm): Axial distances (m): Belt speed (m/s): Belt surface:  New  Used / smooth  Damaged  Heavily damaged Belt splice:  Cold  Hot  Mechanical/Type Pulley diameter (mm): Pulley shape:  Cylindric   Curved Pulley Lagging  Yes  No Attachment  Cold  Hot  Mechanical Pulley lagging designation: Reverse mode:  Yes   No Operating time: hours per day  hours per week Temperature at the position of the belt cleaning system: °C Remarks: Material conveyed Lump size (mm): Moisture content: % Incline to dry or harden  Yes  No Quartz content:  Yes. No.  %  No Sticky admixture content: Installed cleaning system Manufacturer: Type: Assessment of the cleaning performance: Remarks: Information prepared by: Place and date Name Signature Recommendation for a new belt cleaning system Type: Ref.

Questionnaire REMACLEAN belt cleaning systems .specifications A I B J C K D L E M F N G T H Remarks 241 Material Processing .

Questionnaire Conveyor belt cover systems Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: Please enter all data and ask REMA TIP TOP for an individual offer! ID Designation Value A Width of structure mm B Distance between fitting drill holes mm D Profile size mm E Roll length mm G Width roll to roll mm H Roll diameter mm K Distance profile to roll mm M Distance profile to upper edge of roll mm Y Ceiling distance mm Z Cover plate  Yes  No P Profile alignment  Inwards  Outwards L No. of elements per 1200 mm Place and date Name Signature 242 .

as per following specifications: Belt manufacturer Belt specifications/Belt designation St Rubber grade mm Cable pitch mm Cable diameter mm Belt width mm Top cover thickness mm Bottom cover thickness mm Specified splice length mm Splice geometry  Rhombic (16°)  Rectangular  Rhombic (22°)  Other: Breaker  Running side  Carrying side Place and date Name Signature 243 Material Processing .Questionnaire Splice packages for steel cord belts Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: We hereby request an offer for units of splice packages.

Questionnaire Material handling hose systems Customer: Contact person: Phone: Fax: Address: Country (representation): E-Mail: 1) Process  Hydraulic transport  Pneumatic transport  Transport by gravitation Medium/material: Specific weight: g/cm³ Chemicals: Concentration: Temperature: Particle size of solid material: Flow rate: m³/s Velocity: m/s 2) Material handling hose Inner diameter:  mm Length:m Qty elbows/bends (please attach piping diagram): Flange/coupling: Type: Material: Flange holes according to standard: Bolt circle: mm Outer diameter: mm Bolt holes: mm Operating pressure:  Pressure  Suction  Pressure and suction Working pressure:  MPa Vacuum:MPa Permanent temperature:  ºC Maximum temperature: ºC/ min Minimal bending radius: mm 3) Customer preferences Problems: Additional information: Drawing attached:  Yes  For retention  For returning Place and date Name Signature 244 .

-25 to +100 -35 to +120 grease and fuel. grease and fuel. 245 Material Processing . ozone and ageing. distension or any other influences. This is general information. In specific cases we recommend you to seek for technical application advice regarding stresses caused by temperature. Not resistant against oil. ozone. grease and fuel. Moderate to good resistance against ozone and ageing (light colors only). IR Isoprene Rubber see NR BR Butadiene Rubber Only used for blends with other elastomers -40 to +100 -60 to +110 (NR. good resistance against -25 to +90 -30 to +110 chemicals. High elasticity. elasticity and resistance to wear). CR Chloroprene Rubber High flame resistance. -20 to +100 -20 to +120 Polyethylen Good resistance against oxiding chemicals (chromic acid.Natural and synthetic rubber – Typical characteristics Abbreviation Designation General Characteristics of Vulcanized Rubber Operating Temperatures (°C) according to DIN ISO 1629 longer short periods periods NR Natural Rubber Multi purpose rubber with the most balanced -30 to +80 -55 to +90 characteristics (high tensile strength. AU Polyurethane Very good abrasion-resistance. -40 bis +100 -40 bis +120 BIIR Brombutyl Rubber alkaline solutions). CIIR Chlorbutyl / Special rubber with high chemical resistance (acids. Moderate resistance against oil and grease. -25 to +90 -30 to +100 Rubber Moderate to good resistance against ozone. ageing. Good resistance against mineral oil and fuel. Instruction or operation manuals and product information have to be taken notice of. High resistance against water vapors. tension. CSM Chlorosulfonated Excellent resistance against ozone and weathering. Good resistance against heat. SBR Styrene Butadiene High tensile strength and abrasion-resistance. grease and fuel. Not resistant against oil. Electrically insulating. hypochlorite). Not resistant against oil and grease. SBR). Very high abrasion-resistance and high elasticity. Good resistance against heat and ozone. Not resistant against oil. Moderate resistance against ozone (light colors only). Good resistance -30 to +80 -30 to +80 against mineral oil. grease and fuel. IIR Butyl Rubber Special rubber with low air permeability and excellent -30 to +120 -40 to +140 dampening properties. NBR Nitrile Rubber Special rubber with high resistance against mineral oil. media dynamic and static forces. IR.

uncured 215 Connecting pin TT 10 S 233 Intermediate rubber STZ.REMASLEEVE VSB / KSB 116 FIXPASTE VC-4 set 67 Accessories .Conveyor belts with fabric plies 213 Filler rubber 202 Accessories .Steel cord belts 217 G B Gaskets.REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8 162 FIXPASTE REMA GOO 68 Accessories . uncured 215 Connecting pin TT 10 SG 233 K Connecting pin TT 12 S 234 KG bars 41 Connecting pin TT 16 S 234 M Corrugated rubber edge 193 Measuring bucket 65 Cover rubber HR.INDEX A F Accessories . uncured 211 Measuring cup 65 Cover rubber sheeting STB. uncured 210 P Cover strip 203 Punch 231 Cover strip CK-X / CP-X 95 R D Rectangular patches 206 DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses 188 Rectangular patches EP 160. uncured 212 CN crowning wedge 95 Intermediate rubber strips STZ. fabric reinforced 206 E REMACLEAN 60 118 EP conveyor belts with fabric plies 198 REMACLEAN 60 MOR 119 REMACLEAN 70 120 246 . for DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses 190 Belt plane devices 228 H Bolt breaker 232 Hammer pin driver 234 C Hand wrench THS 234 CEMENT BC 3000 72 HDL and HDL MP drill 52 CEMENT BC 3004 61 HDL and HDL MP Fastening Unit A 52 CEMENT MC 2000 60 HDL and HDL MP Fastening Unit B 52 CEMENT PC-2 72 HDL MP plate 47 CEMENT PC-4 62 HDL plate 49 CEMENT SC 2000 71 I CEMENT SC 4000 58 Intermediate rubber (tie gum).REMACLEAN HM-U1 150 Filler rubber V 202 Accessories . uncured 211 METAL PRIMER 63 Cover rubber.REMACLEAN HM-U2 153 Filling device for drums 65 Accessories . uncured 214 Mechanical lacing machine TM 227 Cover rubber V.

INDEX REMACLEAN 70 V 121 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 142 REMACLEAN C 129 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 A 144 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN 122 REMACLEAN PUR-F400 147 REMACLEAN CAB GREY 123 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 145 REMACLEAN GRB 167 REMACLEAN PUR-F500 148 REMACLEAN HM-F1 136 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 176 REMACLEAN HM-F2 137 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 177 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 138 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 174 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 139 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 175 REMACLEAN HML 131 REMACLEAN SGB 172 REMACLEAN HM-U1 149 REMACLEAN STANDARD 132 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 150 REMACLEAN TMB 170 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 151 REMACLEAT 192 REMACLEAN HM-U10 164 REMACLIP connecting pins 233 REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 165 REMACLIP TTB 228 REMACLEAN HM-U2 152 REMACLIP TTB 1 228 REMACLEAN HM-U3 154 REMACLIP TTB 1 ½ 229 REMACLEAN HM-U4 155 REMACLIP TTB 140 229 REMACLEAN HM-U5 156 REMACLIP TTB 190 229 REMACLEAN HM-U500 166 REMACLIP TTB 2 230 REMACLEAN HM-U6 158 REMACLIP TTB 2 ¼ 230 REMACLEAN HM-U7 159 REMACLIP TTB 2 ½ 230 REMACLEAN HM-U8 160 REMACLIP TTE 10 226 REMACLEAN HM-U9 163 REMACLIP TTE 12 226 REMACLEAN INNOVATION 134 REMACLIP TTN 10 AS with seal 225 REMACLEAN INNOVATION S 135 REMACLIP TTN 10 S 224 REMACLEAN KWA 124 REMACLIP TTN 12 S 224 REMACLEAN KWA PUR 126 REMACLIP TTN 14 S 225 REMACLEAN KWA V 125 REMACLIP TTN 16 AS with seal 225 REMACLEAN M 130 REMACLIP TTN 16 S 225 REMACLEAN PRECISION 133 REMADUST 25 180 REMACLEAN PUR 127 REMADUST CCS (Conveyor Cover System) 181 REMACLEAN PUR LIGHT 128 REMAFIX H (A+B) 66 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 140 REMAFIX L (A+B) 66 REMACLEAN PUR-F300 146 REMAFIX P 67 247 Material Processing .

SL 88 REMASKIRT 50 orange 107 REMAGRIP CK-X 91 REMASKIRT CB 195 108 REMAGRIP CK-X HD (Heavy-Duty) 93 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 116 REMAGRIP CK-X HDX (Extra Heavy-Duty) 93 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 115 REMAGRIP CK-X V 92 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 114 REMAGRIP CP-X 94 REMASLIDE ATEX 101 REMALEN 55 REMASLIDE Low Friction 100 REMALINE 25/CN 6 REMASLIDE plate 56 REMALINE 35/CN 7 REMASLIDE V 101 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 8 REMASTAR/CN 28 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN 13 REMASTEEL 60 50 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 11 REMASTEEL 70 51 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 14 REMATHAN G 65 31 REMALINE 40/CN 10 REMATHAN G 65/CN 32 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN 12 REMATHAN G 75 33 REMALINE 50/CN 16 REMATHAN G 75/CN 34 REMALINE 60/CN 17 REMATHAN G 90 35 REMALINE 60/EP160/CN 18 REMATHAN G 90/CN 36 REMALINE 65/CN 84 Repair fabric 212 REMALINE 70 HR/CN 25 Repair fabric EP 100 203 248 .INDEX REMAFIX S 66 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN 22 REMAFLON 54 REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN 23 REMAGRIP 100/CN 89 REMALINE 70 V/CN 24 REMAGRIP 200 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 90 REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 26 REMAGRIP 50/CN 76 REMALINE 70/CN 20 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN 80 REMALINE 70/EP160/CN 21 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN 79 REMALINE 90/CN 27 REMAGRIP 60 V/CN 78 REMALINE MP 35/CN 9 REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN 81 REMALINE MP 40/CN 15 REMAGRIP 60/CN 77 REMALINE MP 60/CN 19 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 83 REMALOX 38 REMAGRIP 65/CN 82 REMALOX HD 35 39 REMAGRIP 70 HR/CN 87 REMALOX HD 75 40 REMAGRIP 70 V/CN 86 REMAMILL 184 REMAGRIP 70/CN 85 REMASKIRT 40 green 106 REMAGRIP 70/CN .

fabric reinforced 208 Spare and wear parts . fabric reinforced 205 Spare and wear parts . 102 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 151 TT-Fastening Units III 43 TT-Fastening Units IV 102 249 Material Processing .REMACLEAN HM-U11 R 165 Repair strip EP 160.REMACLEAN PUR-F5 145 Shaft set GRB 169 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U6 158 Rubber sheeting 204 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN PUR-F3 141 Screw clamps TS 227 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U3 157 Reversing stop HM-U3 / HM-U5 / INNOVATION 134. for 189 SOLUTION HL-T4 212 DUNLOP HD slurry handling hoses SOLUTION HL-WK4 221 Steel cord conveyor belts 196 SOLUTION STL-RF 73 STZ extruder 216 SOLUTION STL-RF4 216 T SOLVENT CF-CE 64 T2 products 69 SOLVENT CF-R2 72 T2 repair system 73 SOLVENT CF-R4 64 Template TL-B 231 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-F2 / HM-F2 HR 138 TT rubber grip strips 181 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8 161 Rubber sheeting V 204 Spare and wear parts . fabric reinforced 208 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U1 150 TT-Fastening Units II 43 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN PUR-F300 146 Serrated profile plate ZP A 44 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN PUR-F400 147 Serrated profile plate ZPL 45 Spare and wear parts .INDEX Repair strip 207 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 151 Repair strip EP 160 V.REMACLEAN HM-U4 / HM-U5 157 Round patches 205 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-F1 136 Tschan coupling GRB 169 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U2 153 Repair strip V 207 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 139 TT-Fastening Units I 43.REMACLEAN  157 Rhomboid patches 205 HM-U3 / HM-U4 / HM-U5 Rhomboid patches EP 160. 157 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN INNOVATION S 135 S Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN HM-U500 166 Rubber bristle GRB 168 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN TMB 171 Socket wrench 232 Spare and wear parts .REMACLEAN PUR-F500 148 Shark tooth clips TT-R 233 Spare and wear parts .REMASKIRT CB 195 108 SOLID WOVEN/PVC conveyor belts 199 Spare cleaning brush GRB 168 SOLUTION HCR-4 213 Spare cleaning brush SGB 173 SOLUTION HL-T 73 Split flange couplings.REMACLEAN PUR-F4 143 Serrated profile plate ZP B 44 Spare and wear parts .

INDEX U W UNIGRIP 60/KS 96 Wave stop system 227 UNIGRIP 65/KS 97 WK cover rubber (cover stock) 221 UNILAG/KS 98 WK intermediate rubber (tie gum) 220 UNILINE 40/KS 29 Wrench 231 UNILINE 60/KS 30 Z UNISKIRT 40 black 109 ZP bars 42 UNISKIRT 40 red 110 UNISKIRT 60 black 111 UNISLIDE 103 UVZ plate 46 250 .

.

rema-tiptop.Your local contact 582 0201 .15 Printed in Germany ONE BRAND ONE SOURCE ONE SYSTEM SERVICE MATERIAL PROCESSING SURFACE PROTECTION AUTOMOTIVE REMA TIP TOP AG Gruber Strasse 65 · 85586 Poing / Germany Phone: +49 8121 707-0 Fax: +49 8121 707-10 222 info@tiptop.VI.de www.com .

Workshop Equipment EVERYTHING FOR TYRES & WHEELS 2007/2008 .

2 .

Centering Adapters. Wheel Fasteners B Tyre Changers. Tyre Pressure Monitoring Systems. Mounting Tools C Mobile Service D Wheel Balancers.TABLE OF CONTENT Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories A Valves. Balance Weights. Wheel Washers E Lifting Equipment F Wheel Alignment G Compressed-Air Equipment H Chemical Products I Safety at Work J 3 .

ONE SOURCE . SERVICECYCLE ONE BRAND .ONE SYSTEM 4 .

K. Phone +44-1132/770044 Westland Square Fax +44-1132/772139 Leeds LS11 5XS West Yorkshire GERMANY REMA TIP TOP Automotive GmbH Phone +49 2947/97387-0 Boschstraße 4 Fax +49 2947/97387-50 59609 Anröchte SOUTH AFRICA NENANA MANAGEMENT Phone +27-11-626 24 86 SERVICES (PTY) LTD. Cleveland 2022 CHINA REMA TIP TOP RUBBER Phone +86-20-3993 4868 TECHNOLOGY CO. Wriggle Road.W. Phone +31-318509950 Wageningselaan 62/ Postbus 387 Phone +31-318509951 NL-3903 LA Veenendaal Fax +31-318521468 Explora B. 11 P. 6710 BH Ede Fax +31-318648245 Maxwellstraat 4. Phone +61-29/7724899 Unit 9+10. rue Jean Rostand Phone +33-1/30139932 F-78190 Trappes Fax +33-1/30502919 NETHERLANDS REMA TIP TOP Nederland B. Fax +86 20-3993 4828 Building 7. Panyu District 511430 Guangzhou 5 .R. Fax +27-11-626 20 22 83. Ltd. Heriotdale 2094 P. 07647 DENMARK Koldvulk A/S Phone +45-75/528133 Ambolten 27 Fax +45-75/542305 DK-6000 Kolding FINLAND REMA TIP TOP Oy Phone +358-9/8700520 Hakamäenkuja 7 Fax +358-9/87005222 SF-01510 Vantaa FRANCE REMA TIP TOP France S.I.J. Phone +31-318648220 Postbus 300. LTD.L.O. Kamiotai 2-chome Fax +81-52/5023620 Nishi-ku Nagoya 452-0821 USA REMA TIP TOP North America Inc. Box 76) Fax +1-201/7680947 Northvale N. Box 40583. Phone +34-93/5862728 Cova Solera Phone +34-93/5862727 E-08191 Rubi/Barcelona Fax +34-93/5887292 Fax +34-93/5887293 SWITZERLAND REMA TIP TOP Vulc-Material AG Phone +41-1/7358220 Birmensdorfer Str. 30 Phone +41-1/7358230 CH-8902 Urdorf/ZH Fax +41-1/7358299 ENGLAND / UK REMA TIP TOP U. 332-350 Edgar Street Fax +61-29/7711260 Bankstown N. 6716 BX Ede SPAIN REMA TIP TOP Iberica S. Shenlan Industrial Zone Shi Bei Da Dao. REMA TIP TOP WORLDWIDE SUBSIDIARIES AUSTRALIA REMA TIP TOP Australia Pty. Phone +33-1/30139902 8. Phone +1-201/7688100 119 Rockland Avenue (P. Phone +81-52/5023500 338.A. 2200 JAPAN REMA TIP TOP Japan Inc.A. Da Shi.O. Ltd.S. Phone +34-93/5885551 Luxemburg.V. V.

6 .

Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories A 7 .

Furthermore they leave no edges on the repair area. dimensions in mm approx. they stretch evenly in all directions when the tube is inflated. and tractor tubes. REMA TIP TOP tube A patches with double-scalloped edge ensure perfect bonding and 100% vulcanization. Due to the stepped multi-layer structure of their main bodies. car. 8 . motorcycle. Tube Patches shown in original size. truck. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Repair Products for Tubes Tube patches. red edge Tube patches for the repair of bicycle.

Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories A Tube Patches shown in original size. dimensions in mm approx. 9 .

7B 150 x 75 10 1 • • 500 1303 Tube patches No. 4 Ø 75 30 3 • • • 500 0108 Tube patches No. REMA TIP TOP tube patches with double-scalloped edge ensure perfect bonding and 100% vulca- nization. Due to the stepped multi-layer structure of their main bodies. 6 Ø 116 10 1 • • 500 1200 Tube patches No. 7A 90 x 45 30 3 • • • 500 1262 Tube patches No. they stretch evenly in all directions when the tube is inflated. 7B 150 x 75 10 1 • • 500 0304 Tube patches No. motorcycle. 5 Ø 94 10 1 • • 500 0122 Tube patches No. REMA TIP TOP tube patches with double-scalloped edge ensure perfect bonding and 100% vulca- nization. 7C 188 x 94 10 1 • • 10 . Furthermore they leave no edges on the repair area. car. black edge Tube patches for the repair of bicycle. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Tube patches. Furthermore they leave no edges on the repair area. 4 Ø 75 30 3 • • • 500 1107 Tube patches No. truck. 5 Ø 94 10 1 • • 500 1121 Tube patches No. No. 2 Ø 45 30 6 • • 500 0067 Tube patches No. and tractor tubes. 2 Ø 45 30 6 • • 500 1066 Tube patches No. 7 74 x 35 30 6 • • 500 1224 Tube patches No. No. 1 Ø 35 30 6 • • • 500 0050 Tube patches No. and tractor tubes. 0 Ø 30 100 6 • • • 500 0043 Tube patches No. car. Ref. they stretch evenly in all directions when the tube is inflated. 1 Ø 35 30 6 • • • 500 1059 Tube patches No. 0 Ø 30 100 6 • • • 500 1042 Tube patches No. 3 Ø 54 30 6 • • • 500 1080 Tube patches No. red edge Tube patches for the repair of bicycle. 3 Ø 54 30 6 • • • 500 0081 Tube patches No. Designation Size [mm] Content Qty Black edge 500 1011 Tube patches F 0 Ø 16 100 5 • 500 1028 Tube patches F 1 Ø 25 100 5 • 500 1190 Tube patches F 2 50 x 25 100 6 • 500 1035 Tube patches No. Due to the stepped multi-layer structure of their main bodies. Designation Size [mm] Content Qty Red edge 500 0012 Tube patches F 0 Ø 16 100 5 • 500 0029 Tube patches F 1 Ø 25 100 5 • 500 0191 Tube patches F 2 50 x 25 100 6 • 500 0036 Tube patches No. 7 74 x 37 30 6 • • 500 0225 Tube patches No. 7A 90 x 45 30 3 • • • 500 0263 Tube patches No. 7C 188 x 94 10 1 • • Tube patches. truck. 6 Ø 116 10 1 • • 500 0201 Tube patches No. motorcycle. A Ref.

touring 24 • The 'No. 10 • with self-service clip The basic kit for bicycle tyre repair Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 tube of SVS solution (3 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 valve tube • 1 instruction 506 0100 Two-wheel repair kit TT 02. touring 36 • The basic kit for bicycle tyre repair Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 A • 1 tube of SVS solution (3 g) • 1 emery paper 506 0007 • 1 valve tube • 1 instruction 506 4003 Two-wheel repair kit TT 01. Scope of delivery: • 6 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper 506 0100 • 1 valve tube • 1 instruction 506 4106 Two-wheel repair kit TT 02. 1' among the repair kits. Designation Qty 506 0007 Two-wheel repair kit TT 01. touring. touring. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Two-wheel repair kits Ref. 1' among the repair kits. Scope of delivery: • 6 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 valve tube • 1 instruction 507 9892 Two-wheel repair kit TT 02. 10 • with self-service clip The 'No. Scope of delivery: • 6 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 valve tube • 1 instruction 507 9892 11 . 1' among the repair kits. No. touring. 20 • in display stand dispenser box The 'No.

36 • with self-service clip Special assortment of extra thin pat- ches for the professional repair of sport bicycles. No. 1' among the repair kits. MTB and frequent cyclist. Scope of delivery: • 2 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 patch size 0 • 1 cover plaster F2 blue • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 2 tyre levers • 1 instruction 12 . Scope of delivery: • 2 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 patch size 0 • 1 cover plaster F2 blue • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) 506 0193 • 1 emery paper • 2 tyre levers • 1 instruction 506 4199 Two-wheel repair kit TT 05. sport. MTB and frequent cyclist. MTB. MTB 16 • The mobile breakdown kit for the ATB. 1 • in nostalgic metal box The 'No. 10 • with self-service clip The mobile breakdown kit for the ATB. sport. 10 • with self-service clip Special assortment of extra thin pat- ches for the professional repair of sport bicycles. touring. Designation Qty 506 9163 Two-wheel repair kit TT 02. Scope of delivery: A • 6 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 valve tube 506 9163 • 1 instruction 506 0045 Two-wheel repair kit TT 04. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Two-wheel repair kits – continued Ref. Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size F0 • 1 patch size F01 • 1 tube of SVS solution (3 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 506 0045 506 4041 Two-wheel repair kit TT 04. Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size F0 • 1 patch size F01 • 1 tube of SVS solution (3 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 506 0193 Two-wheel repair kit TT 05.

Designation Qty 506 0382 Two-wheel repair kit TT 05 professio. No. MTB 10 • The 'top-class' box.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Two-wheel repair kits – continued Ref. Scope of delivery: • 2 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 patch size 0 • 1 cover plaster F2 blue • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 2 tyre levers • 1 CO2 cartridge • 1 CO2 cartridge adapter • 1 valve core • 1 valve adapter • 1 slotted valve cap • 1 instruction 506 0605 Two-wheel repair kit TT 06. MTB The breakdown kit that puts the tyre under pressure. 10 • • MTB. with self-service clip The breakdown kit that puts the tyre under pressure. Scope of delivery: • 2 patches size F1 • 2 patches size F2 • 2 patches size 1 • 1 cover plaster F2 blue 506 0605 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 2 tyre levers • 2 CO2 cartridges • 1 CO2 cartridge adapter • 1 rapid valve • 1 valve core • 1 collar nut • 1 valve adapter • 1 slotted valve cap • 1 instruction 13 . Scope of delivery: A • 2 patches size F1 • 1 patch size F2 • 1 patch size 0 • 1 cover plaster F2 blue • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 2 tyre levers • 1 CO2 cartridge • 1 CO2 cartridge adapter • 1 valve core • 1 valve adapter 506 0382 • 1 slotted valve cap • 1 instruction 506 4175 Two-wheel repair kit TT 05 professional. 10 • • nal.

motorcycle 24 • • Ideal for moped and motorcycle. 10 • • cycle. Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size 0 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 506 0203 506 4209 Two-wheel repair kit TT 10. Designation Qty 506 0306 Tube repair kit TT 11 24 • • Scope of delivery: • 6 patches size 0 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) 506 0306 • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 506 4302 Tube repair kit TT 11. Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size 0 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction Workshop kits Ref. with self-service clip Ideal for moped and motorcycle. 10 • with self-service clip The 'top-class' box. Scope of delivery: A • 2 patches size F1 • 2 patches size F2 • 2 patches size 1 • 1 cover plaster F2 blue • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 2 tyre levers • 2 CO2 cartridges • 1 CO2 cartridge adapter • 1 rapid valve • 1 valve core • 1 collar nut • 1 valve adapter • 1 slotted valve cap • 1 instruction 506 0203 Two-wheel repair kit TT 10. MTB. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Two-wheel repair kits – continued Ref. No. No. motor. with self-service clip 40 • • Scope of delivery: • 6 patches size 0 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of SVS solution (5 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 14 . Designation Qty 506 4601 Two-wheel repair kit TT 06.

5 • 2 patches size 7 • 1 patch size 7A. 4. 4. 7B • 1 PN 03 • 1 tube of SVS solution (50 g) • 5 rasps • 1 rasp handle • 3 short valve cores • 1 stitcher • 1 instruction 507 0310 Tube repair kit TT 30 1 • Scope of delivery: • 12 patches size 2 • 6 patches size 3 • 2 patches size 4 • 1 patch size 5 • 3 patches size 7 • 4 patches size 7A • 2 patches size 7B • 2 PN 03 • 1 tube of SVS solution (50 g) • 2 rasps • 1 rasp handle • 1 stitcher • 1 instruction 507 0310 15 . No. 4. with self-service clip 20 • • Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size 1 • 2 patches size 2 506 0519 • 1 patch size 3. 7A A • 1 tube of SVS solution (10 g) • 1 rasp • 1 instruction 506 4515 Tube repair kit TT 12. Designation Qty 506 0519 Tube repair kit TT 12 10 • • Scope of delivery: • 4 patches size 1 • 2 patches size 2 • 1 patch size 3. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Ref. 7. 7. 4 • 1 patch size 5 • 4 patches size 7 • 2 patches size 7A. 7B • 1 tube of SVS solution (25 g) • 3 rasps • 3 short valve cores • 1 instruction 507 0011 Tube repair kit TT 21 1 • Scope of delivery: • 14 patches size 1 • 4 patches size 2 506 0911 • 2 patches size 3. 7A • 1 tube of SVS solution (10 g) • 1 rasp • 1 instruction 506 0911 Tube repair kit TT 20 1 • Scope of delivery: • 8 patches size 1 • 2 patches size 2 • 1 patch size 3.

fabric reinforced • 1 SPECIAL CEMENT BL (4 g). fabric reinforced 30 10 503 2073 Repair patch. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Workshop kits. Prevent further tearing of the damage. No. tube Ref. Designation Qty 507 0602 Workshop kit TT 40 1 • Scope of delivery: • 70 patches size 1 • 50 patches size 2 A • 40 patches size 3 • 10 patches size 4 • 30 patches size 7 • 20 patches size 7A • 5 patches size 7B • 1 can of SVS solution (175 g) • 2 rasps • 1 rasp handle • 1 stitcher • 3 rubber-based valves • 1 instruction 507 9706 Workshop kit TT 42 1 • Scope of delivery: • 30 patches F 2 • 100 patches size 1 • 40 patches size 2 • 20 patches size 3 507 9706 • 50 patches size 7 • 1 can of SVS solution (175 g) • 2 rasps • 1 rasp handle • 1 stitcher • 1 can of LIQUID BUFFER (250 ml) • 1 instruction Tubeless Special REMA TIP TOP patches for tubeless bicycle tyres: 1. Ref. fabric reinforced 40 10 503 2066 16 . Also suitable for repair of bicycle tube tyres. No. 2. free of CFC/aromatic 506 0160 compounds • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 503 2066 Repair patch. 3. Designation [mm] Qty 506 0160 Tubeless repair kit 5 • For tubeless tyres. Seal the injury. Stabilize the carcass of the tyre at the injury. Scope of delivery: • 3 repair patches Ø 30 mm. Dia.

Suitable only for temporary repair of mounted tyres.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories REP & AIR The complete breakdown service for repair on the trail. motorcycle/ATB. Designation Qty 506 0375 REP & AIR. Without air pump and loss of time. Safety warning: The tyre should be checked/repaired permanently after 400 km 506 0351 maximum (at a maximum speed of 60 km/h) by a tyre expert or workshop! Scope of delivery: • 3 SUPER SEALASTIC repair plugs • 1 tube of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (4 g) • 1 inserting tool • 1 clasp knife • 1 chalk • 3 cartridges each 16 g • 1 cartridge adapter • 1 cartridge freeze protector • 1 instruction 17 . Motorcycle 5 • This kit is part of the initial equipment supplied by a German motorcycle manufacturer. MTB and motorcycle tubes. the tyre is inflated from the cartridges within seconds. MTB and motorcycle tubes. No. Scope of delivery: • 2 patches size 0 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of SVS solution (3 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 car valve core. short • 1 slotted valve cap • 4 cartridges each 16 g • 1 cartridge adapter • 1 cartridge freeze protector • 1 instruction 506 0351 REP & AIR Tubeless. Ref. simply TIP TOP. short • 1 slotted valve cap • 4 cartridges each 16 g • 1 cartridge adapter 506 0375 • 1 cartridge freeze protector • 1 instruction 506 4371 REP & AIR. For sea- ling of punctures without demounting the tyre from the rim. Includes cartridges for fast and easy inflation of the tyre after the repair. A Scope of delivery: • 2 patches size 0 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of SVS solution (3 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 car valve core. 5 • • with self-service clip For ATB. motorcycle/ATB 5 • • • For ATB. After the repair.

596 0420 CO2 cartridges 16 g cartridge 24 Threaded CO2 cartridges are filled with medical/technical carbon dioxide. 5 • service clip This kit is part of the initial equipment sup- plied by a German motorcycle manufacturer. motorbike/ATB/MTB. Motorcycle. with self-service clip 16 g cartridge 10 Threaded CO2 cartridges are filled with medical/technical carbon dioxide. plastic. Scope of delivery: • 4 cartridges each 16 g • 1 cartridge adapter • 1 cartridge freeze protector • 1 instruction 18 . Scope of delivery: • 3 cartridges each 12 g • 1 cartridge adapter • 1 cartridge freeze protector • 1 instruction 506 0454 506 0454 AIR-SET. with self-service clip 12 g cartridge 10 Threaded CO2 cartridges are filled with medical/technical carbon dioxide. with self. flexible 10 506 0423 For car valve. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories REP & AIR – continued Ref. bicycle 5 • • • Threaded CO2 cartridges are filled with medical/technical carbon dioxide. with self. 596 4426 CO2 cartridges. plastic. 596 0255 Cartridge adapter. A For sealing of punctures without demounting the tyre from the rim. Includes cartridges for fast and easy inflation of the tyre after the repair. refill pack 5 596 0413 CO2 cartridges 12 g cartridge 36 Threaded CO2 cartridges are filled with 596 0262 medical/technical carbon dioxide. 596 0262 Cartridge adapter. Suitable only for temporary repair of mounted tyres. 5 • • service clip Threaded CO2 cartridges are filled with medical/technical carbon dioxide. No. Safety warning: The tyre should be chek- ked/repaired permanently after 400 km maxi- mum (at a maximum speed of 60 km/h) by a tyre expert or workshop! Scope of delivery: • 3 SUPER SEALASTIC repair plugs • 1 tube of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (4 g) • 1 inserting tool 596 0413 • 1 clasp knife • 1 chalk • 3 cartridges each 16 g • 1 cartridge adapter • 1 cartridge freeze protector • 1 instruction 510 3036 Plugs. 596 4430 CO2 cartridges. Designation Content Qty 506 4357 REP & AIR Tubeless. flexible 10 For bicycle or Sclaverand valve 506 0423 AIR-SET.

5 52 25 10 1 • 501 0181 Car valve 80 13.5 41 14 10 1 • 501 0215 Truck valve 90 13. retractable. 16 3305 100 1 for TR 13 501 0071 501 0088 501 0136 501 0143 501 0167 501 0318 501 0277 501 0253 501 0600 563 1900 19 .Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Rubber base valves Note: Before doing repairs with valve patches and rubber base valves always buff the tube mechanically! Rubber Shaft Rim base dia. [mm] tor No. 80 218a 10 1 • new type 501 0253 Air/water valve. Length TR hole Alliga- Ref. No. Content Qty 501 0040 Moped valve 45 10 1 • A 501 0071 Scooter valve 45 70 10 1 • 501 0088 Scooter valve 45 90 10 1 • 501 0136 Car valve 60 12 38 13 10 1 • 501 0143 Car valve 60 13.5 67 35 10 1 • 501 0167 Car valve.5 38 14 10 1 • 501 0150 Car valve 60 16.5 77a 5 1 • 501 0394 Truck valve 90 135.5 175a 5 1 • 501 0404 Truck valve 90 147.5 177a 5 1 • 501 0370 Truck valve 90 125. Designation [mm] angle [°] [mm] [mm] No.5 94 50 10 1 • 501 0318 Truck valve 90 95. 80 218 10 1 • old type 501 0600 Special rubber 1 1 valve. slanted 60 13.5 78a 5 1 • 501 0428 Truck valve 120 163.5 38 15 10 1 • 501 0174 Car valve 80 16.5 79a 5 1 • 501 0277 Air/water valve.5 179a 5 1 • 501 0442 Truck valve 120 178. Bending dia. loose in bag For rubber tubes used for swimming and other sports equipment.5 75a 5 1 • 501 0356 Truck valve 90 115. Accessories: 563 1900 Plastic rim ferrule.

Ref.5 2. Ref.25 x 20 up to 10 1 • 7.00 x 19 and 10 1 • 3.50 x 20 500 5763 Valve patch V6 7.50 x 19 10 1 • • 500 5732 Valve patch V3 7.00 x 20 LIQUID BUFFER LIQUID BUFFER (free of CFC and aromatic com- pounds). For chemical cleaning before mechanical buffing.5 8. For quick and easy cleaning and buffing of tubes. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Valve patches Note: Before doing repairs with valve patches and rubber base valves always buff the tube mechanically! Rubber base dia. No.50 x 19 500 5749 Valve patch V4 7.5 4.00 x 20 Valve patch. Designation [mm] Content Qty A 501 0545 Truck valve 80 10 1 • seating For use with VG12 501 0583 Truck valve 120 5 1 • seating Valve patch For use with VG12 501 0507 Truck valve 80 10 1 • seating For use with VG8 (Michelin) 501 0521 Truck valve 120 5 1 • seating For use with VG8 (Michelin) Valve patches with fabric reinforcement Note: Before doing repairs with valve patches and rubber base valves always buff the tube mechanically! Rim hole Tube size Ref.5 3.25 x 15 up to 10 1 • • 7.25 x 20 up to 10 1 • 14. No. Designation Content Qty 505 9685 LIQUID BUFFER 250 ml tin 25 505 9702 LIQUID BUFFER 1000 ml can 10 505 9719 LIQUID BUFFER 5 l can 1 505 9685 505 9702 505 9692 LIQUID BUFFER 500 ml spray 12 Accessories: 593 0144 Spray bottle 0.5 l 1 505 9692 593 0144 20 .5 10 1 • • • 500 5725 Valve patch V2 7. No. Designation [mm] [mm] Content Qty 500 5718 Valve patch V1 7.5 7. fabric reinforced 500 5756 Valve patch V5 7.

No. No. SYNOTEX® or similar coatings. Designation Content Qty 505 9018 Vulcanizing fluid 50 x 3 g tube 1 A 505 9025 Vulcanizing fluid 10 x 3 g tube 1 505 9032 Vulcanizing fluid 50 x 5 g tube 1 505 9056 Vulcanizing fluid 50 x 10 g tube 1 505 9128 Vulcanizing fluid 50 x 25 g tube 1 505 9142 Vulcanizing fluid 25 x 50 g tube 1 505 9159 Vulcanizing fluid. thus they leave no edges on the repair area. with brush top 25 x 175 g can 1 505 0196 Vulcanizing fluid 25 x 175 g can 1 505 9245 Vulcanizing fluid 10 x 500 g can 1 Accessories: 595 8353 Brush. 595 8353 Ref. 553 5642 Ref. For the vulcanization of tube patches. Designation Colour Qty 553 5635 SUPER BOAT. valve patches and rubber-based valves. kit grey 5 Scope of delivery: • 2 patches about 50 mm Ø • 1 patch about 75 mm Ø • 1 patch about 150 x 75 mm • 1 patch about 165 x 50 mm • 1 tube of SUPER BOAT cement (30 g) • 1 bottle of SUPER BOAT accelerator (10 g) • 1 mixing bowl • 1 cement spatula • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 553 5642 SUPER BOAT. Can be used for NEOPRENE. The repair patches are feather-edged. with brush top 25 x 70 g can 1 505 9197 Vulcanizing fluid. HYPALON®. kit black 5 Scope of delivery: • 2 patches about 50 mm Ø • 1 patch about 75 mm Ø • 1 patch about 150 x 75 mm • 1 patch about 165 x 50 mm • 1 tube of SUPER BOAT cement (30 g) • 1 bottle of SUPER BOAT accelerator (10 g) • 1 mixing bowl • 1 cement spatula • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 21 . with screw top 10 1 Vulcanizing fluid Camping SUPER BOAT kits Repair material for the permanent repair of rubber dinghies. not suit- able for PVC and plastics. Mixed adhesive (free of CFC/aromatic compounds) and HYPALON®-coated repair patches with high-strength polyester fibre fabric.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Vulcanizing fluid Vulcanizing fluid (free of CFC and aromatic compounds).

patch black 50 10 A 553 5439 SUPER BOAT. Designation Content Qty 553 5903 SUPER BOAT. Can be stored max. patch black 75 10 553 5460 SUPER BOAT. Free of CFC and aromatic compounds. patch black 165 x 50 10 553 5491 SUPER BOAT. No. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories SUPER BOAT patches HYPALON®-coated and reinforced by high-strength polyester fibre fabric. patch black 150 x 75 10 553 5477 SUPER BOAT. Ref. No. Designation Colour Dia. Size Qty [mm] [L x W mm] 553 5422 SUPER BOAT. Store cool and dry. Only to be used in combination with REMA TIP TOP SUPER BOAT cement! Ref. 2 years unopened. patch black 400 x 50 10 SUPER BOAT Patches SUPER BOAT cement/accelerator For repairs with SUPER BOAT repair patches. accelerator 10 g bottle 10 553 5927 22 . cement 30 g tube 10 553 5903 553 5927 SUPER BOAT.

kit. with self-service clip 10 Scope of delivery: • 2 patches about 35 mm Ø • 1 patch about 45 mm Ø • 1 patch about 73 x 38 mm • 1 tube of CAMPLAST cement (6 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 552 3063 CAMPLAST 1.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories CAMPLAST kits For the repair of small punctures on tents and other outdoor arti- cles with PVC. kit 10 Scope of delivery: • 3 patches about 35 mm Ø • 3 patches about 45 mm Ø 552 3063 • 3 patches about 73 x 38 mm • 1 repair strip about 75 x 300 mm • 2 tubes of CAMPLAST cement (12 g each) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 552 4206 CAMPLAST 3. Designation Qty 552 3001 552 3001 CAMPLAST 1. No. PU or fabric surfaces. kit. Can also be used for sealing leaky seams of PU-coated tents. Ref. with self-service clip 10 Scope of delivery: • 3 patches about 35 mm Ø • 3 patches about 45 mm Ø • 3 patches about 73 x 38 mm • 1 repair strip about 75 x 300 mm • 2 tubes of CAMPLAST cement (12 g each) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 552 3207 23 . Free of CFC and aromatic compounds. in display stand 20 dispenser box Scope of delivery: • 2 patches about 35 mm Ø • 1 patch about 45 mm Ø • 1 patch about 73 x 38 mm • 1 tube of CAMPLAST cement (6 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 552 3207 CAMPLAST 3. kit. Joints pasted with CAMPLAST cement are thermally stable up about A 60°C depending on load. kit 24 Scope of delivery: • 2 patches about 35 mm Ø • 1 patch about 45 mm Ø • 1 patch about 73 x 38 mm • 1 tube of CAMPLAST cement (6 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction 552 4000 CAMPLAST 1. Contain CAMPLAST repair patches and products for pasting of plasticized PVC and textile fabric. such as sun blinds. Store cool and dry.

g. Designation Size [L x W x H mm] Qty 552 5377 CAMPLAST. No. 80 g tin 15 552 2208 with brush cover EMERGENCY REPAIR KIT Ref. cement 6 g tube 50 552 2246 CAMPLAST. with self-service clip 10 Scope of delivery: • 3 patches size 1 • 3 patches size 2 552 4196 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of vulcanizing fluid (5 g) • 1 working instructions for rubber items • 2 CAMPLAST patches about 35 mm Ø • 2 CAMPLAST patches about 45 mm Ø • 1 CAMPLAST patch about 73 x 38 mm • 1 tube of CAMPLAST cement (6 g) • 2 emery papers • 1 instruction 24 . No. No. Designation Qty 552 3070 EMERGENCY REPAIR KIT 24 Scope of delivery: • 1 patch about 35 mm Ø • 1 patch about 45 mm Ø • 1 patch about 73 x 38 mm 552 3070 • 1 tube of EMERGENCY COAT (6 g) • 1 emery paper • 1 instruction Universal repair kits For rubber articles such as e. cement. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories 552 5377 CAMPLAST patches Ref. rubber boots. Designation Qty 552 4196 Universal repair kit 10 Scope of delivery: • 3 patches size 1 • 3 patches size 2 • 1 patch size 7 • 1 tube of vulcanizing fluid (5 g) • 1 working instructions for rubber items • 2 CAMPLAST patches about 35 mm Ø • 2 CAMPLAST patches about 45 mm Ø • 1 CAMPLAST patch about 73 x 38 mm • 1 tube of CAMPLAST cement (6 g) • 2 emery papers • 1 instruction 552 3197 Universal repair kit.4 10 A CAMPLAST cement Ref. bicycle tubes. plus CAMPLAST repair products for plasticized PVC etc. or similar. No. strip 300 x 75 x 0. Designation Content Qty 552 2208 CAMPLAST. Ref.

Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories REMA TIP TOP seam sealing compound Transparent compound for sealing seams on tents. free of CFC and aromatic compounds. Can be used for leaky bicycle tubes. swimming belts. Designation Qty 501 0600 Special rubber valve. air mattresses.5 511 1190 • 1 can of LIQUID BUFFER (250 ml) • 1 INNERLINER SEALER (175 ml can. fun sport or swimming/beach articles. rubber dinghies etc. No.g. Light-fast. panniers. No. Designation Content Qty 553 5965 Seam sealing compound. Designation Qty 511 1190 RUN FLAT Repair Kit 1 • Scope of delivery: • 1 workshop kit MC A3 • 1 workshop kit MC A 4. with self-service clip 6 For localization of even the smallest leaks. does not embrittle and discolour. Ref. backpacks. On PU base. Very efficient and easy to apply.5 mm • 1 contour wheel K 60 • 1 tool holder with 8 mm shaft • 1 positioning template • 1 repair instructions RUN FLAT 25 . No. Guide with grid facing downwards over the area to be checked. 552 4062 Tire Repair RUN FLAT* The new REMA TIP TOP RUN FLAT Repair Kit enables success- ful repair of tread injuries to run flat tyres. The kit includes appropriate tools and products with special instructions for the safe repair of these tyres. with brush top) • 1 carbide mill cutter 3 mm • 1 carbide mill cutter 4. Store cool and dry. e. etc. Ref. 80 g tin 5 A with brush top 553 6177 Seam sealing compound 4 kg can 1 553 5965 Accessories Ref. submerging 1 For rubber tubes. The leak is where the beads are agitated. 501 0600 552 4062 Leak detector. Use in combination with TIP TOP vulcanization fluid.

refill (8 pieces) • 511 1231 1 MINICOMBI A6. standard. The ingression of moisture. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories MINICOMBI* MINICOMBI. Scope of delivery: 511 1200 • 20 repair units A6 • 20 repair units B8 • 4 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (30 g each) 511 2151 • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 6 mm • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 8 mm Instructions for RUN FLAT. page 91:3. 3. 26 . 2001.. SEALASTIC.. Designation Qty 511 1200 PROFI MINICOMBI BOX 1 • • • • • The products included in the kit can also be ordered individually. the combined patch/plug tyre repair for punctures to the tread of both radial and cross-ply tyres. a tyre must be demounted from the rim to evaluate the injury before the tyre is repaired.. MINICOMBI. dirt. Always refer to the repair chart and safety Scope of delivery: advice packed with the product! • 25 repair units A3 • 20 repair units A6 • 6 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (12 g each) • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 3 mm • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 6 mm 511 2209 MINICOMBI Combi Pack A6/B8 1 • • • • The Combi Pack A6/B8 combines the shop kits A6 and B8.. In the Federal Republic of Germany.3. Scope of delivery: • 511 1217 1 MINICOMBI A3. refill (10 pie ces) • 511 1224 1 MINICOMBI A 4.1. Injuries to tyres treated with a puncture spray cannot be repaired.6. A Ref. General Requirements (excerpt): 3. Inserting a tube without first repairing the tyre injury is not allowed. The tyre inside and the puncture channel are repaired in one operation. please comply with the Guideline for the Repair of Pneumatic Tyres VkBl.5. SUPER SEALASTIC. corrugated • 595 8353 1 brush top • 595 4900 1 carbide mill cutter Ø 3 mm • 595 5019 1 carbide mill cutter Ø 4. REMA SEAL. and SEALFIX: */** Follow the guidelines and legal regulations of your country when using the product(s).5 mm • 595 4962 1 carbide mill cutter Ø 6 mm • 595 4216 1 dome rasp K36 Ø 65 mm • 595 4034 1 arbour • 506 0519 1 tube repair kit TT 12 511 2151 MINICOMBI Combi Pack A3/A6 1 • • • • • The Combi Pack A3/A6 combines the shop Repair chart valid at the moment of printing.5. All MINICOMBIs are available with the practical and time- saving metal pilots. stones or all materials that lead to premature deterioration of the casing and belts is prevented. 3. As a matter of principle.only appropriate repair material must be used in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer . No. . The MINICOMBI repair units self-vulcanize in the tyre. 3. kits A3 and A6. refill (8 pieces) • 511 1231 1 LIQUID BUFFER (250 ml can) • 515 9028 1 INNERLINER SEALER (175 g can) • 515 9334 2 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (30 g each) • 570 9070 1 leak detection spray (400 ml spray can) • 596 1027 1 patch stitcher. taking into account the compatibility of the products used for repair.

workshop kit 1 • • • • • Used for tread damage up to 6 mm. Scope of delivery: • 40 repair units with metal pilot 511 3095 MINICOMBI B8.5. Scope of delivery: • 20 repair units • 2 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (30 g each) • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 4. No.5.5 mm. Scope of delivery: • 20 repair units • 2 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (30 g each) • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 6 mm 511 3208 511 3057 MINICOMBI A6. workshop kit 1 • • • • • Used for tread damage up to 3 mm. kit 1 • • Used for tread damage up to 10 mm. refill pack 1 • • • • • Used for tread damage up to 3 mm.5 mm. Scope of delivery: • 20 repair units • 2 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (30 g each) 511 3040 • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 8 mm 511 3105 MINICOMBI B8. Scope of delivery: • 18 repair units B10 without metal pilot • 3 pull wires 511 3143 MINICOMBI B10. kit 1 • • Used for tread damage up to 10 mm. Scope of delivery: • 40 repair units with metal pilot 511 3040 MINICOMBI A6. workshop kit 1 • • • Used for tread damage up to 8 mm. Scope of delivery: • 20 repair units B8 with metal pilot 511 3129 MINICOMBI B8. 511 2209 Scope of delivery: • 50 repair units with metal pilot 511 3208 MINICOMBI A4. refill pack 1 • • • Used for tread damage up to 8 mm. Scope of delivery: • 20 repair units B8 without metal pilot • 3 pull wires 511 3095 511 3136 MINICOMBI B10. Designation Qty 511 1956 MINICOMBI A3. refill pack 1 • • • • • Used for tread damage up to 4. workshop kit 1 • • • • • Used for tread damage up to 4. refill pack 1 • • • Used for tread damage up to 8 mm. Scope of delivery: • 18 repair units with metal pilot 511 3143 Accessories: 511 1808 Pull wire 1 27 .Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Ref. Scope of delivery: • 25 repair units • 3 tubes of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (12 g each) • 1 HSS steel cutter Ø 3 mm A 511 1963 MINICOMBI A3. refill pack 1 • • • • • Used for tread damage up to 6 mm.5 mm 511 1956 511 3215 MINICOMBI A4.

No. refill pack 45 1 • • 510 1636 REMA SEAL for truck tyres. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories REMA SEAL** Ref. No. refill pack 35 1 • 510 1667 Accessories: 510 1526 REMA SEAL inserting tool for car tyres 1 • • 510 1533 REMA SEAL inserting tool for truck tyres 1 • 510 1540 REMA SEAL hand ratchet 1 • • RADIAL ANCHOR SEAL** The RADIAL ANCHOR SEAL repair system is used for a temporary repair without demounting the wheel. workshop kit 1 • • Scope of delivery: • 45 Strings • 1 SPECIAL CEMENT BL (225 g can) A • 1 inserting tool car • 1 hand ratchet • 1 mill cutter • 1 knife • 1 screw top brush 510 1681 REMA SEAL for truck tyres. German version 1 • • Scope of delivery: • 25 Super Sealastic plugs. Benefits: • Quick repair on the road • No demounting of tyre . grey • 1 can of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (40 g can) • 1 hand rasp with plastic handle • 1 knife with plastic handle • 1 folding insert tool • 1 oil marking chalk.repair from outside • Supplied in a convenient plastic box • Includes all tools required • With detailed instructions Ref. workshop kit 1 • Scope of delivery: • 35 Strings • 1 SPECIAL CEMENT BL (225 g can) • 1 inserting tool truck • 1 hand ratchet • 1 mill cutter • 1 knife • 1 screw top brush 510 1612 REMA SEAL for car tyres. Designation Content Qty 510 1667 REMA SEAL for car tyres. white 28 . Designation Qty 510 3500 RAS repair kit.

SEALASTIC. 17 5 1 • • 510 1997 REMA STEM 22 max. Benefits: • Very quick sealing of the injury • Perfect sealing by cold vulcanization A • Repair held securely also at high speed • Perfect survival kit on the road • Saves time and high cost of repair 510 3603 • Available as kit including tools Ref. REMA STEM is suitable for hot. workshop kit 1 • • Scope of delivery: • 25 plugs • 1 can of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (40 g) • 1 hand ratchet • 1 rotary cutter 6 mm • 1 folding insert tool • 1 chalk • 1 knife 510 3706 510 3706 SUPER RAS car. 12 20 1 • • 510 1973 REMA STEM 17 max. Ref. REMA STEM units are precured rubber plugs which can be used only together with the corresponding REMA TIP TOP patches. refer to the valid repair charts.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories SUPER RADIAL ANCHOR SEAL** The SUPER RADIAL ANCHOR SEAL (SRAS) repair system from REMA TIP TOP is used for a temporary repair on the spot.and cold vulcanization. with- out demounting the tyre. 8 60 1 • • 510 1928 REMA STEM 10 max. To select the appropriate patch size. No. Designation Injury [mm] Content Qty REMA STEM 510 1935 REMA STEM 6 max. 6 60 1 • • • 510 1942 REMA STEM 8 max. REMASEAL 510 2202 REMA STEM** Rubber insert used to fill cylindrical puncture channels in the tread area. 10 20 1 • 510 1959 REMA STEM 12 max. 22 5 1 • • 29 . No. refill pack 40 1 • • Accessories . Designation Dia. with folding handle 1 • • For use with RAS. SRAS.RAS and SRAS Ref. No. [mm] Qty 510 1540 Hand ratchet 1 • • • 510 2240 Hand rasp 6 1 • • 510 1540 510 2240 Accessories: 510 1557 Rotary cutter. for hand ratchet 1 • • 510 2202 Inserting tool. Designation Content Qty 510 3603 SUPER RAS car.

pointed" is used. A Ref. No. Dia. For a perma- nent repair. workshop kit 1 • • Scope of delivery: 510 3304 • 50 Super Sealastic plugs (grey) • 2 cans of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (40 g each) • 1 chalk • 1 clasp knife • 1 inserting tool car/truck 510 3407 SUPER SEALASTIC TT 651. refill pack 20 1 • 510 2147 SUPER SEALASTIC** Multi-layer repair units for temporary repair of mounted cross-ply tyres. with 1 • • plastic handle 510 2226 Inserting tool for truck tyres. kit 1 • • • Scope of delivery: • 10 repair units • 2 cans of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (40 g each) • 1 insertion tool for EM 510 1155 • 1 rasp Ø 6. No. Designation Content Qty 510 3304 SUPER SEALASTIC TT 650. Ref. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories SEALASTIC** Temporary nail hole repair for cross-ply truck tyres mounted on the rim (max. refill pack 50 1 • • Accessories . 30 . Ref. with 1 • 595 5002 plastic handle 510 2233 Inserting tool for EM tyres 1 • • • 595 8944 Rasp 6. refill pack 20 1 • 510 2161 SEALASTIC TT 612. No. with folding handle 1 • • 510 2219 Inserting tool for car tyres. Designation Content Qty 510 1155 SEALASTIC TRUCK/EM.5 1 • • • 595 8944 595 5002 HM cutter 1 • For EM SEALASTIC preparation of injuries using a drilling machine. For larger injuries.SEALASTIC and SUPER SEALASTIC For precise injury preparation. Designation [mm] Qty 510 2202 Inserting tool. use the corresponding REMA TIP TOP repair patches according to the relevant repair chart. Also suitable for tubeless radial EM tyres (up to a maximum speed of 40 km/h. use the REMA TIP TOP patches corresponding to the valid repair chart. if the "carbide mill cutter. injury size 15 mm). injury size 8 mm) as well as EM and agricultural tyres (max.5 mm 510 2147 SEALASTIC TT 611. drivers kit 6 • • Scope of delivery: • 5 Super Sealastic plugs (grey) • 1 tube of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (12 g) • 1 chalk • 1 clasp knife • 1 inserting tool car/truck 510 3407 510 3108 SUPER SEALASTIC TT 660.

Designation Content Qty A 510 1849 SEALFIX. Permanent repairs should be performed from the inside of the tyre. metal 1 Scope of delivery: • 1 Inserting tool • 1 Rasp • 1 Allan key 510 1863 510 1818 510 2415 31 . For safety reasons. No. in order to determine the actual damage size. All products to be used with SPECIAL CEMENT BL only! Ref. Observe your local rules and guidelines for the repair of tyres. 4" 1 • • 510 2398 Inserting tool for truck tyres. We recommend demounting the tyre from the rim. we also warn you not to carry out a sidewall repair with SEALFIX/REMA SEAL. refill pack 5 1 • 510 1801 SEALFIX for car tyres. workshop kit 1 • • • Scope of delivery: • 25 Strings • 1 hand rasp • 1 inserting tool • 1 SPECIAL CEMENT BL (40 g can) • 1 chalk • 1 knife 510 1832 510 1856 SEALFIX.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories SEALFIX** SEALFIX for temporary repairs to tread punctures. refill pack 50 1 • 510 1863 SEALFIX for truck tyres. 6" 1 • 510 1801 510 2408 Inserting tool for OTR/EM tyres. drivers kit 1 • 510 1849 Scope of delivery: • 5 Strings • 1 SPECIAL CEMENT BL (12 g tube) • 1 inserting tool car/truck • 1 hand rasp 510 1832 SEALFIX. 8" 1 • • 510 2415 Tool kit. refill pack 25 1 • Accessories: 510 1818 Inserting tool 1 510 1825 Spare needle 1 510 2381 Inserting tool for car tyres.

pointed max. No. 2500 9. pointed max. 595 5026 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 10 mm 595 4900 HM router/burr. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories HM mill cutters and routers For the precise injury preparation on radial and cross-ply tires. Special profile adapted to steel cord preparation. 6 25 65 1 Specifications: 25000 595 4924 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4955 Ballshaped HM burr max. pointed max. 20 1 Specifications: 25000 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4931 595 4955 32 . blunt headed max. pointed (extra long) max. Blade 595 4962 Speed Dia.5 60 250 1 For EM SEALASTIC preparation of injuries using a drilling machine. 2500 10 60 110 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 10 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6593 595 5040 595 5040 HM mill cutter. pointed max. Designation [rpm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Qty 595 5019 HM mill cutter. 3 25 50 1 Specifications: 25000 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 3 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6782 595 5002 595 4924 HM router/burr. 2500 6 50 90 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4948 HM mill cutter. 2500 17 60 140 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 13 mm 595 5033 595 5026 HM mill cutter. Long service life. 2500 8 50 100 1 Specifications: 595 5060 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 8 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 595 5060 HM mill cutter. 6 25 65 1 Specifications: 25000 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4931 HM router/burr. 2500 4. pointed max. length Length A Ref. pointed max. 2500 22 60 140 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 13 mm 595 5002 HM cutter. 2500 12 60 110 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 10 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6593 595 5033 HM mill cutter. pointed max. pointed max.5 30 90 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4948 595 4962 HM mill cutter. pointed max.

2500 8 110 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 8 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 33 . 2500 4. No. 2500 3 60 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 3 mm A Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6782 511 1767 HSS mill cutter max.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories HSS mill cutters For cylindrical enlargement and cleaning of smaller prick injuries. 2500 6 110 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 511 1798 HSS mill cutter max.5 mm 511 1781 HSS mill cutter max. Ref.5 110 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 4. Designation Speed Dia. Length Qty [rpm] [mm] [mm] 595 4917 HSS mill cutter max.

Ø 35 mm • 517 1817 20 Thermopress patches No. 103 Ø 47 35 1 517 1817 Thermopress patch No. with brush top • 595 2971 2 car tyre spreaders • 596 1027 1 roller stitcher. 102. 2500 x 150 x 0. Ø 65 mm 34 . 500 x 300 10 sheets 1 517 1972 Thermopress patches For repairing nail hole injuries to radial or cross-ply tyres on cars. 160 x 75 1000 sheets 1 A 517 6977 Heat resistant gliding foil white approx. 181. 65 x 55 mm 517 3822 • 516 9207 1 MTR SOLUTION (350 g can). 100. The sizes 100-103 are also suitable for the hot vulcanization of tubes. RADIAL 65 x 55 20 1 517 1707 Thermopress patch No. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Heat resistant gliding foil This special foil is put between the repair area and the heating plate. No. No. 103. corrugated • 595 0076 1 rotary wire brush Ø 60 mm x 20 mm • 595 4034 1 arbour. Minimum curing temperature: 135°C. 181 (RADIAL). Repair chart valid at the moment of printing. 3/8" • 511 3040 1 MINICOMBI workshop kit A6 • 595 4216 1 dome rasp K36. Repair kit box 1 • Scope of delivery: • 516 1243 1 MTR RUBBER. Ø 30 mm • 517 1020 50 Thermopress patches No. It prevents the repair from sticking to the Thermopress heating plate. Always refer to the repair Ref. 170. standard. Designation Qty 517 3822 Tyre repair kit. Ø 37 mm • 517 1037 35 Thermopress patches No. Designation Size [mm] Content Qty chart and safety advice packed with 517 1006 Thermopress patch No. 102 Ø 37 50 1 517 1037 Thermopress patch No.8 mm • 517 1006 80 Thermopress patches No. Ref. Have to be applied with MTR SOLUTION. Ref. CROSS-PLY Ø 70 20 1 Thermopress fast- curing repair patches Thermopress tyre repair kit Basic equipment with tools and repair products for fast tyre repairs. Designation Colour Size [mm] Content Qty 517 1972 Heat resistant foil yellow approx. No. 100 Ø 30 80 1 the product! 517 1020 Thermopress patch No.

No. series 100. Designation Language 581 2000 Wall chart RAD 100 Multilingual RAD repair patches. 730 x 530 1 1 • 512 1852 RAD repair patch 185 TL+ 8 730 x 530 1 1 • 512 1867 RAD repair patch 186 TL 3 340 x 245 5 1 • 512 1881 RAD repair patch 188 TL 2 450 x 280 5 1 • 512 1908 RAD repair patch 190 TL 2 550 x 310 3 1 • RAD repair patches. Series 100 512 1609 512 1757 RADIAL 35 .or self-vulcanization thanks to the unique bonding layer together with the appropriate REMA TIP TOP accelerator cements or solutions.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories RAD repair patches. No. Suitable for hot. Wall chart Ref. Ref. Designation Ply rating Size [L x W mm] Content Qty 512 1104 RAD repair patch 110 TL 1 75 x 55 20 1 • 512 1128 RAD repair patch 112 TL 1 115 x 70 10 1 • A 512 1142 RAD repair patch 114 TL 1 130 x 85 10 1 • 512 1159 RAD repair patch 115 TL 1 90 x 75 20 1 • • • 512 1207 RAD repair patch 120 TL 2 125 x 80 10 1 • • • 512 1221 RAD repair patch 122 TL 2 175 x 75 10 1 • • • 512 1245 RAD repair patch 124 TL 2 220 x 75 10 1 • 512 1252 RAD repair patch 125 TL 3 125 x 115 10 1 • 512 1269 RAD repair patch 126 TL 3 260 x 75 10 1 • 512 1283 RAD repair patch 128 TL 3 330 x 75 10 1 • 512 1355 RAD repair patch 135 TL 4 180 x 130 10 1 • 512 1403 RAD repair patch 140 TL 3 195 x 100 10 1 • • 512 1427 RAD repair patch 142 TL 4 260 x 130 10 1 • • 512 1441 RAD repair patch 144 TL 4 335 x 130 10 1 • • 512 1458 RAD repair patch 145 TL 4 230 x 180 5 1 • • 512 1465 RAD repair patch 146 TL 4 440 x 180 5 1 • • 512 1506 RAD repair patch 150 TL 5 580 x 180 5 1 • 512 1520 RAD repair patch 152 TL 5 580 x 240 3 1 • 512 1551 RAD repair patch 155 TL 5 330 x 260 5 1 • 512 1568 RAD repair patch 156 TL 7 720 x 270 3 1 • 512 1609 RAD repair patch 160 TL 7 860 x 270 3 1 • 512 1623 RAD repair patch 162 TL 7 1030 x 325 1 1 • 512 1654 RAD repair patch 165 TL 6 420 x 330 3 1 • 512 1685 RAD repair patch 168 TL 7 760 x 350 1 1 • 512 1757 RAD repair patch 175 TL 8 530 x 450 3 1 • 512 1805 RAD repair patch 180 TL 2 190 x 150 5 1 • 512 1829 RAD repair patch 182 TL 3 240 x 185 5 1 • 512 1843 RAD repair patch 184 TL 3 295 x 215 5 1 • 512 1850 RAD repair patch 185 TL Steel reinfcd. Series 100 Repair patches for durable repairs to all radial tyre sizes and for all applications.

Series PN 36 . shoulder and sidewall injuries. Ply Ref. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6037 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 03 100 2 10 1 • • For tread. 512 6123 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 06 S 235 6 10 1 • For sidewall repair. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6020 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 02 80 2 20 1 • • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6068 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 06 235 6 10 1 • For tread. due to the fully integrated bonding layer. Series PN Repair patches for durable repairs to cross-ply tyres of all sizes and for the applications indicated below. 512 6051 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 05 160 4 10 1 • For tread. Suitable for all the current vulcanizing systems. 512 6116 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 05 S 160 4 10 1 • For sidewall repair. shoulder and sidewall injuries. shoulder and sidewall injuries. No. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6147 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 08 S 345 6 5 1 • For sidewall repair. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories A CROSS-PLY repair patches. 512 6154 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 09 S 390 8 5 1 • For sidewall repair. PN Diagonal CROSS-PLY repair patches. Use in conjunction with the appropriate REMA TIP TOP accelerator solutions. 512 6099 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 09 390 8 5 1 • For tread. 512 6130 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 07 S 295 6 10 1 • For sidewall repair. 512 6044 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 04 120 2 10 1 • • For tread. Patch Ø in cord direc. 512 6082 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 08 345 6 5 1 • For tread. Designation tion [mm] rating Content Qty 512 6013 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 01 55 1 30 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6075 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 07 295 6 10 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries.

Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories A Patch Ø in cord direc. Designation Language 581 0080 Wall chart PN Multilingual The proper repair chart is displayed in the “Vulcanizers & Retreaders Catalogue” from 2007/2008. shoulder and sidewall injuries. shoulder and sidewall injuries. No. shoulder and sidewall injuries. No. 512 6415 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 041 235 6 5 1 • For tread. 512 6240 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 024 370 6 5 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6257 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 025 510 6 3 1 • For tread. Designation tion [mm] rating Content Qty 512 6154 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 09 S 390 8 5 1 • For sidewall repair. 512 6226 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 022 510 4 3 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6233 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 023 255 6 10 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. shoulder and sidewall injuries. Ply Ref. 512 6202 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 020 255 4 10 1 • For tread. 512 6161 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 010 S 450 8 3 1 • For sidewall repair. 512 6422 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 042 265 8 5 1 • For tread. CROSS-PLY repair patches. 512 6408 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 040 160 4 5 1 • For tread. Please always refer to the repair chart and safety advice packed with the product! 37 . 512 6219 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 021 370 4 5 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. 512 6109 CROSS-PLY repair patch PN 010 450 8 3 1 • For tread. shoulder and sidewall injuries. Wall charts Ref.

SV blue bonding rubber. PN. SPECIAL CEMENT BL can be used for self-vulcanization starting from 18°C (65°F) up to hot vulcanization up to 150°C (300°F). SPECIAL CEMENT BL can be used for self-vulcanization starting from 18°C (65°F) up to hot vulcanization up to 150°C (300°F). Designation Content Qty 515 0035 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. EU version 500 g tin 25 515 0389 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. *Labeled in accordance with EU regulations for cfc-containing products. EU version 1 kg tin 10 515 0405 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. with brush top 350 g tin 25 515 0371 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 500 g tin 25 515 0388 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 1 kg tin 10 595 8353 515 0508 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 200 l barrel 1 Accessories: 595 8353 Brush. inflammable (*EU version) Accelerator solution for the application of REMA TIP TOP RAD. MINICOMBI. and UP A repair patches. Designation Content Qty 515 0034 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 20 g tube 50 515 0041 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 50 g tube 25 515 0340 515 0388 515 0814 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 70 g tube 15 515 0340 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 350 g tin 25 515 0357 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. No. EU version 20 g tube 50 515 0042 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. EU version 50 g tube 25 515 0815 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. with screw top 10 1 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. SEALASTIC. REMA STEM. Ref. PN. REMA STEM. SV blue bonding rubber. EU version 200 l barrel 1 Accessories: 595 8353 Brush. MINICOMBI. EU version. with screw top 10 1 38 . SEALASTIC. inflammable (International version) Accelerator solution for the application of REMA TIP TOP RAD. 350 g tin 25 with brush top 515 0372 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Vulcanizing SPECIAL CEMENT BL. EU version 70 g tube 15 515 0341 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. VULC COMPOUND. VULC COMPOUND. EU version 350 g tin 25 515 0358 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. EU version 6 kg can 1 515 0509 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. Ref. and UP repair patches. No.

sprayable 7 kg can 1 MTR SOLUTION. Ref. MTR SOLUTION is adapted to MTR RUBBER with regard to its accelerator and adhesion system and can therefore be used at curing temperatures of at least 100°C (212°F).5 kg can 1 515 9004 515 9042 INNERLINER SEALER. VULC COMPOUND. Designation Content Qty 515 9334 A 515 9303 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 4 g tube 50 515 9327 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 12 g tube 50 515 9334 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 30 g tube 25 515 9341 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 40 g tin 25 515 9358 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 70 g tube 25 515 9365 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 225 g tin 25 515 9406 SPECIAL CEMENT BL. MINICOMBI.75 l can 1 516 1061 MTR SOLUTION 6 kg can 1 516 1054 516 1078 MTR SOLUTION 40 kg can 1 516 9221 MTR SOLUTION CFC 3. Ref. SV blue bonding rubber. No. with screw top 10 1 595 8353 INNERLINER SEALER For sealing porous innerliners and coating excessively buffed repair areas on the tyre inside. Designation Content Qty 515 9028 INNERLINER SEALER. SEALASTIC. SPECIAL CEMENT BL can be used for self-vulcanization starting from 18°C (65°F) up to hot vulcanization up to 150°C (300°F). PN. No. For sealing the edges of repair areas. No. the buffed skive surface or the bonding layer of REMA TIP TOP repair patches prior to lami- nating with MTR RUBBER. and UP repair patches. free of CFC/aromatic compounds Accelerator solution for the application of REMA TIP TOP RAD. inflammable (International version) Accelerator solution for coating the buffed tyre inside. Ref.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories SPECIAL CEMENT BL. Designation Content Qty 516 1212 MTR SOLUTION 500 g tin 1 516 1054 MTR SOLUTION 1 kg tin 1 516 1047 MTR SOLUTION 3. with brush top 175 g tin 1 515 9004 INNERLINER SEALER 650 g tin 10 515 9011 INNERLINER SEALER 4 kg can 1 515 9035 INNERLINER SEALER. sprayable 3. REMA STEM.75 l can 1 39 . with brush top 225 g tin 25 515 9389 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 650 g tin 10 515 9365 515 9341 515 9396 SPECIAL CEMENT BL 4 kg can 1 Accessories: 595 8353 Brush.

EU version 350 g tin 1 516 1055 MTR SOLUTION. EU version 1 kg tin 1 516 1048 MTR SOLUTION. the buffed skive surface or the bonding layer of REMA TIP TOP repair patches prior to laminating with MTR RUBBER. Ref. 517 3509 517 3523 SV bonding rubber. EU version 6 kg can 1 516 1079 MTR SOLUTION. Designation Content Qty 516 1213 MTR SOLUTION. the buffed skive surface or the bonding layer of REMA TIP TOP repair patches prior to laminating with MTR RUBBER. Designation [L x W x H mm] [kg] Content Qty 517 3523.8 approx. Designation Content Qty 516 9207 MTR SOLUTION. No. blue about 10000 x 500 x 0. MTR SOLUTION is adapted to MTR RUBBER with regard to its accelerator and adhesion system and can therefore be used at curing temperatures of at least 100°C (212°F). Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories MTR SOLUTION. EU version 40 kg can 1 MTR SOLUTION. *Labeled in accordance with EU regulations for cfc-containg products A Ref. EU version 3. 5 1 roll 1 40 . No. No. 2 1 roll 1 517 3509 SV bonding rubber.75 l can 1 516 1062 MTR SOLUTION. MTR SOLUTION is adapted to MTR RUBBER with regard to its accelerator and adhesion system and can therefore be used at curing temperatures of at least 100°C (212°F).8 approx. at a temperature of at least 18°C/65°F. Special cement waiting time before putting the tyre back into operation in case of self-vulcanization: 48 hours. Only apply with REMA TIP TOP SPECIAL CEMENT BL. free of CFC and aromatic compounds Accelerator solution for coating the buffed tyre inside. inflammable (*EU version) Accelerator solution for coating the buffed tyre inside. Size Weight Ref. blue about 8000 x 250 x 0.5 kg can 1 Rubber for Repair SV bonding rubber Self-vulcanizing cushion gum for the lamination of REMA TIP TOP RADIAL repair patches. with brush top 350 g tin 1 516 9240 MTR SOLUTION 4.

5 about 2600 1 roll 1 516 1164 x 500 x 3.0 516 1170 MTR RUBBER. Apply with SPECIAL CEMENT BL. Weight Size [H x W Ref. The components A + B have to be mixed in equal quantities to achieve vulcanization.5 x 250 x 1.5 x 150 x 0. 1 about 2600 3 rolls 1 x 30 x 3. No. 6 approx. MTR RUBBER provides excellent adhesion to the tyre and has high resistance to dynamic stress. Maximum temperature for warming up MTR RUBBER 80°C (176°F). 12 approx. Designation Qty 516 9025 516 9025 Cold-vulcanizing compound A+B 1 • Scope of delivery: • 1 cold-vulcanizing compound A (150 g) • 1 cold-vulcanizing compound B (150 g) • 1 tin of SPECIAL CEMENT BL (40 g) 41 . Designation [kg] mm] Dia. Use MTR RUBBER only with MTR SOLUTION. 8 1 rope 1 for extruder Cold-vulcanizing compound A+B. Good flowing and vulcanizing characteristics. No. about 7200 1 roll 1 2. Required vulcanizing temperature: at least 100°C (212°F). Ref. Designation [kg] x L mm] Dia.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories MTR RUBBER Uncured rubber compound for filling skives in all areas on the tyre. 8 1 rope 1 extruder Cleaning rubber For the cleaning of hand extruders. 8 1 rope 1 extruder 516 1164 MTR RUBBER. Rope for approx. about 2500 1 roll 1 0. free of CFC and aromatic compounds For the repair of rubber damage to all tyres and for the filling of skives especially on tractor tyres. rope approx. The cold-vulcanizing mass is homogeneously bonded to the tyre. 1 about 3. [mm] Content Qty 517 7402 T2 cleaning rubber approx. Rope for approx. No.0 x 5 rolls 1 20 x 5500 517 7402 517 7420 T2 cleaning rubber.8 516 1267 MTR RUBBER approx. [mm] Content Qty 516 1243 MTR RUBBER approx. Size Weight [L x W x H A Ref.0 516 1250 MTR RUBBER approx. 6 approx.2 516 1274 MTR RUBBER approx.

truck and EM tyres. 115V 517 7608 REMA TIP TOP 230/400 6 5-8 1 Extruder NAILHOLE. Designation [V/W] [kg/h] [bar] Qty 517 7615 REMA TIP TOP 115/400 6 5-8 1 Extruder NAILHOLE. For curing of fire hose patches the REMA TIP TOP Thermopress DUPLEX machine or the Thermopress TP II ECONOMY with equalizing pad is recommended. No. No. Please observe the information on the average rubber throughput (in kilograms per hour). yellow • 596 1034 1 patch stitcher • 1 repair instructions Accessories: 517 8126 Fire service Envelope pressure equalizing plate. free of CFC/aromatic compounds • 525 2554 1 SC 4000 green (350 g can) • 525 1122 1 accelerator for SC 4000 (15 g bottle) • 517 8016 10 fire hose patches Ø 50 mm • 517 8023 20 fire hose patches Ø 60 mm • 517 8030 10 fire hose patches Ø 80 mm • 517 8047 5 fire hose patches Ø 160 x 80 mm 517 8009 • 595 8913 1 hand rasp K46 Ø 6mm x 102 mm • 595 8597 1 plastic measuring cup for mixing • 595 8353 2 screw top brushes • 595 2287 1 scissors 200 mm • 595 0076 1 round wire brush Ø 60 mm x 20 mm • 517 1972 1 pack of heat-resistant foil. Designation Qty 517 8009 Fire hose repair kit 1 All items of the kit are also available individually. pneumatic 517 7608 Pressure hose repair Fire hose repair kit For the repair of delivery hoses with inner rubber coating and polyester syn- thetic fibre fabric. Rubber Operating Connection throughput pressure A Ref. Scope of delivery: • 516 1243 1 MTR RUBBER (L 2500 x W 150 x H 0. pneumatic. Can be used for cushion gum and tread stock qualities. bottom 1 517 8092 Fire hose tightener 1 Holds the hose and provides a smooth base for vulcanizing of fire hoses. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories REMA TIP TOP Extruders For quick filling when repairing or retreading light truck.8 mm) • 516 9207 1 MTR SOLUTION (350 g can). Ref. 42 .

therefore no deformation of tyre • Automatic current cut-off when using timer unit Specifications: Electric power [V/W] 115/600 Scope of delivery: • 517 7079 2 heating plates 115V • 517 7055 1 timer unit 0 .120 min • 517 3853 1 pressure equalizing pad 110 x 110 mm Accessories: 517 3884 Table support clamp JUNIOR 1 • For use with Thermopress JUNIOR (517 3815) 517 3815 517 7017 Thermopress DUPLEX.50 minutes.50 minutes. • Repairs small rubber injuries and small tears in the fabric quickly and safely (perforations up to 12 mm in the tread area of T-tyres). • Low operating temperature of about 145 °C. • Low operating temperature of about 145 °C.120 min • 517 1295 1 U-clamp • 517 2438 1 pressure equalizing pad 180 x 130 mm 517 7000 Thermopress DUPLEX.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Vulcanizing Equipment Thermopress machines Ref. therefore no deformation of tyre • Automatic current cut-off when using timer unit Specifications: Electric power [V/W] 230/600 Scope of delivery: • 557 2076 2 heating plates 230V • 517 7048 1 timer unit 0 . • Repairs small rubber injuries and small tears in the fabric quickly and safely (perforations up to 12 mm in the tread area of T-tyres). 115V 1 • • • • • Most minor injuries in radial and cross-ply tyres can be repaired within 30 . • Low operating temperature of about 145 °C. 230V 1 • • • For the economic repair of car tyres. No.50 minutes. Designation Qty A 517 3815 Thermopress JUNIOR. • Repairs small rubber injuries and small tears in the fabric quickly and safely (perforations up to 12 mm in the tread area of T-tyres). • Most minor injuries in radial and cross-ply tyres can be repaired within 30 . 230V 1 • • • • • Most minor injuries in radial and cross-ply tyres can be repaired within 30 .120 min • 517 1295 1 U-clamp • 517 2438 1 pressure equalizing pad 180 x 130 mm 517 7000 43 . therefore no deformation of tyre • Automatic current cut-off when using timer unit Specifications: Electric power [V/W] 230/600 Scope of delivery: • 517 7062 2 heating plates 230V • 517 7048 1 timer unit 0 .

A • Strong construction. van. therefore no deformation of tyre • Can also be used for cosmetic repairs of rubber injuries in tyre production and retreading • Vulcanization pressure is continuously adjustable Specifications: Electric power [V/W] 230/600 Scope of delivery: • 517 3578 2 heating plates 230V • 517 7048 1 timer unit 0 . top 517 1525 Thermopress II ECONOMY.120 min • 517 1295 1 U-clamp • 517 3248 1 foot switch for heating plate • 517 1941 1 set of pressure equalizing pads • 517 7172 1 rubber cover for car tyres • 517 7165 1 rubber cover for truck tyres • 517 7158 1 heating plate cover. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Thermopress machines – continued Ref. truck. tractor and EM tyres. top 517 1525 44 . 230V 1 • • • • • Vulcanizing machine for the repair of radial and cross-ply car. van. truck. No. truck. therefore no deformation of tyre • Can also be used for cosmetic repairs of rubber injuries in tyre production and retreading • Vulcanization pressure is continuously adjustable Specifications: Electric power [V/W] 115/600 Scope of delivery: • 517 3578 2 heating plates 115V • 517 7048 1 timer unit 0 . tractor and EM tyres. • Strong construction. designed for long ser- vice life • Low operating temperature of about 145 °C. 115V 1 • • • • • Vulcanizing machine for the repair of radial and cross-ply car. truck. Designation Qty 517 1532 Thermopress II ECONOMY. designed for long ser- vice life • Low operating temperature of about 145 °C.120 min • 517 1295 1 U-clamp • 517 3248 1 foot switch for heating plate • 517 1941 1 set of pressure equalizing pads • 517 7172 1 rubber cover for car tyres • 517 7165 1 rubber cover for truck tyres • 517 7158 1 heating plate cover.

TP PNEUMATIC 517 4900 Support stand TP II SHUTTLE 1 • • • • • Mobile support for all TP ECONOMY and PNEUMATIC machines. Includes shelves for storage of small parts. For use with ECONOMY. floor-mounted 1 • • • Support stand for easier working on the tread A area of car. agricultural and EM tyres for repairs to the sidewall. TP shuttle 1 517 4900 517 4900 45 . pressure [bar] 6 . 4 castors (2 with integrated stop). No. van and truck tyres. floor-mounted • • • For use with Thermopress JUNIOR (517 3815) 517 1130 Support stand.Thermopress Ref. Makes it easier to position light-truck. 517 3891 Specifications: Op. shoulder or tread. truck. Designation Qty 517 3891 Support stand.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Support stand . swivelling device. TP shuttle 1 558 8457 Retaining straps 3. Vertically adjustable.8 For use with 517 1130 TP II ECONOMY. PNEUMATIC 517 1123 Support stand PNEUMATIC 1 • • • Allows easy lifting and lowering of the machine and tyre with a pneumatic system. spacious tool tray. Two rollers at the base allow tyres to be easily turned into the repair position. Specifications: Size [W x D x H mm] 760 x 700 x 1230 Weight [kg] about 60 For use with TP II ECONOMY. TP PNEUMATIC 517 1123 Accessories: 517 3884 Table support clamp 1 • JUNIOR/DUPLEX For use with Thermopress JUNIOR (517 3815) 558 8456 Retaining straps 2.

Thermopress Electric Rope Power Size [L x length Ref. No. about 200 x red 1 • for tread area 170 x 50 Accessories . 180 x 130 1 • ger car. 230V 230/300 1 • • • • 517 3585 Spare heating plate TP. 110 x 110 1 • Pressure equalizing ger car. for sidewall 240 x 200 x red 1 • 50 517 0722 TP contour pad K3. complete 230/350 1 • • • 517 7079 Spare heating plate DUPLEX. completed. Designation [L x W mm] Colour Qty 517 1941 Set of pressure equalizing pads 1 • • Scope of delivery: • 2 aluminium heating plates A • 2 pads For use with ECONOMY.Thermopress Size Ref. PNEUMATIC 46 . PNEUMATIC 517 2438 Pressure equalizing pad passen. size 0 pads. PNEUMATIC 517 3853 Pressure equalizing pad passen. 115V 115/300 1 • • • • 517 7062 Spare heating plate DUPLEX. PNEUMATIC 517 0715 TP contour pad S2. PNEUMATIC 517 1989 Pressure equalizing pad truck. 115V 150/300 1 • • • • • Scope of delivery: • 517 3633 1 heating plate aluminium casing • 517 3640 1 heating plate bottom part (electric system) For use with ECONOMY. small For use with ECONOMY. ECONO- small for passenger car MY. PNEUMATIC 517 1965 Pressure equalizing pad tractor. for sidewall about 180 x red 1 • • 160 x 35 517 0636 TP contour pad K1. large for truck. 260 x 100 1 • rectangular For use with ECONOMY. for sidewall about 160 x red 1 • • 130 x 50 517 0739 TP contour pad S4. 210 x 150 1 • large For use with ECONOMY. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Pressure equalizing pads . Designation [V/W] W mm] [m] Qty 557 2076 Spare heating plate JUNIOR. For use with JUNIOR. No.

No. Designation [V/W] W mm] [m] Qty 517 3578 Spare heating plate TP. 517 1161 Valve pressure plate 1 • • • • • For hot vulcanization of valves with rubber base. 517 3640 Heating plate bottom part TP. for lower heating plate 1 • For use with ECONOMY. For use with JUNIOR.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Electric Rope Power Size [L x length Ref. PNEUMATIC 517 3035 Thermopress balancer max. without rubber cover 1 • • • • • 517 1264 Rubber cover. Preset to 80°C. 115V 115/270 1 • • • • • With vulcanized heating filament. 230V 230/300 1 • • • • • Scope of delivery: • 517 3633 1 heating plate aluminium casing • 517 3640 1 heating plate bottom part (electric system) A For use with ECONOMY. 1 • Makes your work easy and effective. if pre-heated. thermo regulator and excess temperature cut-out. PNEUMATIC 517 3729 Heating plate bottom part TP. PNEUMATIC 517 7165 Rubber cover. ECONOMY. for valve pressure plate 1 • • • • • 517 1958 Aluminium heating plate 210 x 140 1 • • • • • For use with ECONOMY. 517 3042 Suspension device for TP-II models and balancer 1 517 3255 Rubber pre-heating plate 230/160 500 x 200 1 Even thicker rubber sheets can be easily applied. 230V 230/300 1 • • • • • With vulcanized heating filament. Safety regulations for suspended loads must be observed. The carrying 2 force can be set from 22 to 32 kg by means of a worm gear. for lower heating plate 1 • • • • For use with ECONOMY. PNEUMATIC 517 0454 Valve pressure plate. cable and safety plug. completed. thermo regulator and excess temperature cut-out as well as cable and circular plug (4-pole). PNEUMATIC 517 7172 Rubber cover. 517 7165 517 1958 517 1161 517 3035 517 3255 47 . 517 3578 517 7172.

No. 3 Curing temperature [°C] approx. No. Designation [L x W mm] Qty A 517 3327 Pressure plate for sidewall repair 210 x 140 1 • For sidewall repair. ECO & PNEUMATIC For further use of the thermopress vulcanizing machines. 517 3963 Aluminium heating plate profile shape. Adaptation to every repair position by a built-in tilting and swivelling mechanism. PNEUMATIC 517 4003 517 4003 Pressure plate for sidewall repair truck. 517 3327 Size Ref. 2 Accessories: 517 3554 Repair stand. 150 Scope of delivery: • 1 movable undercarriage • 1 energy block/control unit • 1 complete frame 517 7701 • 2 Pressure plates • different slip-on contour segments • 517 6001 1 Thermopress heating plate No. with hoisting winch (manual) 1 • For use with Thermopress EM I and EM II 517 4254 Repair stand. The heat is distributed evenly due to the high thermal conductivity of aluminium. 230 x 150 1 • • 517 3963 contour For tread (outside). shoulder or sidewall of radial. 517 3970 Aluminium pressure plate 230 x 150 1 • For truck tyre tread (outside) and shoulder. with the use of REMA TIP TOP repair patches. Electronic temperature controller with display is integrated. 70 For use with ECONOMY. Ref. Designation Qty 517 7701 Thermopress EM I. pneumatic 1 • • • EM tyres up to 33. for faster repairing and for the repairs which are not covered by the standard equipment. 517 3365 Tread pressure plate 200 x 130 1 • • • 517 3310 For tread (inside). 210 x 115 1 • 70-series For sidewall repair. 517 3970 517 3987 Aluminium heating plate cover 210 x 140 1 • For truck tyre tread (inside) and shoulder.25-35. Specifications: Voltage [V] 230 Operating pressure [bar] 4 . with hoisting winch (electrical) 1 • For use with Thermopress EM I and EM II 48 . cross-ply and EM tyres. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Aluminium heating plate profile shapes. Strong construction pro- vides easy maintenance and a long service life.8 Pressing power [ton] approx. Thermopress EM machines Hot vulcanizing machine for repairing injuries to the tread. 517 3334 517 3334 Pressure plate for sidewall repair about 120 x 1 • For sidewall repair of low-section tyres. flat 230 x 150 1 • • For tread (outside). 1 • 517 6025 1 Thermopress heating plate No. 517 3310 Aluminium heating plate profile shape.

Designation Size [mm] Qty 517 6207 Thermopress EM heating pocket size 1 230 x 230 x 18 1 • 517 5033 Thermopress EM heating pocket size 2 355 x 330 x 35 1 • Truck tyre working table Provides the optimum working conditions for professional truck tyre repairs. EM II Thermopress EM heating mats Ref. 517 45465 Machines and Repair Material not included 49 . No. Ref. No. For ergonomic positioning of tyres up to 24". zinc-plated work surface. Includes illumination. No. which makes it easy for you to keep your things tidy. 2 approx. 230 x 230 1 • For use with Thermopress EM I. 4 shelves and 2 multiple tool holders. Ref. can be tilted 1 517 1051 and swivelled Equipment for Working Places REMA TIP TOP PROFI workplace The ideal workbench for the tyre specialist. Saves you from wasting your time by unnecessarily searching for your tools. No. Designation Qty 517 1051 Truck tyre working and positioning table. 330 x 330 1 • A For use with Thermopress EM I. Designation Size [W x D x H mm] Qty 517 4508 Workplace PROFI 1500 x 750 x 2200 1 Cabinet for repair patches and materials 517 4508 For storing patches. Designation Size [W x D x H mm] Qty 517 4546 Cabinet for repair patches and 950 x 400 x 1800 1 materials.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Thermopress EM heating plate Complete with heating mat and heating pocket Ref. Designation Size [mm] W Qty 517 5215 Thermopress EM heating mat size 1 190 x 190 350 1 • 517 5222 Thermopress EM heating mat size 2 265 x 265 450 1 • Thermopress EM heating pockets Ref. Completes the PROFI workplace. 1 approx. No. lockable Includes 4 shelves made of galva- nized sheet steel. EM II 517 6025 Thermopress EM heating plate No. Ref. multiple socket with on/off switch. No. Designation Size [mm] Qty 517 6001 Thermopress EM heating plate No. tools etc.

Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories REPMAT tyre spreader Tyre spreader for preparing the inspection and repair of car and truck tyres. Designation Qty 518 3506 REPMAT tyre spreader. • Compact construction for car and motorcycle tyres • The tyre can be inspected and prepared inside and outside • The tyre can be turned and inclined into the perfect working position (patented mechanism) • Comfortable working height • Integrated tray for tools and materials • Halogen lamp (517 4522) not included • Base plate not included Ref. No. pneumatic 1 • • • Specifications: Weight [kg] 45 Size [W x H mm] 800 x 500 Overall height [mm] 700 Working height [mm] 510 Operating pressure [bar] 10 518 3506 REP BOY tyre spreader Tyre spreader for preparing the inspection and repair of car and motorcycle tyres. mechanical 1 • • Specifications: Weight [kg] 26 Accessories: 517 0784 Base plate. • Very compact construction • Operating pressure controlled by hand lever • The tyre is rolled into position up a detachable ladder • Comfortable working height • Ideal for car tyres as well A Ref. for REP BOY 1 Specifications: Weight [kg] 14 517 0777 50 . Designation Qty 517 0777 REP BOY tyre spreader. No.

Specifications: 517 6991 Weight [kg] 1. hydraulic 1 • 517 6984 Hydraulic bead spreader for EM tyres with stiff beads. No. with clamping 1 • • mechanism 595 2988 Specifications: Weight [kg] 4. 4. Spreads car and motorcycle tyres.350 519 9181 EM bead spreader. Specifications: Weight [kg] 6 Spreading range [mm] 340 . EM 1 • For securing spread tyre beads.8 Spreading force [ton] 5.57 517 6991 Spreader bars.4 Size [W x D x H mm] 770 x 200 x 90 Spreading range [mm] 50 .5 Tyre size [inch] 20 .360 519 9239 Spreader bars.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Tyre spreaders Ref. Designation Qty 595 2971 Car tyre spreader 1 • • For easy spreading of tyre beads (2 pieces necessary) 595 2971 595 2988 Tube tensioner Holds the tube and provides a smooth 1 • • A base for processing.2 Spreading range [mm] 230 . with clamping 1 • • mechanism Specifications: 519 8780. truck 1 • For securing spread tyre beads.8 Spreading range [mm] 100 .4 Operating pressure [bar] 6 . Weight [kg] 7. Can be mounted on work bench! 519 8780 Truck tyre spreader. Specifications: Weight [kg] 42 Operating pressure [bar] 6 . pneumatic 1 • • Specifications: Weight [kg] approx.550 519 9239 51 .600 519 9222 EM tyre spreader.530 517 6984 Truck tyre spreader.5 519 9222 Spreading range [mm] 100 .

Power cord (5 m). Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Lighting Voltage Connection Length Ref. No. 595 4515 52 . 595 0069 595 0069 Steel-bristled brush. Power cord (5 m). 595 4515 Tyre scraper BANDAG 1 Especially suitable for profiled inner liners.18" in width. 595 3004 595 3028 Tyre inspection lamp. with coconut fibres 1 For removal of loose buffing dust. 594 0000 Brush. Designation Qty 595 4553 Brass-bristled brush 1 For gentle cleaning of the buffed area. inclu. adjustable 1 Hardness of bristles selectable. 571 9060 Handbrush. with horsehair bristles 1 594 0000 For removal of loose buffing dust. No. 220/8 1 • • • des location holder Suitable for tyres of 5. Tyre inspection lamp without holder (595 3004) Cleaning brushes For cleaning of buffed surfaces and removal of buffing dust in 595 4553 conjunction with a vacuum cleaner. and tyre liners in conjunction with Liquid Buffer. Designation Qty 595 1178 Tyre scraper 1 For flat and curved surfaces.18" A in width. 571 9520 Working light OPUS I 1 • Ease-of-servicing design • No flickering light • Quick-change bulb • Slender shape • Sturdy hosing • Power cord (5 m) • TC-SEL lamp (230 V/11 W) 517 4522 594 0910 Flexarm 500 magnetic clamp 500 1 OPUS I 517 4522 Halogen lamp. 595 1178 Ref. without 220/8 1 • • • holder Suitable for tyres of 5. Ref. 517 4539 Spare lamp.5" . No. 12 V For use with Halogen lamp. Designation [V] [V/W] [mm] Qty 595 3004 Tyre inspection lamp. magnetic (517 4522) 595 3011 Holder 1 For use with Tyre inspection lamp with holder (595 3004). Tyre scrapers For the thorough cleaning of damaged surfaces. 12 V bulb. magnetic 230 1 incl.5" .

medi. Designation range [mm] Qty 595 4467 Steel tape measure 0 . insulated.8- 571 9090 Universal pliers IC 8210 1 594 0580 571 9100 Roller-Stitcher Ref. No.150 1 571 9080 53 . checkered 2 Ø 25 1 595 1044 roller stitcher. Designation [mm] Qty 570 9270 Tyre probe. 200 1 um-hard 3. Designation [mm] Qty 594 0580 Pincers. No.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Tyre probes Length Ref. ball bearing 4 Ø 35 1 checkered 595 1044 595 1123 roller stitcher. Measuring 595 4467 Ref. with wooden handle 140 1 570 9280 Tyre probe. Designation Width (mm) Size (mm) Qty 595 1013 595 1013 roller stitcher.5 Ø 13 1 595 1020 roller stitcher. with lever nose 300 1 571 9100 Universal pliers.300 1 571 9080 Steel ruler. checkered 1. with plastic handle 140 1 570 9280 A Pincers and pliers REMA TIP TOP For the easy removal of foreign objects from tyres. No. flexible 0 . ball bearing 12 Ø 35 1 clogge 595 1123 Measuring tools For accurate measurement of various values on tyre assess- ment. No. Length Ref.

No. etc. For special characters such as &. electric For the hot marking and branding of tyres. %..! 519 0977 Size [L x Connection Type size Ref. No. Designation W mm] [V/W] [mm] Content Qty 519 0977 Branding iron. 1 line 70 x 35 230/300 12 1 A Accessories: 519 0984 Complete set (letters A-Z) 26 1 519 0991 Complete set (numbers 0-9) 10 1 Letters and numbers (for tyre marking) 558 7195 Letter A 1 558 7205 Letter B 1 558 7212 Letter C 1 558 7229 Letter D 1 558 7236 Letter E 1 558 7243 Letter F 1 558 7250 Letter G 1 558 7267 Letter H 1 558 7274 Letter I 1 558 7281 Letter J 1 558 7298 Letter K 1 558 7315 Letter L 1 558 7322 Letter M 1 558 7339 Letter N 1 558 7346 Letter O 1 558 7353 Letter P 1 558 7360 Letter Q 1 558 7377 Letter R 1 558 7384 Letter S 1 558 7391 Letter T 1 558 7401 Letter U 1 558 7418 Letter V 1 558 7425 Letter W 1 558 7432 Letter X 1 558 7449 Letter Y 1 558 7456 Letter Z 1 558 7463 Number 1 1 558 7470 Number 2 1 558 7487 Number 3 1 558 7494 Number 4 1 558 7504 Number 5 1 558 7511 Number 6 1 558 7528 Number 7 1 558 7535 Number 8 1 558 7542 Number 9 1 558 7559 Number 0 1 558 7170 Special character (+) 1 558 7160 Special character (-) 1 54 . please use the collective Ref. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Tyre marking.

for 10 mm chalk 1 595 0227 For use with (595 8432).) 558 9076 Marking with chalk For marking on tyre rubber. Designation 558 9076 SVS TYRE labels. No. The labels are avail- able in any size. Ask for questionnaires. with one.or two-colour print (corporate logo). (595 0203) 595 8425 TIP TOP metal holder 1 For use with (595 8401). minimum quantity of 1000 pieces For temporary identification of tyres in the cold curing process.5 12 1 Can also be used for marking on wet rubber. Ref. (595 8418) 595 8456 Chalk holder. size and print required. No. 595 0052 Patch marking pen. No. 595 0052 55 .Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Tyre marking The SVS TYRE LABELS can be applied directly to the tyre for tem- porary marking. No. Clearly visible! 595 0131 Ref. [mm] Content Qty 595 0131 Lithografic marking chalk SISA white 17 12 1 595 0203 Lithografic marking chalk SISA yellow 17 12 1 595 8401 TIP TOP tyre marker rubber white 13 12 1 595 8401 595 8418 TIP TOP tyre marker yellow 13 12 1 595 8449 Wax marking chalk white 10 20 1 595 8432 Wax marking chalk yellow 10 20 1 595 8432 595 8460 Carmel special chalk white 17.6 mm F blue 10 1 595 0179 Marking pen 5 1 For labelling rubber items of any kind. (Collective Ref. Designation Colour Content Qty 595 0045 Rubber marking pen silver 595 0045 For labelling rubber items of any kind. Designation Colour Dia. Accessories: 595 0227 Chalk holder SISA 1 595 8460 For use with (595 0131). 0.: please specify the quan- tity. (595 8449) 595 8425 Marking with pen For writing directly on rubber or marking field of repair patches. The production and processing of SVS TYRE LABELS are state-of-the-art and comply with the highest quality standards (feather-edged shape of the labels). A Ref.

28 mm. lockable carrying handle. 240 V (UK version) 240 1 • 56 . The compact regrooving tool containing all components in the handle. 220/240V 220/240 1 • 564 1017 RUBBER CUT 400 Ergonomic design of the handle makes working easier.28 mm. Designation Voltage [V] Qty 564 1103 RUBBER CUT 400. 115V 115 1 • 564 1110 RUBBER CUT 400. pre- pared for wall mounting. Ref. Automatic overheating cutout according to DIN 30600. meets recog- nized safety standards. 220/240V 220/240 1 • 564 1127 RUBBER CUT 400. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories RUBBER CUT 300 Ergonomic design of the handle makes working easier. Integrated trans- former with 2-step cutting capacity. Allows fast and accurate regrooving of the tread. No. Cutting width with FIX regrooving blades 3 . GS-tested. Switch control with up to 8 positions. Insulated cutting head. Automatic overheating cutout according to DIN 30600. Designation Voltage [V] Qty 564 1000 RUBBER CUT 300. Insulated cutting head. Cutting width with FIX regrooving blades 3 . Switch control with up to 8 positions. easy handling. More freedom of movement and easy guiding due to separation of handle and transformer. Excellent as a spare tool or for shops requiring a regroover only occasion- A ally. No. 115V 115 1 • 564 1017 RUBBER CUT 300. for high cutting intensity. for high cutting intensity. 564 1110 Ref.

10 20 1 564 2889 564 2834 R Fix 4 9 . No. 16 20 1 519 1653 564 2906 W Fix 6 22 . 400 R Fix = round blade. 8 20 1 564 2827 R Fix 3 6-8 max.10 max. No.28 max. including steel-reinforced patches. W Fix = angle blade. 14 20 1 564 2896 W Fix 5 10 . Easier handling thanks to additional handle. 16 20 1 564 2858 W Fix 1 3-4 max. 1 • • • • (US version) Specifications: Connection [V] 115 Accessories: 564 1251 HOT CUTTER blade 21 10 10 1 type 1 57 . 8 20 1 564 2872 W Fix 3 6-8 max.35 112 1 gauge 519 1828 HOT CUTTER Special thermal cutting tool for quick and easy removal of inner liners or old repair patches of any type.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Accessories . 10 20 1 564 2889 W Fix 4 9 . Designation [mm] [mm] range [mm] [g] Content Qty 564 2803 R Fix 1 3-4 max. 14 20 1 564 2841 R Fix 5 10 .14 max.14 max. Designation [mm] [mm] Content Qty 564 1206 HOT CUTTER 1 • • • • 564 1206 Specifications: Connection [V] 230 564 1213 HOT CUTTER. 7 20 1 A 564 2810 R Fix 2 5-6 max.30 1 519 1828 Digital tread depth 0 . Cutting Cutting width depth Ref.10 max. 16 10 1 564 1020 Gauge. for setting 1 the cutting depth 519 1653 Tread depth gauge 0 .RUBBER CUT 300. Cutting Cutting 564 2834 width depth Measuring Weight Ref. 7 20 1 564 1020 564 2865 W Fix 2 5-6 max.

for overflow cutter 1 595 2108 Scratch knife. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Tools for Tire Repair Cutting tools For the preparation of damages on tyres of every type. 519 7120 519 7130 Blade set 12 1 For use with DOT/serial numbers knife handle (519 7120) 519 7059 Overflow cutter 519 7066 Spare blade. for scratch knife 1 595 2139 595 2139 Offset flexible knife 1 595 2287 Scissors. knobbed plastic handle • Ergonomic handle 595 2184 595 2191 Rubber knife. 8" 200 1 • Chromium-plated blade • Black. industrial quality 200 1 595 2304 Scissors. 12" 310 1 • Chromium-plated blade • Black. 8". adjustable 1 595 2287 595 2146 Spare blade. Designation [mm] [mm] Content Qty 595 0801 Side cutter for steelcord 1 • Toggle joint reduces expenditure of force • With opening spring 595 2074 • Plastic coated handle 595 2074 Skiving knife. with retractable blade 210 1 595 2218 Spare blade 1 595 2108 For use with Cutter 8" (595 2177) 595 4539 595 4539 Knife. large 50 1 519 7066 Spare blade. 4". knobbed plastic handle • Ergonomic handle 595 2184 Rubber knife. knobbed plastic handle • Ergonomic anti-slipping handle 595 2067 Rubber knife. flexible 100 1 519 7059 Overflow cutter. for overflow cutter 1 595 2160 595 2225 Wetstone 230 1 595 2160 Steel sharpener with plastic handle 230 1 595 2225 58 . 4". No. tapered 100 1 595 4546 Knife. 8". industrial quality 255 1 519 7120 DOT/serial numbers knife handle 1 Special knife for removal of original 519 7059 DOT/serial numbers. knobbed plastic handle 595 2050 • Ergonomic handle 595 2067 595 2050 Rubber knife. 6" 145 1 • Chromium-plated blade • Black. knobbed plastic handle • Ergonomic handle 595 2177 Rubber knife. A Length Width Ref. 10" 250 1 • Chromium-plated blade 595 2177 • Black. 10". 5" 125 595 0801 • Chromium-plated blade • Black.

pointed 2500 22 60 140 1 595 5033 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 13 mm 595 5002 HM mill cutter. pointed 2500 8 50 100 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 8 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 595 5060 595 5060 HM mill cutter.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories HM mill cutters and routers For the precise injury preparation on radial and cross-ply tires.5 30 90 1 A Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4962 HM mill cutter. length Length 595 4962 Ref. Blade Speed Dia. Specifications: 595 5026 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 10 mm 595 4900 HM router/burr. pointed 2500 6 50 90 1 Specifications: 595 4948 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4948 HM mill cutter. pointed 2500 4. pointed (extra long) 2500 9.5 60 250 1 For EM SEALASTIC preparation of injuries using a drilling machine. pointed 2500 12 60 110 1 Specifications: 595 5040 Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 10 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6593 595 5033 HM mill cutter. pointed 2500 10 60 110 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 10 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6593 595 5040 HM mill cutter. pointed 2500 17 60 140 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 13 mm 595 5026 HM mill cutter. pointed 25000 3 25 50 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 3 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6782 595 4924 HM router/burr. Special profile adapted to steel cord preparation. [mm] [mm] [mm] Qty 595 5019 HM mill cutter. Designation [rpm] max. Long service life. blunt headed 25000 6 25 65 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4924 595 4955 HM Ballshaped burr 25000 20 1 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4931 595 4955 59 . pointed 25000 6 25 65 1 595 5002 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4931 HM router/burr. No.

pointed 25 3/8 102 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 8872 Chip rasps / buffing wheels. standard class For buffing rubber and textile plies. [rpm] Thread Ref. Designation [mm] [inch] [mm] [rpm] max. No. pointed 25 3/8 50 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 8982 Chip cone K 36. pointed 25 3/8 102 4500 1 • • Specifications: 595 0739 Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 0746 Chip cone K 18.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 8779 Buffing wheel K 36 3 50 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . Speed Width Dia. [inch] Qty 595 8786 Buffing wheel K 18 3 50 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . rounded 20 3/8 38 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 0746 595 8872 Chip cone K 18. Qty A 595 0739 Chip cone K 18. Thread Length Speed Ref. No. Designation [mm] [mm] max. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Chip cones. Dia. standard class Carbide buffing tools.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 8755 Chip rasp K 16 3 50 4500 3/8 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 8793 Chip rasp K 18 3 50 4500 3/8 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 60 .

Please order special sizes using the collective Ref. standard class Carbide buffing tools. [rpm] Thread 595 8786 Ref. Designation Dia. 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 61 . 595 9974 and precisely specifying the dimensions required! Ref. [inch] Qty 595 8810 Chip rasp K 18 5 50 4500 3/8 1 • • • A Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 8793 595 8762 Chip rasp K 14 5 50 4500 3/8 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 8858 Chip rasp K 18 10 50 4500 3/8 1 • • • 595 8810 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 4388 Chip rasp K 18 13 50 4500 3/8 1 • • Specifications: 595 8858 Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 4395 Buffing wheel K 36 13 50 4500 3/8 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 4388 595 8827 Chip rasp K 18 19 50 4500 3/8 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 8834 Doughnut wheel K 18. 14 mm bore 16 76 4500 1 • • 595 4395 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6634 595 8841 Doughnut rasp K 18. Designation [mm] [mm] max. [mm] Speed [rpm] Qty 595 8920 595 8920 Ball shaped chip rasp K 18 20 max. No. No. No.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Speed Width Dia. 14 mm bore 19 102 4500 1 • Specifications: 595 8827 Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6634 595 8834 595 8841 Ball shaped chip rasps.

[inch] Qty A 595 8865 Dome rasp K 18 50 3/8 4500 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick 519 6610 release chuck 595 8975 Dome rasp K 36 50 3/8 4500 1 • • Specifications: 595 8865 Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick 519 6610 release chuck 595 4319 Dome rasp K 46 65 4500 3/8 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick 519 6627 595 4223 release chuck 595 9000 Dome rasp K 36 30 3/8 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick 519 6610 release chuck 595 4209 595 4223 Dome rasp K 18 76 4500 14 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick 519 6634 release chuck 595 4216 Dome rasp K 36 65 4500 14 1 • • Specifications: 595 4247 Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick 519 6634 release chuck 595 4209 Dome rasp K 36 76 4500 14 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick 519 6634 595 4230 release chuck 595 4247 Dome rasp K 18 102 4500 14 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick 519 6634 release chuck 595 4230 Dome rasp K 36 102 4500 14 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick 519 6634 release chuck 62 . Carbide buffing tools. 595 9974 and precisely specifying the dimensions required! Speed Dia. No. Designation [mm] [inch] max. standard class For buffing on inner liner or other smooth rubber surfaces. Thread [rpm] Bore Ø Ref. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Domed contour rasps. Please order special sizes using the collective Ref. No.

Ø 6 mm x 15 mm • 1 contour rasp K 60. silver class Set of small buffing tools for finish buffing work. Ø 3 mm x 25 mm • 1 cone rasp K 60. Speed Length Ref. silver class For finishing work on rubber surfaces. Designation [inch] [mm] [rpm] max. Designation max. Speed [rpm] Ref.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Buffing set. Ø 15 mm x 3 mm • 1 ball rasp K 60. Content Qty 595 4711 Mini buffing set 4500 4 1 • • A Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 3 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6782 Scope of delivery: • 1 cone rasp K 60. No. [mm] Qty 595 4357 595 4357 Dome rasp K 36 3/8 65 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 4656 Dome rasp K 36 14 76 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 with poly plug 595 0533 595 4656 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6634 with poly plug 519 6665 595 4632 Dome rasp K 36 44 4500 19 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 4670 Dome rasp K 36 14 102 4500 1 • • 595 4632 Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6634 595 4687 Dome rasp K 60 3/8 32 4500 18 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 595 4670 595 4735 Dome rasp K 36 3/8 32 4500 18 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 Accessories: 595 4364 Poly plug 3/8 65 4500 1 • • Specifications: 595 4735 Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6610 For use with Dome rasp (595 4175) 595 4663 Poly plug 14 76 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 0533 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6665 595 4364 For use with Dome rasp (595 4656) 63 . Bore Ø Dia. No. Ø 10 mm 595 4711 Domed buffing rasp.

Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Buffing kit. 4 . pointed. The convenient box contains eight essential special tools. 3/8" • 595 4412 1 stone cutting disk. REMA TIP TOP The REMA TIP TOP BASIC buffing kit offers a new way of flexi- bility. The tools are clearly arranged and embedded in foam plastic retainers to avoid damage to the buffing tools. 50 mm • 595 5057 1 pencil buffer K 36. 30 mm • 595 4319 1 dome rasp K 46 64 . Designation Content Qty 595 4750 Buffing kit BASIC 8 1 Scope of delivery: • 595 8975 1 dome contour rasp K 36.6 mm • 519 6610 1 adapter NV 11. 32 mm • 595 0650 1 stone cutting disk. pointed. 50 mm • 595 8810 1 chip rasp K 18. No. 40 mm • 595 9000 1 contour wheel K 36. The benefits: A • Flexible use for repair work • Everything immediately available • Careful storage of the tools • All buffing tools can be ordered separately • Space saving and clear arrangement 595 4750 Ref.

brass-coated 8 55 2800 1 • • • • • • steel wire Specifications: Arbour for hand drill –Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0076 Rotary brush. No. cylindrical 25 16 80 2800 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill – 595 0540 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 595 0564 Rotary brush.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Rotary wire brushes For the careful treatment of rubber steel cord. No. steel wire 20 60 2800 1 • • • • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . cylindrical. plastic embedded 8 14 76 2800 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4261 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6634 595 4175 Rotary brush. Please order special sizes using the collective Ref. cylindrical.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0571 Rotary brush. cylindrical 25 16 100 2800 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill – 595 0540 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 595 4560 Spiral / pencil brush 25 8 2800 1 • • For the repair of very small injuries. Specifications: Arbour for hand drill –Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4522 595 4168 595 4175 595 0722 595 0076 595 0571 595 0564 595 4560 65 . plastic embedded 7 3/8 50 2800 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 4034 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6627 595 4168 Rotary brush. cylindrical. plastic embedded 20 14 76 2800 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 0533 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6665 595 0722 Rotary brush. 595 9550 and precisely specifying the dimensions required! A Width Bore Ø Dia. Designation [mm] [inch] [mm] [rpm] max. Speed Ref. cylindrical. Qty 595 4522 Rotary brush.

Speed Width Dia. spherical 60 4500 M12 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 0557 Arbour for quick release chuck 595 0557 + 519 6689 595 0083 Limestone. Designation [mm] [mm] max. [rpm] Bore Ø A Ref. rounded 30 90 4500 16 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 0540 Arbour for quick release chuck 595 0540 + 595 6689 595 0605 Limestone. cylindrical 15 60 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 0100 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0588 Limestone. [mm] Thread Qty 595 0117 Limestone. cylindrical 30 90 4500 16 1 • • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill 595 0540 Arbour for quick release chuck 595 0540 + 519 6689 595 0595 Limestone. spherical. with shaft 38 4500 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0117 595 0588 595 0595 595 0605 595 0083 66 . Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Limestones Limestones for buffing soft rubber grades such as inner liners. No.

Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4810 Pointed cone stone 25000 14 45 1 • • • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . Width Bore Ø Speed Dia. pointed 6 25000 32 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill .595 0674 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 + 595 0674 595 0636 Grinding disk. blunt 6 25000 25 1 • • • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . cylindrical 10 16 9000 100 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . spherical 25000 20 1 • • • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . cylindrical 7 16 9000 76 1 • • • A Specifications: Arbour for hand drill .Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4412 Round mushroom stone.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0629 Cone stone 25000 20 65 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . for steel cord preparation on tyres. Length Ref. Designation [mm] [mm] [rpm] max.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4405 Pencil stone 25000 8 25 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . [mm] [mm] Qty 595 0667 Grinding disk.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4780 Cutting disk.595 0674 Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 + 595 0674 595 0650 Round mushroom stone.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Grinding tools for steel cord preparation Rotary high speed stones.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 4797 Cutting disk 10 25000 50 1 • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . No.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0667 595 0650 595 4780 595 4412 595 0629 595 4405 595 0681 67 .Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 595 0681 Ball stone. pointed 10 25000 40 1 • • • • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill .

4 mm attachment 519 6270 Arbour 8 1 595 4261 519 6270 For use with buffing rasps R5 and R6 68 . 3/8" bore 595 4034 Arbour 8 1 For use with buffing tools with 3/8" thread. No. wire brush (595 0564). [mm] Qty 595 0100 Arbour 6 1 595 0100 595 4034 For use with buffing disk (595 0117) 595 3932 Arbour 6 1 For use with buffing tools with 3/8" thread.Fixed shaft 8 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6689 Scope of delivery: 595 5552 • 1 buffing sleeve • 4 spare bands 595 5576 Spare buffing band K 40 30 2800 75 1 595 5569 Spare buffing band K 60 30 2800 75 1 594 0830 Flap wheel K 80 30 6500 60 1 • • Specifications: 594 0830 Arbour for hand drill . Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories ES finish buffer ES buffing bands can be mounted or removed by turning them slightly to the right. Shaft Ref.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 Jacob chuck type arbours For secure mounting of buffing tools on the driving machine. dome rasp with POLYPLUG 76 mm (595 4656) 595 0540 Arbour 8 1 For use with wire brush (595 0571). Height Speed Dia. This allows easy changing of band. limestone (595 0595) 595 0540 595 0557 595 0557 Arbour 8 1 For use with ball rasp (595 0605) 595 4261 Arbour 8 1 For use with buffing tools with 14 mm bore and max. A Ref. [mm] Qty 595 5507 ES 45 finish buffer kit K 60 30 2800 45 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill . limestone (595 0588). No. 3/8" bore 595 4302 Arbour 8 1 For use with rotary gouge (595 4292) 595 4302 595 0533 595 0533 Arbour 8 1 For use with wire brush (595 4175). Designation dia. Designation [mm] [rpm] max.Fixed shaft 6 mm Arbour for quick release chuck 519 6672 Scope of delivery: • 1 buffing sleeve • 5 buffing bands 595 5507 595 5514 Spare buffing band K 60 30 2800 45 1 595 5521 Spare buffing band K 40 30 2800 45 1 595 5552 ES 75 finish buffer kit K 60 30 2800 75 1 • • Specifications: Arbour for hand drill .

M 14. truck and EM tyres. Ref. 10 mm bore 1 For use with all tools with 10 mm shaft 519 6610 Arbour NV 11. Designation Qty 519 6603 Quick release action chuck QC.Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Arbours .24 1 For use with buffing wheel 13 mm height. buffing wheel Ø 50 x 3 mm 519 6634 Arbour NV 11.24 1 For use with Arbour MK 1 (595 4010) 519 6782 Arbour NV 11. large.55 1 For use with (517 3602) 517 3602 517 3626 Spare ram 0. 8 mm bore 1 For use with all tools with 8 mm shaft 519 6593 Arbour NV 11. 6 mm bore 1 For use with all tools with 6 mm shaft 519 6603 519 6782 519 6672 519 6689 Arbour NV 11.24. buffing wheel with PU insert (595 4656) 519 6627 519 6634 519 6665 Pneumatic Tools Patch hammer Facilitates the application of large. and contour disks 519 6689 519 6593 519 6610 519 6627 Arbour NV 11. 3/8" . with metal ram 1. M 14. No. 16 mm attachment 1 For use with wire brush (595 4175). Ø 50 mm. with plastic ram 1. 3/8" . 21 mm thread length 1 For use with gouge Ø 30 mm. for optimum control 1 of the patch hammer 69 . 11 mm thread length 1 For use with contour disks and buffing wheels with Ø 76 mm + Ø 102 mm 519 6665 Arbour NV 11. multi-ply repair patches to passenger car. Designation Weight [kg] Qty 517 4450 Patch hammer. 3 mm bore 1 A For use with all tools with 3 mm shaft 519 6672 Arbour NV 11.9 1 • • • Specifications: Connection [inch] 1/4 Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 Accessories: 517 3619 Spare spring 0.0 1 • • Specifications: Connection [inch] 1/4 Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 517 4450 517 3602 Patch hammer.adapters for quick release chuck type For the secure fastening of buffing tools in the quick coupling.262 1 For use with (517 3602) 538 1009 Pressure equalizing cloth. 3/8" . Ref. No. compact.

3600 Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 517 2933 595 0234 Air buffer AIR SUPER (type PN) UT 8742 HMA. Designation Qty 517 2933 Air buffer CP 871. 1 quick release (QR) chuck Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 .22000 Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 Accessories: 517 2861 Exhaust hose PN. with 6 mm collet chuck 1 Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 .3600 Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 595 5583 Air buffer AIR SUPER RC. 2 m 1 For use with (517 2933) 517 3097 Universal Quick-Twist clamping chuck.8 517 2847 Accessories: 517 2854 Special saw blades. with 3/8" thread 1 517 3097 519 6775 For changing tools quickly and easily. high speed.20000 A Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 518 4206 Air buffer RT 1532 D. pneumatic 1 • For the preparation of sidewall damages to truck tyres. No. 1 with quick release chuck 595 0234 Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 . 3 m 1 595 0258 For use with (595 0234) 595 5590 Exhaust hose RC 1 For use with (595 5583) 517 2940 Exhaust hose. All chucks (6 mm) Pneumatic fret saws For removal of steel plies embedded within the rubber. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Heavy-duty buffers For buffing and grinding work. Ref.3400 Operating pressure [bar] 6-8 595 0258 Air Buffer UT 8721. rear exhaust through hose. pneumatic 1 519 7028 Accessories: 519 7080 Spare vacuum bag 1 70 . 519 6775 Collet chuck reducer. with chuck 1 Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 . Ref. for steel/rubber 10 Specifications: Length [mm] 85 Vacuum cleaner for dust/water For removal of dust and water from the tyre. No. No. 6 mm to 3 mm 1 For use with (595 0258). with chuck and 2 m hose 1 Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 . Designation Qty 517 2847 Fret saw. Designation Qty 519 7028 Vacuum cleaner for dust/water. Ref. Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 6 .

Designation Length [mm] Content Qty 595 4852 Electric fret saw 1 Specifications: Stroke [mm] 27 Speed [1/min] 0 . 0 .240/550 Accessories: 517 3286 Flexible Shaft.450. continuously adjustable speed. Ref. for use with drill machine 1. No.and left-hand rotation 594 0880 Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 .240/1010 571 9110 DUSS hand drill B13/2 RLE 1 • Right.7 approx.9 Connection [V/W] 220/650 594 0590 BOSCH drill machine PSB 550 RE 1 Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 .3000 517 3286 Weight [kg] 1.1550 Weight [kg] 1.4 Connection [V/W] 220 . extra blade motion can be selected to facilitate your work.2400 Weight [kg] 3.5 595 4852 Connection [V/W] 230/1300 Accessories: 595 4876 Saw blades. for steel/rubber 150 5 1 595 4883 Saw blades. Supplied in metal case. A Ref. 517 3293 Holder.950.5 Connection [V/W] 220 . 0 . Designation Weight [kg] Length [mm] Qty 594 0880 METABO drill machine SBE 1010 Plus CODE 1 • Two speeds • Right. No. 1600 1 For buffing tools up to 65 mm in diameter. for steel/rubber 200 5 1 71 . Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Electric tools Hand drills Powerful machines for driving buffing and milling tools.2400 Weight [kg] 2.and left-hand rotation • High torque (45 Nm in first gear) 571 9110 • Specially suitable for EM/OTR repairs Specifications: Rotating speed [1/min] 0 . for drill machine 1 517 3293 517 3303 Holder for flexible shaft 1 Electric fret saw For removing damaged material when skiving out injuries on EM tyres.

in display box. Avoids costly downtime of vehicles and A equipment. 72 . SB 250 ml tube 12 • 593 1291 TT SEAL. 100 ml/stroke 1 593 1284 TT SEAL valve adapter VG12 to VG8 1 583 1040 TT SEAL warning label 1 Tyre sealant TT-SEAL Preventive tyre sealant for tube-type and tubeless tyres. Includes adapter tube. from smaller punctures. SB 250 ml tube 5 • 593 2670 TT SEAL 10 • Guards against punctures in tube-type and tubeless tyres. Vulcanizing Machines and Accessories Preventive tyre sealant TT SEAL XXL The preventive tyre sealant for all pneumatic tyres. Ref. Designation Content Qty 593 1239 TT SEAL. e. Stays effective during the whole service life of a tyre. Automatically seals smaller injuries. No. Helps to avoid costs arising from the breakdown of expensive vehicles such as agri- cultural tractors.g. A detailed list of the quantities required for the respective tyre sizes is enclosed with the product. No. Free of CFC and aromatic com- pounds. Accessories: 593 1277 TT SEAL hand pump XXL. Affects neither existing tyre repairs nor the repairability of a tyre. Designation Content Qty 593 1253 TT SEAL XXL 30 l container 1 • • 593 1260 TT SEAL XXL 60 l container 1 • • 593 1277 A detailed list of the quantities required for the respective tyre sizes is enclosed with the product. 593 1239 593 2670 Ref. Released for a maximum speed of 80 km/h. Contains anti-corrosive agents for protection of rims and metal parts. Reduces the risk of tyre failures due to slow air loss. Reduces the risk of slow air loss that often results from smaller punctures. Product properties: • Seals punctures up to 8 mm • Easy introduction into mounted tyres 593 1260 • Effective during the whole service life of a tyre • Maintains the repairability of the tyre Caution: Released for a maximum speed of 40 km/h.

Wheel Fasteners B 73 . Tyre Pressure Monitoring Systems. Balance Weights.Valves.

Designation DIN TR No. Valves. car Valves with metal base Ref. No. Bending angle [°] 562 1006 Valve 7761 562 1013 Valve 6 eq 562 1020 Valve 7766 90 B 562 1006 562 1037 Valve 88 eq 90 562 1013 562 1020 562 1037 Tube valves. Designation TR No. 562 1202 Valve 17 A 562 1202 74 . balance weights. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No. motorcycle Valves with metal base Ref. wheel fasteners Tube valves.

double bend 85 562 7639 Screw-in valve. double bend 75 double bend 562 7622 Screw-in valve. double bend 140 562 7134 Screw-in valve. balance weights. No. single bend 50 562 7419 Screw-in valve. 24 mm 75 . triple bend 115 562 7110 Screw-in valve. tyre pressure monitoring systems. double bend 105 562 7660 Screw-in valve. single bend 75 B 562 7426 Screw-in valve. single bend 135 562 7495 Screw-in valve. triple bend 135 562 7103 Screw-in valve. triple bend 105 562 7158 Screw-in valve. single bend 85 562 7433 Screw-in valve. single bend 105 single bend 562 7464 Screw-in valve. triple bend 95 562 7127 Screw-in valve. bus Screw-in valves VG8. truck. single bend 115 562 7471 Screw-in valve. triple bend 127 562 7165 Screw-in valve. wheel fasteners Tube valves. single bend 95 562 7457 Screw-in valve. double bend 95 562 7653 Screw-in valve.Valves. Designation Length [mm] 562 7392 Screw-in valve. double bend 115 562 7677 Screw-in valve. triple bend 140 Accessories: 562 2768 562 2768 Rubber seal. Michelin Ref. double bend 135 562 7691 Screw-in valve. dia. double bend 127 triple bend 562 7684 Screw-in valve. single bend 127 562 7488 Screw-in valve. single bend 60 (increased bend radius) 562 7402 Screw-in valve. single bend 140 562 7608 Screw-in valve.

single bend 105 1077 A B 562 2050 Screw-in valve. single bend 127 1078 A 562 2074 Screw-in valve. No. double bend 75 1075 A 562 2421 Screw-in valve. Ref. single bend 85 1076 A 562 2036 Screw-in valve. plastic 76 . double bend 140 1179 A Accessories: 562 2775 Rubber seal. single bend 95 1177 A 562 2043 Screw-in valve. Designation Length [mm] 562 3011 Tractor valve 54 562 3004 Tractor valve. single bend 140 1179 A single bend 562 2414 Screw-in valve. old version 562 2885 Rim nut. AS Valves with metal base Ref. Designation Length [mm] Bending angle [°] TR No. tyre pressure monitoring systems. single bend 75 1075 A 562 2029 Screw-in valve. single bend 50 1227 A 562 2005 Screw-in valve. double bend 95 1177 A 562 2445 Screw-in valve. double bend 105 1077 A 562 2452 Screw-in valve. chromium plated 562 2861 Rim nut. single bend 115 1175 A 562 2067 Screw-in valve. No.562 1381 Tube valves. balance weights. 31 mm 562 2775 562 8401 562 8401 Reducing ring nut VG12 to VG8 Valves with metal base Ref. Designation Length [mm] TR No. 562 2108 Screw-in valve. single bend 60 1274 A 562 2012 Screw-in valve. single bend 135 1178 A 562 2081 Screw-in valve. double bend 127 1078 A 562 2483 Screw-in valve. 562 1329 Valve 75 90 75 562 1343 Valve 95 90 76 562 1381 Valve 127 90 78 562 1329 . double bend 115 1175 A double bend 562 2469 Screw-in valve. double bend 85 1076 A 562 2438 Screw-in valve. wheel fasteners Screw-in valves VG12 For tubes of older design. old version 54 Accessories: 562 3066 Core insert 562 3011 562 3066 562 3042 562 3042 Core insert. dia. Valves. No.

5 412S High-temperature valve core 562 2531 562 2517 Metal valves Valve dia. No.3 90 562 2500 562 2586 B 562 2517 Snap-in valve.3 black 90 562 1140 Aluminium valve 8. angle [°] 562 2500 Snap-in valve 8. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Designation [mm] [bar] TR No. Designation [mm] DIN Colour TR No.3 silver 90 562 1120 Aluminium valve 8. motorcycle Snap-in valves Valve Maximum dia. balance weights. pressure Bending Ref. with metal cap 11. No. Bending Ref.5 438 562 2586 Snap-in valve 8.3 gold 90 562 1150 Aluminium valve 11.3 7782 562 2720 Metal valve 8.3 gold 90 562 2603 562 2720 562 2830 562 1110 562 1120 562 1130 562 1140 562 1150 77 .3 430 562 2830 Aluminium valve 8.3 4. angle [°] 562 2603 Metal valve 8.3 black 90 562 1130 Aluminium valve 11.3 4.3 90 562 2531 Snap-in valve 11.Valves. wheel fasteners Tubeless valves.3 silver 90 562 1110 Aluminium valve 11.

563 1200 Snap-in valve 11.5 418 562 2579 562 2634.3 4. balance weights. No. Designation [mm] [mm] No. 563 1230 Snap-in valves. No.3 49 V2-03-2 7780 4.5 418 78 .5 414 562 2373 Snap-in valve 11.5 415 563 1240 Snap-in valve 11. tyre pressure monitoring systems. core & cap unmounted Valve dia.5 415 Snap-in valves. 562 2555.5 418 562 2548 562 2641. Designation [mm] pressure [bar] No.5 418 562 2524 562 2562.3 4.5 414 L 562 2562 Snap-in valve 11.5 V2-03-4 4.3 4.3 60 V2-03-9 4.5 562 2641 Snap-in valve 11. standard Valve dia.5 413 562 2555 Snap-in valve 11.3 4.5 414 562 2524 Snap-in valve 11.5 413 562 2366 Snap-in valve 11. Length ETRTO pressure TR Ref.5 413 562 2359 Snap-in valve 11.5 414 563 1230 Snap-in valve 16 4. 562 2342 Snap-in valve 11. car. premium Valve Maximum dia.3 61.3 4. Designation [mm] pressure [bar] No. Valves. cap unmounted Valve dia.3 4. 562 2627.3 4. Maximum TR Ref. No.5 423 562 2634 Snap-in valve 16 43 V2-03-3 7780 4. 562 2335 Snap-in valve 11. No. DIN [bar] No.3 4.3 33 V2-03-6 4. Maximum TR Ref. 563 1200 562 2579 Snap-in valve 11.3 4. van Snap-in valves.5 412 B 562 2627 Snap-in valve 11.3 4.3 43 V2-03-1 7780 4. Designation [mm] pressure [bar] No. 562 2548 Snap-in valve 8. 563 1240 Snap-in valves. Maximum TR Ref.5 412 563 1210 563 1220 563 1210 Snap-in valve 11.5 413 563 1220 Snap-in valve 11.3 74 4.3 57 V2-03-8 4.5 414 562 2380 Snap-in valve 11. wheel fasteners Tubeless valves.

5 418 562 2397 562 2304 562 2311 562 2328 B Snap-in valves with metal base Valve dia.3 4. TR No. 563 1160 563 1110 563 1120 563 1130 563 1150 Snap-in valves.3 4. Maximum TR Ref.3 4. No. 562 2809 Snap-in valve 11. Length Maximum Ref. Designation [mm] pressure [bar] No.3 4. 563 1110 Snap-in valve 11. No. Designation [mm] [mm] pressure [bar] ETRTO No. Designation [mm] pressure [bar] No.5 413 562 2311 Snap-in valve 11.3 4. wheel fasteners Snap-in valves. metal cap Valve dia.5 413 562 2816 Snap-in valve 11.3 43 14 V3-23-1 413 563 1130 Snap-in valve 11.3 33 14 V2-03-6 412 563 1120 Snap-in valve 11. 562 2397 Snap-in valve 11.5 414 562 2328 Snap-in valve 11.5 14 V3-23-2 418 Accessories: 563 1160 Valve removal tool For removal of snap-in valves with metal base.5 412 562 2304 Snap-in valve 11. Maximum TR Ref.5 414 562 2823 Snap-in valve 11.3 49 14 V2-03-2 414 563 1150 Snap-in valve 11. No. chromium socket Valve dia.3 61.3 4. balance weights.Valves.3 4.5 418 562 2809 562 2816 562 2823 79 . tyre pressure monitoring systems.

3 26.3 45 MS 562 2696 Metal valve 11. Length TR Ref.5 MS 562 2751 Metal valve 9.3 40 MS 7778 4169 562 2610 Metal valve 16 40 MS 7779 416 562 2689 562 2696 562 2610 Metal valves.3 42 MS with plastic washer 562 2665 Metal valve 11. 562 2713 Metal valve 8.3 38.3 37 562 2957 Aluminium valve 11. No.3 39 562 2933 Aluminium valve 11. standard Valve dia. 11.3 42 562 2933 562 2940 562 2957 80 . aluminium Aluminium alloy reduces weight by about 65% compa- red with conventional metal valves. Designation [mm] [mm] DIN No. Designation [mm] Length [mm] 562 2902 Aluminium valve 8.5 562 2919 Aluminium valve 8. No. Valve dia.85 30 MS 562 2744 Metal valve 11.3 42 MS B 562 2782 Metal valve 11. tyre pressure monitoring systems.3 42 MS 562 2658 Metal valve 11.3 42 MS 562 2658 562 2782 562 2995 562 2665 562 2689 Metal valve 11. 562 2902 562 2919 562 2926 Ref. balance weights.3 34 562 2940 Aluminium valve 11.3 42 MS 562 2995 Metal valve.3 37 MS 562 2713 562 2751 562 2744 562 2672 562 2672 Metal valve 11.3 34 562 2926 Aluminium valve 8. wheel fasteners Metal valves. Valves.

truck. contamination and tearing off. balance weights. Length pressure Alligator Ref. No. sabotage. No.3 1 562 1408 I-Vent 11.3 40 MS 14 51. Ref.3 47 MS 14 51. 562 3320 Metal valve ASC-HT 11.3 60 MS 14 51.2583 562 3340 Metal valve ASC-HT 11. Valve dia. wheel fasteners Metal valves (I-Vent) These valves improve the aesthetic impression and the design of the rim substantially.Valves. bus Metal valves. Metal valves (I-Vent) (562 1408) 562 1420. Valve Maximum dia.3 1 Scope of delivery: • 4 valves with screw cap • 2 spare caps B • 1 removable valve stem inflator Accessories: 562 1415 Removable valve stem inflator For use with Metal valves (I-Vent) (562 1420). vehicles with high tyre pressure. 562 1408 Tubeless valves. van Metal valves for highly stressed wheels on vans.2573 562 3320 562 3330 Metal valve ASC-HT 11. The valve is protected by its special con- struction against pressure loss.2593 562 3330 562 3340 81 . Designation [mm] [mm] [bar] No. and high temperatures. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Designation [mm] Qty 562 1420 I-Vent 8. Fits for cars and motorcycles.

Length ETRTO Bending Ref.7 59 MS 543 E 75 562 2799 562 6702 562 6506.7 119 MS 27 562 6977 Metal valve 9.7 MS Valve dia.562 6575 562 6513 82 .7 90 MS V3-20-4 27 562 6850 Metal valve 9.7 59 MS 543 C 45 562 6551 Metal valve 9. standard 9. 9.7 36 MS V3-20-1 562 6506 Metal valve 9. Designation [mm] [mm] No.7 91 MS 545 D 60 562 6575 Metal valve 9.7 115 MS V3-20-6 27 562 6867 Metal valve 9.7 119 MS V3-20-8 12 562 6836 562 6843 562 6805 562 6898 562 6812 562 6960 .7 100 MS V3-20-12 27 B 562 6991 Metal valve 9.7 36 MS V3-20-1 562 6898 Metal valve 9. Designation [mm] [mm] TR No. angle [°] 562 2799 Metal valve 9.7 58 MS 45 562 6812 Metal valve 9. tyre pressure monitoring systems.7 100 MS V3-20-11 27 562 6836 Metal valve 9. wheel fasteners Metal valves.562 6867 562 6977 Metal valves. No.7 60 MS 543 D 60 562 6537 Metal valve 9. 562 6719 562 6551 562 6568 .7 100 MS 12 562 6843 Metal valve 9. No. nickel-plated.7 59 MS 543 562 6513 Metal valve 9. Valves.7 70 MS V3-20-5 27 562 6568 Metal valve 9.7 80 MS V3-20-7 27 562 6829 Metal valve 9.7 MS Valve dia. for aluminium rims. Length ETRTO Bending Ref. angle [°] 562 6805 Metal valve 9. balance weights. No.7 70 MS V3-20-5 27 562 6960 Metal valve 9.7 72 MS 50 562 6520 Metal valve 9.7 32 MS 542 562 6702 Metal valve 9.7 90 MS 545 562 6719 Metal valve 9.7 75 MS 544 D 60 562 6544 Metal valve 9.

balance weights. standard 16 MS Valve dia.7 70 MS 27 562 6690 B Metal valves. 562 9723 562 9723 Metal valve 16 42 MS 501 563 5016 Metal valve 16 54 MS 500 563 5023 Metal valve 16 84 MS 570 563 5030 Metal valve 16 89 MS 571 563 5047 Metal valve 16 99 MS 572 563 5054 Metal valve 16 114 MS 573 562 9750 Metal valve 16 84 MS 90 562 9730 Metal valve 16 89 MS 571 C 90 563 5016 . Length Bending Ref. for Alcoa rims.562 6764 83 .Valves. nickel-plated. nickel-plated. 562 6580 Metal valve 11. 11.7 70 MS 7 562 6680 562 6690 Metal valve 9. No.3 MS Valve dia. tyre pressure monitoring systems.3 36 MS V2-04-1 562 6580 562 6599 Metal valves.3 36 MS 562 6599 Metal valve 11. Bending Ref. angle [°] 562 9716 Metal valve 16 32 MS 575 562 9716. Designation [mm] Length [mm] angle [°] 562 6680 Metal valve 9. for aluminium rims. wheel fasteners Metal valves. Designation [mm] [mm] TR No. No. Designation [mm] [mm] No. 9. No. Length ETRTO Ref.7 MS Valve dia.563 5054 562 6764 Metal valve 16 114 MS 573 C 90 562 9750 .

Designation dia.5 120 MSF 84 . Unimog 20.5 140 MSF V3-19-1 562 6953.562 6881 562 6757 Metal valve 16 140 MSF 562 6757 Metal valves. [mm] [mm] No. balance weights. with long thread 16 40 MSF V3-12-1 562 6616 562 6609 Metal valve 16 40 MSF V3-12-1 562 6726 Metal valve 16 65 MSF 562 6795 Metal valve 16 95 MSF V3-12-2 562 6623 . No.5 44 MSF V3-15-1 562 6946 Metal valve 20. 562 6647 562 6630 Metal valve. No. Valves. 562 6939 562 6915 Metal valves.5 130 MSF V3-18-2 562 6946 562 6915 Metal valve 20. [mm] [mm] No.562 6795 562 6733 Metal valve 16 75 MSF V3-14-1 562 6771 Metal valve 16 85 MSF V3-14-3 562 6788 Metal valve 16 95 MSF V3-14-2 562 6881 Metal valve 16 110 MSF 562 6733 . wheel fasteners 562 6630 Metal valves. double T-shape 16 562 6647 Metal valve. [mm] Length [mm] 562 6922 562 6922 Metal valve 20. No. standard 20. Designation dia.5 MSF Valve Ref. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Designation dia. standard 16 MSF Valve Length ETRTO Ref.5 MSF Valve Length ETRTO Ref. double Y-shape 16 B 562 6616 Metal valve 16 35 MSF V0-09-3 562 6623 Metal valve.5 65 MSF V3-16-1 562 6953 Metal valve 20.5 115 MSF V3-18-1 562 6939 Metal valve 20. 562 6654 562 6654 Metal valve 20.

No. 562 3107 Metal valve 16 115 90 622 A V5-02-2 562 3097 Accessories: 562 3066 Core insert 16 CH 3 V4-02-1 562 3042 Core insert. Length Bending ETRTO Ref. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 562 3080 Metal valve 16 50 618 A V5-01-1 562 3114 Metal valve 16 57 65 623 A V5-02-3 562 3097 Metal valve 16 75 65 621 A V5-02-1 562 3080 562 3114. 16 CH 1 old version 562 3107 562 3066 562 3042 Water filling and draining fittings Ref. No. Designation 562 3138 Hanauer mouse 562 3138 562 3176 Water boy. Designation Valve dia. No. AS Snap-in valves for air/water filling Ref. Valves. wheel fasteners Tubeless valves. 3/4" 562 3180 Empty 562 3176 562 3180 85 . [mm] 562 3035 Snap-in valve 16 562 3035 B Metal valves for air/water filling Valve dia. No. Designation [mm] [mm] angle [°] TR No. balance weights.

wheel fasteners Tubeless valves.5 64 80 J 653-02 562 9675 Valve top 20. No. car Ref. No. car Ref. [mm] [mm] angle [°] TR No.5 80 90 J 654-02 562 9747 Valve top 20. No.5 SP 2 562 3073 Valve top 20.5 80 74 J 655-03 562 9637 Metal valve 20. plastic. complete Valve Length Bending ETRTO Ref. EM Metal valves.5 80 80 J 650-02 V5-04-1 562 9668 . Designation dia. 562 9709 Metal valve 20.5 191 90 J 4000- 562 9747.5 119 90 J 651-03 V5-04-2 562 9709 562 9651 Metal valve 20. 562 9761 71/2 Valve extensions Valve extensions. Designation Length [mm] 562 4508 Valve extension 19 562 4515 Valve extension 32 562 4522 Valve extension 38 562 4508 562 4515 562 4522 Valve extensions.5 64 80 J 653-03 B 562 9613 Metal valve 20.5 80 80 J 650-03 V5-04-1 562 9606 .5 80 60 J 654-03 562 9620 Metal valve 20.562 9682 562 9682 Valve top 20.5 64 90 J 4000- 21/2 562 9761 Valve top 20. balance weights. Designation dia.5 41 J 670-02 V5-03-1 562 3073 562 9668 Valve top 20. tyre pressure monitoring systems. metal. [mm] [mm] angle [°] TR No.562 9651 562 9644 Metal valve 20.5 41 J 670-03 V5-03-1 562 9606 Metal valve 20. valve top) Valve Length Bending ETRTO 562 9699 Ref.5 140 86 J 652-03 Metal valves (valve base. Designation Length [mm] 562 4319 Valve extension 19 562 4326 Valve extension 32 562 4319 562 4326 86 . No. No. 562 9699 Valve base 20. No. Valves.

tyre pressure monitoring systems.562 4285 Ref. bus Length Ref. 562 4601 Valve extension.562 4034 562 4027 Valve extension 54 562 4072 Valve extension 64 562 4034 Valve extension 77 562 4096 Valve extension 94 562 4072 . No. short collar 85 562 4591. balance weights. plastic. flexible.Valves. metal. truck. Designation [mm] 562 4216 Valve extension 85 562 4223 Valve extension 105 562 4230 Valve extension 115 562 4247 Valve extension 125 562 4254 Valve extension 140 562 4175 Valve extension 160 562 4261 Valve extension 180 562 4278 Valve extension 210 562 4285 Valve extension 270 87 . Designation [mm] 562 4010 Valve extension 34 562 4010 . wheel fasteners Valve extensions. truck.562 4041 562 4089 Valve extension 100 562 4041 Valve extension 125 Valve extensions type Michelin. No. bus Length 562 4216 . truck. bus Length Ref. No. short collar 115 562 4601 Valve extensions. Designation [mm] 562 4553 Valve extension 70 562 4553 .562 4584 562 4560 Valve extension 115 562 4577 Valve extension 150 B 562 4584 Valve extension 170 562 4591 Valve extension.

Designation [mm] 562 4106 . flexible. Designation [mm] 562 9503 . single Valve extensions. No. truck. bus Length Ref. double 562 4182 562 4199 Holder. wire-strengthened. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Valves. wheel fasteners Valve extensions. EM Length Ref.562 4450 562 4405 Valve extension 125 562 4412 Valve extension 150 562 4429 Valve extension 175 562 4436 Valve extension 200 B 562 4443 Valve extension 250 562 4450 Valve extension 300 Valve extensions with fastening bow.562 4151 562 4106 Valve extension 125 562 4113 Valve extension 150 562 4120 Valve extension 175 562 4137 Valve extension 200 562 4209 562 4144 Valve extension 250 562 4151 Valve extension 300 562 4209 Fastening bow. Designation 562 4199 562 4182 Holder. wire-strengthened. flexible.562 9558 562 9503 Valve extension 275 562 9510 Valve extension 320 562 9527 Valve extension 360 562 9541 Valve extension 555 562 9558 Valve extension 615 Valve extensions. No. balance weights. Designation Bending angle [°] 562 4333 Valve extension 45 562 4333 562 4292 562 4292 Valve extension 90 88 . No. angle shaped Ref. bus Length Ref. flexible. Designation [mm] 562 4405 . separate Valve extension holders Ref. No. truck. No.

wheel fasteners Valve cores Valve cores Ref. short C1 20 5 B 562 0090 Valve core. with seal grey 100 1 89 . Designation Colour TR No. with seal yellow 100 1 562 0337. Content Qty 562 0007 Valve core. long C1 20 5 562 0045 Valve core. extra short 100 1 562 0038 Valve core.Valves. long 562 0083 Valve core EM. 562 0470 562 0306 Valve cap red 100 1 562 0423 Valve cap red 1000 1 562 0306. Content Qty 562 0296 Valve cap black VC 8 eq 100 1 562 0470 Valve cap. with seal black VC 8 eq 100 1 562 3970 BERU valve cap RDV grey 562 0296. plastic Ref. long C1 100 1 562 0014 Valve core. balance weights. Designation TR No. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No. with seal green 100 1 562 0320 562 0460 562 0320 Valve cap orange 100 1 562 0447 Valve cap orange 1000 1 562 0520 Valve cap. No. 562 0313 Valve cap green 100 1 562 0423 562 0430 Valve cap green 1000 1 562 0313 - 562 0460 Valve cap. 562 0045 562 0014 562 3963 BERU valve core RDV 1 562 3547 SCHRADER valve core RTPMS 20 1 566 0160 Valve core EQUAL. heat-resisting C1 100 1 562 0007. short C1 100 1 562 0052 562 0052 Valve core. 562 0454 562 0337 Valve cap blue 100 1 562 0454 Valve cap blue 1000 1 562 0520 562 0480 562 0480 Valve cap. short 562 0090 566 0160 562 0069 562 0083 Valve caps Valve caps. with filter 562 0069 Valve core EM.

rubber For use with valve cap. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 562 0100 562 0148 562 4302 562 0375 562 0124 562 0368 562 0351 562 0241 562 0272 90 . EM 562 0351 Valve cap. 562 0234 562 0203 562 0490 562 0500 562 0510 562 0117. rubber 562 4302 Valve cap truck. with core remover 100 1 562 0289 Valve cap set 100 1 Scope of delivery: • 562 0148 Valve cap. with core remover • 562 0241 Valve cap. EM 562 0124 Valve cap. with core remover (562 0148) 562 0155. Valves. Designation TR No. with double seal 562 0375 Adapter AD-1. metal Ref. with core remover. extra short 20 5 562 0203 Valve cap VC 3 eq 100 1 562 0490 Valve cap chromium 100 1 562 0500 Valve cap green 100 1 562 0510 Valve cap blue 100 1 B 562 0117 Valve cap. with core remover • 562 0272 Valve cap. with core remover For use with reducing cap (562 0368) Accessories: 562 0241 Valve cap. extra short 100 1 562 0234 Valve cap. No. balance weights. wheel fasteners Valve caps. rubber For use with valve cap. with core remover VC 2 eq 20 5 562 0100 Valve cap. EM 562 0368 Reducing cap. with core remover VC 2 eq 100 1 562 0179 Valve cap set VC 2 eq 100 1 Scope of delivery: • 562 0100 Valve cap. with core remover (562 0100) 562 0272 Valve cap. rubber 562 0148 Valve cap. Colour Content Qty 562 0155 Valve cap.

balance weights. Designation 562 8102 Valve core screwdriver standard VG5 Plastic grip. EM 562 8391 LOCK TOOL VG5. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Designation 562 8360 562 8360 LOCK TOOL standard VG5 562 8377 LOCK TOOL VG5. Ref. with sockets for 562 8102 562 8092 562 3956 valve cores/caps Accessories: 562 8126 Standard socket VG5 562 8133 EM Socket VG8 562 8133 562 8126 562 8119 Valve core LOCK TOOL The valve core is held by a spring clip when fitting or unscrewing. nickel-plated metal parts 562 8092 Valve core screwdriver standard EM VG5/VG8 Plastic grip. red (snap-in valves) • 1 Valve core screwdriver. flexible 562 8377 562 8384 LOCK TOOL VG8. No. wheel fasteners Valve tools Valve core screwdriver Ref. Ref. Designation 562 8220 VALVE SAVE standard VG5 Scope of delivery: • 2 Valve core screwdriver.Valves. No. burnished metal parts. No. nickel-plated metal parts 562 3956 Valve core screwdriver B Fore tyre pressure monitoring systems 562 8119 Valve core screwdriver EM VG5/VG8 Plastic grip. black (metal valves) 562 8220 91 . MOTO 562 8384 562 8391 Valve core screwdriver VALVE SAVE Safety valve core screwdriver with torque limiter.

No. A free-wheel at the 562 8410 threaded part allows easy removal after pulling in the valve without interference by spokes or brake disk. Designation 562 8322 Valve tool QUICK TURN. for twin tyres 92 . 562 8322 Ref. Ref. wheel fasteners Valve mounting tools 562 8353 Ref. 3-piece Application: 562 8016 • External thread VG8 • Internal thread VG5 • Core removal tool 562 8023 562 8023 Valve repair tool. 4-piece Application: • External thread VG8/VG12 • Internal thread VG5 • Standard valve core mounting/removal tool 562 8030 Valve repair tool. No. Valves. Designation 562 8353 Valve mounting tool Alligator 562 8410 Valve mounting tool MOTO Mounting tool for motorcycles. 562 8230 Accessories: 562 8281 Spring For use with valve mounting tool QUICK (562 8250) 562 8267 Protective jaw 562 8250 For use with valve mounting tool QUICK (562 8250) Valve repair tool For the repair of damaged valve threads. 562 8308 Valve mounting tool 562 8308 B 562 8339 Valve mounting tool R 562 8230 Valve mounting tool 562 8240 Spare rubber 562 8339 For use with valve mounting tool (562 8230) 562 8250 Valve mounting tool QUICK Fast and easy mounting of snap-in valves with valve cap attached. 4-piece 562 8030 Application: 562 8061 • External thread VG8/VG12 • Internal thread VG5 • Core removal tool 562 8061 Valve repair tool. 4-piece Application: • External thread VG12 • Internal thread VG5/VG8 • EM valve core mounting/removal tool Valve tool QUICK TURN For mounting and removal of valve caps and extensions. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No. balance weights. Designation 562 8016 Valve repair tool.

Pressure of sealing membrane is adjustable.0 x 20 562 5208 562 5215 . adjustable cover. 562 5253 Snap-on connector 5. Designation 562 8212 Valve holder. bright-finished design with collar. No. Pressure of sealing membrane is adjustable. EM 8. 562 5222 Snap-on connector 6.0 x 20 Bright-finished design with collar. Ref. Pressure of sealing membrane is adjustable. adjustable cover. 562 5112 Snap-on connector 5. 562 5215 Snap-on connector 4.5 x 10 Sturdy. 562 5253 562 5112 562 5301 562 5318 562 5325 562 5291 93 .0 x 14 Bright-finished design with collar. without adjustable cover.Valves.0 x 14 Sturdy. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Pressure of sealing membrane is adjustable. 562 5246 Snap-on connector 4. Designation Tube size [mm] 562 5208 Snap-on connector 4.5 x 10 Light-alloy design. with cutting gauge 562 8212 B Valve connectors Snap-on airline connectors Ref. 562 5239 Snap-on connector 8. adjustable cover. wheel fasteners Valve fishing tool Designed to assist valve hole location when fitting tubes. adjustable cover. balance weights. No. Pressure of sealing membrane is adjustable. Designation 562 8315 562 8315 Valve fishing tool Valve holder Facilitates cutting of thread stub of broken tube valves with rubber base.0 x 14 562 5301 Spare collar 562 5318 Spare sealing membrane 562 5325 Spare valve lifting pin 562 5291 Spare snap-on connector. bright-finished design with collar. No.562 5239 562 5246. Ref.5 x 10 Bright-finished design with collar. adjustable cover.

0 x 14 562 5277 Snap-on connector. balance weights. closed 6 562 5277.tyre inflating connectors 562 6300 562 6317 Ref. Designation 562 6238 562 6245 562 6238 Tyre inflating connector 562 6245 Tyre inflating connector 562 6252 Tyre inflating connectors. closed end For quick coupling to snap-on connectors. Suitable for connection to all valve adapters. Designation 562 6252 Tyre inflating connector 562 6207 Tyre inflating connector. Designation 562 6300 Cover 562 6317 Valve lifting pin 562 6331 562 6355 562 6331 Sealing membrane 562 6355 Rubber gasket ring 94 . Ref.0 x 20 B Valve deflating connector Quick and complete extraction of air from car tubes.0 x 14 562 5095 Snap-on connector 8. 562 5284 562 5088 562 5088 Snap-on connector. open end Ref. No. wheel fasteners Snap-on airline connectors Ref. No. Ref. open 6 562 5284 Snap-on connector. Valves. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No. No. EM 8. No. with handle 562 6276 Tyre inflating connector. without handle 562 6221 Tyre inflating connector. with handle 562 6207 562 6221 562 6276 Spare parts . Designation 562 8195 562 8195 Valve deflating connector Tyre inflating connectors Tyre inflating connectors. Designation Tube size [mm] 562 5105 562 5095 562 5105 Snap-on connector 5.

steel rims • For J flange • Replaces Nos. No. zinc Universal . 101. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 5804 Balance weight 5 100 566 5811 Balance weight 10 100 566 5828 Balance weight 15 100 566 5835 Balance weight 20 100 566 5842 Balance weight 25 100 566 5804 . 132 • Coated Ref.8 mm) • Replaces Nos. 107. 611 • Coated Ref. No.566 5914 566 5859 Balance weight 30 100 566 5866 Balance weight 35 50 566 5873 Balance weight 40 50 566 5880 Balance weight 45 50 566 5897 Balance weight 50 50 566 5907 Balance weight 55 50 566 5914 Balance weight 60 50 95 . balance weights. 160.Valves. zinc Opel/Ford . tyre pressure monitoring systems. car Balance weight No.steel rims • For thin rim flange (1.5 to 1. 100. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 6009 Balance weight 5 100 B 566 6016 Balance weight 10 100 566 6023 Balance weight 15 100 566 6030 Balance weight 20 100 566 6047 Balance weight 25 100 566 6054 Balance weight 30 100 566 6061 Balance weight 35 50 566 6078 Balance weight 40 50 566 6085 Balance weight 45 50 566 6092 Balance weight 50 50 566 6009 . 108.566 6119 566 6102 Balance weight 55 50 566 6119 Balance weight 60 50 Balance weight No. wheel fasteners Balance weights with clip. 161.

balance weights. zinc French vehicles . 660. 608. 164. 107. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 6800 Balance weight 5 100 566 6810 Balance weight 10 100 566 6820 Balance weight 15 100 B 566 6830 Balance weight 20 100 566 6840 Balance weight 25 100 566 6850 Balance weight 30 100 566 6860 Balance weight 35 50 566 6870 Balance weight 40 50 566 6880 Balance weight 45 50 566 6800 .steel rims. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 5402 Balance weight 5 100 566 5402 . zinc Universal . Valves.566 5512 566 5419 Balance weight 10 100 566 5426 Balance weight 15 100 566 5433 Balance weight 20 100 566 5440 Balance weight 25 100 566 5457 Balance weight 30 100 566 5464 Balance weight 35 50 566 5471 Balance weight 40 50 566 5488 Balance weight 45 50 566 5495 Balance weight 50 50 566 5505 Balance weight 55 50 566 5512 Balance weight 60 50 96 .566 6970 566 6890 Balance weight 50 50 566 6900 Balance weight 55 50 566 6910 Balance weight 60 50 566 6920 Balance weight 65 50 566 6930 Balance weight 70 50 566 6940 Balance weight 75 50 566 6950 Balance weight 80 50 566 6960 Balance weight 85 50 566 6970 Balance weight 90 50 Balance weight No. wheel fasteners Balance weight No. No. 610. 616 • Coated Ref. light-alloy rims • For thick rim flange • Replaces Nos. No. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 540 • Coated Ref.light-alloy rims • For J flange • Replaces Nos. 604.

No. wheel fasteners Balance weight No.566 7220 Balance weight No. No.light-alloy rims • For JJ flange • Replaces No. zinc Fiat/Lancia .light-alloy rims • Short retaining clip • Replaces Nos. No.Valves. Designation Weight [g] Qty Ref.g. 666. zinc Japanese vehicles .566 7310 566 7250 Balance weight 15 100 566 7260 Balance weight 20 100 566 7270 Balance weight 25 100 566 7280 Balance weight 30 100 566 7290 Balance weight 35 50 566 7300 Balance weight 40 50 566 7310 Balance weight 45 50 566 7110 . SMART . tyre pressure monitoring systems. No. 662.566 5718 566 5691 Balance weight 50 50 566 5701 Balance weight 55 50 566 5718 Balance weight 60 50 Balance weight No. 617 • Coated Ref.light-alloy rims with small rim flange • Replaces No. zinc e. balance weights. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 7230 Balance weight 5 100 566 7240 Balance weight 10 100 566 7230 . 610. 616 • Coated Ref. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 7110 Balance weight 5 100 566 7170 Balance weight 35 50 566 7120 Balance weight 10 100 566 7180 Balance weight 40 50 566 7130 Balance weight 15 100 566 7190 Balance weight 45 50 566 7140 Balance weight 20 100 566 7200 Balance weight 50 50 566 7150 Balance weight 25 100 566 7210 Balance weight 55 50 566 7160 Balance weight 30 100 566 7220 Balance weight 60 50 97 . Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 5608 Balance weight 5 100 566 5615 Balance weight 10 100 566 5622 Balance weight 15 100 566 5639 Balance weight 20 100 B 566 5646 Balance weight 25 100 566 5653 Balance weight 30 100 566 5660 Balance weight 35 50 566 5677 Balance weight 40 50 566 5684 Balance weight 45 50 566 5608 . 624 • Coated Ref. 661.

steel rims (clip V3) Audi . zinc VW/Seat/Skoda .steel rims (clip BS) BMW .steel rims (clip F3) BMW . zinc DC . wheel fasteners Balance weights with separate clip. 213 • Coated B Ref. 261.566 6310 566 6250 Balance weight 30 100 566 6260 Balance weight 35 50 566 6270 Balance weight 40 50 566 6280 Balance weight 45 50 566 6290 Balance weight 50 50 566 6300 Balance weight 55 50 566 6310 Balance weight 60 50 Balance weight No. No. 230 • Coated Ref. 225. Valves. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 6200 Balance weight 5 100 566 6210 Balance weight 10 100 566 6220 Balance weight 15 100 566 6230 Balance weight 20 100 566 6240 Balance weight 25 100 566 6200 .steel rims (clip M1) DC . Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 6400 Balance weight 5 100 566 6410 Balance weight 10 100 566 6420 Balance weight 15 100 566 6430 Balance weight 20 100 566 6440 Balance weight 25 100 566 6450 Balance weight 30 100 566 6460 Balance weight 35 50 566 6400 . balance weights.566 6510 566 6470 Balance weight 40 50 566 6480 Balance weight 45 50 566 6490 Balance weight 50 50 566 6500 Balance weight 55 50 566 6510 Balance weight 60 50 98 . 260. car Balance weight No. tyre pressure monitoring systems.light-alloy rims (clip MA) • Replaces Nos. No.light-alloy rims (clip BA) • Replaces No.

261 99 . 261 565 4217 Clip MA 100 For use with balance weight No. 280 565 5070 Clip F3 100 For use with balance weight No. 260 565 4200 Clip M1 100 For use with balance weight No. 260 565 5090 Clip BS 100 For use with balance weight No. 260.Valves. wheel fasteners Balance weight No. car Clips Ref. 223 • Coated Ref.light-alloy rims (clip V3) • Replaces No. No. Designation Qty 565 5065 Clip V3 100 For use with balance weight Nos. 260 565 5080 Clip BA 100 565 5065 565 4200 565 4217 For use with balance weight No. 280.566 6710 566 6670 Balance weight 40 50 566 6680 Balance weight 45 50 566 6690 Balance weight 50 50 566 6700 Balance weight 55 50 566 6710 Balance weight 60 50 Clips. No. zinc Audi/VW . balance weights. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 6600 Balance weight 5 100 566 6610 Balance weight 10 100 566 6620 Balance weight 15 100 566 6630 Balance weight 20 100 B 566 6640 Balance weight 25 100 566 6650 Balance weight 30 100 566 6660 Balance weight 35 50 566 6600 . tyre pressure monitoring systems.

329-5 • Coated Ref. No. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 5206 Adhesive weight 5 100 566 5213 Adhesive weight 10 100 566 5220 Adhesive weight 15 100 566 5237 Adhesive weight 20 100 566 5206 . single. No. Valves. wheel fasteners Adhesive weights. 322.566 5110 566 5079 Adhesive weight 40 50 566 5086 Adhesive weight 45 50 566 5093 Adhesive weight 50 50 566 5103 Adhesive weight 55 50 566 5110 Adhesive weight 60 50 Adhesive weight No. car Adhesive weight No. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 15 x 5.566 5316 566 5244 Adhesive weight 25 100 566 5251 Adhesive weight 30 100 566 5268 Adhesive weight 35 50 566 5275 Adhesive weight 40 50 566 5282 Adhesive weight 45 50 566 5299 Adhesive weight 50 50 566 5309 Adhesive weight 55 50 566 5316 Adhesive weight 60 50 100 . Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 5000 Adhesive weight 5 100 B 566 5017 Adhesive weight 10 100 566 5024 Adhesive weight 15 100 566 5031 Adhesive weight 20 100 566 5048 Adhesive weight 25 100 566 5055 Adhesive weight 30 100 566 5062 Adhesive weight 35 50 566 5000 . 325-5 • Coated Ref.8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Replaces Nos. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 303-5. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 3.8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Replaces Nos. 330. 360. balance weights. 361.

8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7410 566 7410 Adhesive weight 30 4 x 5 + 4 x 2. zinc. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7030 566 7030 Adhesive weight 35 7x5 100 Adhesive weight No.Valves. 367-2. flat • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 2. zinc.1 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Chromium-plated Ref. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 15 x 6. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 15 x 6. tyre pressure monitoring systems. car Adhesive weight No. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7400 Adhesive weight 45 3 x 5 + 3 x 10 100 566 7400 Adhesive weight No. No.3 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref.1 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref. No.5 100 B Adhesive weight No.5 100 566 7430 101 . Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7040 566 7040 Adhesive weight 45 3 x 5 + 3 x 10 100 Adhesive weight No. 365-2. No. No. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7430 Adhesive weight 30 12 x 2. wheel fasteners Adhesive weights. 369-2.8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 19 x 3. No. A 23. 363-2. flat • Dimensions W x H (mm): 19 x 2. balance weights.

No.0 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Uncoated 566 2410 Ref. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 2410 Adhesive weight 40 8x5 100 Adhesive weight type JB A2. stainless steel • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 3. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7010 Adhesive weight 45 18 x 2. No. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7090 566 7050 Adhesive weight 60 12 x 5 20 566 7090 Adhesive weight 60 12 x 5 50 102 . flat • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 3.1 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated 566 7420 Ref. tin • Dimensions W x H (mm): 19 x 3. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7420 Adhesive weight 60 12 x 5 100 B Adhesive weight type TT. 195 short-time • Uncoated 566 7010 Ref. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 4.5 20 Adhesive weight type JB A2. No. tyre pressure monitoring systems.0 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +90. A 40.8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +90. wheel fasteners Adhesive weight No. Ref. Valves. balance weights. No. stainless steel. 195 short-time • Uncoated 566 7050.

195 short-time • Uncoated Ref. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 19 x 3. flat • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 2. car Roll of adhesive weights No. 103 . Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 6400 Roll of adhesive weights 6500 continuous 1 For use with PROBALANCE machines with weight dispenser. zinc. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7060 Adhesive weights 6000 1200 x 5 1 roll 566 7060 Roll of adhesive weights type TT. zinc • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 4. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No.3 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7450 Roll of adhesive 6000 1200 x 5 1 weights 566 7450 Roll of adhesive weights JB A2. No.0 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Uncoated Ref. balance weights. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7460 Roll of adhesive 4650 1860 x 2. A 23. stainless steel • Dimensions W x H (mm): 18 x 3.5 1 weights B 566 7460 Roll of adhesive weights No.0 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref. A 40. No.8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +90.Valves. No. wheel fasteners Rolls of adhesive weights.

5 x 16 x 267 25 4 566 8540 XACTBalance 75 9.5 x 16 x 165 25 4 566 8490 XACTBalance 50 9.5 x 16 x 241 25 4 566 8530 XACTBalance 70 9.5 x 16 x 216 25 4 566 8510 XACTBalance 60 9.5 x 16 x 190 25 4 566 8500 XACTBalance 55 9. for a smooth long-lasting ride.5 x 16 x 140 25 4 566 8470 XACTBalance 40 9. balance weights. car Adhesive weights XACTBalance The dynamic wheel weight for all types of vehicles.5 x 16 x 64 25 4 566 8430 XACTBalance 20 9.5 x 16 x 51 25 4 566 8410 XACTBalance 10 9.5 x 16 x 216 25 4 566 8520 XACTBalance 65 9. Designation Weight [g] [H x W x L mm] Content Qty 566 8400 XACTBalance 5 9. Valves. No.5 x 16 x 305 25 4 104 .5 x 16 x 51 25 4 566 8420 XACTBalance 15 9.5 x 16 x 76 25 4 566 8440 XACTBalance 25 9. tyre pressure monitoring systems.5 x 16 x 102 25 4 566 8450 XACTBalance 30 9.5 x 16 x 292 25 4 566 8550 XACTBalance 80 9.5 x 16 x 292 25 4 566 8560 XACTBalance 85 9. Includes: • Flexible thermoplastic shell • Filled with free-moving steel particles • Acrylic adhesive tape B Performance features: • Noticeable improved driving comfort/smoother ride • Exact balancing with less wheel weights • Long-lasting balance because XACTBalance adjusts to changing driving conditions • The dynamic filling breaks the frequencies causing vibration • Free of lead Size Ref. wheel fasteners Adhesive weights XACTBalance.5 x 16 x 102 25 4 566 8460 XACTBalance 35 9.5 x 16 x 165 25 4 566 8480 XACTBalance 45 9.

wheel fasteners Ref. 566 8570 • 566 8520 10 XACTBalance 65 g • 566 8530 10 XACTBalance 70 g • 566 8540 10 XACTBalance 75 g • 566 8550 10 XACTBalance 80 g • 566 8560 10 XACTBalance 85 g • 566 8580 1 XACTBalance placement tool • 566 8590 1 XACTBalance cleaner Accessories: 566 8580 XACTBalance placement tool 1 For the placement of the XACTBalance wheel weight parallel to the rim edge. environmentally safe. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 566 8590 105 . 566 8580 566 8590 XACTBalance cleaner 950 ml 1 Highly efficient rim cleaner. inhibits corrosion. Designation Content Qty 566 8600 XACTBalance package MINI 1 Scope of delivery: • 566 8400 5 XACTBalance 5g • 566 8410 5 XACTBalance 10 g • 566 8420 10 XACTBalance 15 g • 566 8430 10 XACTBalance 20 g • 566 8440 10 XACTBalance 25 g • 566 8450 10 XACTBalance 30 g B • 566 8460 10 XACTBalance 35 g • 566 8470 10 XACTBalance 40 g • 566 8480 10 XACTBalance 45 g • 566 8490 10 XACTBalance 50 g • 566 8500 10 XACTBalance 55 g • 566 8510 5 XACTBalance 60 g • 566 8520 5 XACTBalance 65 g • 566 8530 5 XACTBalance 70 g • 566 8540 5 XACTBalance 75 g • 566 8550 5 XACTBalance 80 g • 566 8560 5 XACTBalance 85 g • 566 8580 1 XACTBalance placement tool • 566 8590 1 XACTBalance cleaner 566 8570 XACTBalance package STANDARD 1 Scope of delivery: • 566 8400 10 XACTBalance 5 g • 566 8410 10 XACTBalance 10 g • 566 8420 20 XACTBalance 15 g • 566 8430 20 XACTBalance 20 g • 566 8440 20 XACTBalance 25 g • 566 8450 20 XACTBalance 30 g • 566 8460 20 XACTBalance 35 g • 566 8470 20 XACTBalance 40 g • 566 8480 20 XACTBalance 45 g • 566 8490 20 XACTBalance 50 g • 566 8500 20 XACTBalance 55 g • 566 8510 10 XACTBalance 60 g 566 8600. No. balance weights.Valves. leaves no residues.

steel rims • Uncoated Ref.steel rims • Uncoated Ref.25 x 17. 527.5" to 6. tyre pressure monitoring systems.00 x 22.5" tubeless . No. Valves. No. truck. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 9607 Balance weight 50 10 565 9614 Balance weight 75 10 565 9607 . 530. lead 6.00 x 26. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 9401 Balance weight 50 10 565 9418 Balance weight 75 10 B 565 9425 Balance weight 100 10 565 9432 Balance weight 150 10 565 9401 . balance weights.5" to 12.75 x 22. No.steel rims • Uncoated Ref. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 9690 Balance weight 25 10 565 9700 Balance weight 50 10 565 9717 Balance weight 75 10 565 9724 Balance weight 100 10 565 9731 Balance weight 150 10 565 9690 . lead 5.565 9487 565 9449 Balance weight 200 10 565 9456 Balance weight 250 10 565 9463 Balance weight 300 10 565 9470 Balance weight 350 10 565 9487 Balance weight 400 10 Balance weight No. lead Trucks with tube-type tyres . 525. bus Balance weight No.565 9786 565 9748 Balance weight 200 10 565 9755 Balance weight 250 10 565 9762 Balance weight 300 10 565 9779 Balance weight 350 10 565 9786 Balance weight 400 10 106 .5" tubeless . wheel fasteners Balance weights with clip.565 9645 565 9621 Balance weight 100 10 565 9638 Balance weight 150 10 565 9645 Balance weight 200 10 Balance weight No.

565 8536 565 8529 Balance weight 100 10 565 8536 Balance weight 125 10 Clip Ref. balance weights.5" tubeless . lead ALCOA . 630. bus Balance weight No.5" to 12. lead 6. Designation Qty 565 8495 Clip 557 100 For use with balance weights No.steel rims • Uncoated Ref.75 x 22.light-alloy rims (clip type 557) • Suitable for inner and outer rim flange (until model year 1997) • Coated Ref.00 x 26. wheel fasteners Balance weight No. No.Valves. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 8512 Balance weight 75 10 565 8512 . No. No. Designation Weight [g] Qty 566 2508 Balance weight 50 10 566 2515 Balance weight 75 10 566 2522 Balance weight 100 10 B 566 2539 Balance weight 150 10 566 2546 Balance weight 200 10 566 2553 Balance weight 250 10 566 2560 Balance weight 300 10 566 2577 Balance weight 350 10 566 2584 Balance weight 400 10 Balance weights with separate clip. 556. 556 565 8495 107 . truck. tyre pressure monitoring systems.

No. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 8000 Adhesive weight 50 10 565 8017 Adhesive weight 75 10 B 565 8024 Adhesive weight 100 10 565 8031 Adhesive weight 125 10 565 8048 Adhesive weight 150 10 565 8055 Adhesive weight 175 10 565 8000 . balance weights. lead • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Coated Ref.0 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Uncoated Ref. tyre pressure monitoring systems. truck. lead • Dimensions W x H (mm): 15 x 7. No. truck. Designation Content Qty 566 0201 EQUAL A 10 x 340 g 1 566 0218 EQUAL B 10 x 285 g 1 566 0225 EQUAL C 10 x 230 g 1 566 0232 EQUAL D 20 x 170 g 1 566 0249 EQUAL E 20 x 115 g 1 566 0256 EQUAL F 20 x 70 g 1 108 .565 8103 565 8062 Adhesive weight 200 10 565 8086 Adhesive weight 250 10 565 8103 Adhesive weight 300 10 Adhesive weight No. bus EQUAL Granular Polymer Dry granular polymer. Works for the life of the tyre. wheel fasteners Adhesive weights. Ref. Valves. 551-5. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 565 7290 565 7290 Adhesive weight 100 5 x 20 10 EQUAL Granular Polymer. No. 550-5. developed for application in truck and bus tyres. bus Adhesive weight No. Benefits: • Less vibrations for a smoother ride • Damped-down tyre movements reduce tread wear • Longer tread life decreases costs per mile • Continuous balance eliminates rebalancing EQUAL • Granules and material do not cause abrasion inside the tyre For package sizes please refer to the Application Chart.

716-5.5 + 1 x 5 50 566 7560 566 7540 566 7550 109 . balance weights. No.5 25 Adhesive weight MOTO.5 25 Adhesive weight No.g.Valves. motorcycle Adhesive weight No. tin • Dimensions W x H (mm): 13 x 8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Painted or chromium-plated Ref. Designation Content 566 0081.5 + 1 x 5 50 566 7520 566 7540 Adhesive weight blue 30 10 x 2. laminated 566 0170 Adhesive weights. No. with filter Prevents contamination of the valve and leakage. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 565 0170 565 0170 Adhesive weight 50 7 x 5 + 6 x 2.1 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Uncoated Ref. Designation Weight [g] Segments Qty 565 0187 565 0187 Adhesive weight 50 7 x 5 + 6 x 2. 566 0098 Spare filter for block 50 2 piece 566 0160 Valve core. tyre inflation and air buffer. wheel fasteners EQUAL Filling devices and accessories Ref. e.5 + 1 x 5 50 566 7550 Adhesive weight red 30 10 x 2. No. No.5 + 1 x 5 50 566 7560 Adhesive weight black 30 10 x 2. lead • Dimensions W x H (mm): 11 x 6. with filter 566 0160 566 0005 Prevents contamination of the valve and leakage.5 + 1 x 5 50 566 7520 Adhesive weight gold 30 10 x 2. Designation Colour Weight [g] Segments Qty 566 7510 Adhesive weight chromium 30 10 x 2.5 + 1 x 5 50 566 7510 566 7530 566 7530 Adhesive weight silver 30 10 x 2. 566 0098 566 0005 EQUAL filling pump Filling pump for application of the product through the valve. B 566 0170 Valve extension. 566 0081 Humidity filter block 50 For normal quantities of air. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 715-5. lead • Dimensions W x H (mm): 11 x 6.1 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Bright chromium-plated Ref. 581 2060 EQUAL Application Chart.

3 mm • 562 2603 10 metal valves (DIN 7782) 8. No.3 mm • 562 2586 10 snap-in valves. tyre pressure monitoring systems. scooter (90°) 8. 746) 15 g • 565 1038 10 segment weights (No. balance weights. 746) 30 g • 565 0187 10 adhesive weights (No. colour black Adhesive weight . colour gold • 566 7530 10 bars. No. scooter (TR 438) 8. 746) 10 g • 565 1021 10 segment weights (No. 713) 20 g • 565 1007 10 segment weights (No. 713) 10 g • 565 0228 10 spoke weights (No. scooter (90°) 11. 716-5) 50 g • 562 2720 10 metal valves (TR 430) 8.5 + 1 x 5 50 x 30 g 1 Scope of delivery: B • 566 7520 10 bars.3 mm 110 . tin • Dimensions W x H (mm): 13 x 8 • Temperature range (°C): -40 to +250 • Painted Ref. 713) 15 g • 565 0235 10 spoke weights (No. valves Scope of delivery: • 565 0211 10 spoke weights (No. valves. Designation 565 1571 Set of adhesive weights.3 mm • 562 2531 10 snap-in valves. 746) 25 g 565 1571 • 565 1052 10 segment weights (No. motorcycle Kit of adhesive weights. valves for motorcycle Ref.3 mm • 562 2500 10 snap-in valves. 746) 20 g • 565 1045 10 segment weights (No.red Kit of adhesive weights. colour blue 566 7500 • 566 7550 10 bars. wheel fasteners Adhesive weight set MOTO. Designation Segments Content Qty 566 7500 Set of adhesive weights 10 x 2. Valves. 746) 5 g • 565 1014 10 segment weights (No. colour silver • 566 7540 10 bars.3 mm • 562 2517 20 snap-in valves (TR 412S) 11. colour red • 566 7560 10 bars.

712. wheel fasteners Spoke weights.Valves. lead • For compensation of static imbalance • For spoke nipple dia. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 0008 Spoke weight 5 25 565 0015 Spoke weight 10 25 565 0008 . Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 0101 Spoke weight 5 25 565 0118 Spoke weight 10 25 565 0101 . Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 0211 Spoke weight 10 25 565 0228 Spoke weight 15 25 565 0211 . motorcycle Spoke weight type TT. balance weights. 711. lead • For compensation of static imbalance • Uncoated Ref. No. 6. 6. dia.4 mm • Bright chromium-plated Ref.565 0132 565 0125 Spoke weight 15 25 565 0132 Spoke weight 20 25 Spoke weight No. Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 0417 Spoke weight 10 100 565 0424 Spoke weight 15 100 565 0431 Spoke weight 20 100 B 565 0448 Spoke weight 25 100 565 0455 Spoke weight 30 100 Spoke weight No. No.4 mm • Bright chromium-plated Ref. tyre pressure monitoring systems.565 0235 565 0235 Spoke weight 20 25 111 . 6.0 mm • Bright chromium-plated Ref. 713. No. lead • For compensation of static imbalance • For spoke nipple dia. No.565 0039 565 0022 Spoke weight 15 25 565 0039 Spoke weight 20 25 Spoke weight No. 6.0. lead • For compensation of static imbalance • For spoke nipple dia.

Designation 565 0194 565 0194 Insertion tool 385/1 Balance weight tools Balance weight pliers For mounting. lead • For compensation of static imbalance • For spoke nipple dia. No. tyre pressure monitoring systems. 500 ml spray can 595 9149 free of CFC and aromatic compounds For removal of tape residues from adhesives weights. 717. removing and relocating balance weights on the rim. black handle coat 570 9530 518 7801 Adhesive weight cutter Ref. Ref. 7. 565 4470 595 9149 Cleaning agent R4.565 0077 565 0053 Spoke weight 10 25 565 0060 Spoke weight 15 25 565 0077 Spoke weight 20 25 B Insertion tool for spoke weights Ref. Designation Size [W x D x H mm] 566 7080 EWU Cutter For use with Roll of adhesive weights JB A2 (566 7060) Accessories: 566 7320 Support stand 25 x 40 x 70 566 7080 For use with EWU Cutter (566 7080) 566 7100 Spare blade For use with EWU Cutter (566 7080) 566 7320 Adhesive balance weight removers Ref. For expanding and compressing of clips.0 to 7. Designation Content 565 4470 Adhesive balance weight pliers For easy removal of adhesive weights without damage to the rim. No. wheel fasteners Spoke weight No. Designation 570 9530 Balance weight pliers. No. No.2 mm • Bright chromium-plated Ref. standard 518 7801 Balance weight pliers. 565 4468 112 . Designation Weight [g] Qty 565 0046 Spoke weight 5 25 565 0046 . 565 4468 Adhesive balance weight remover High-quality. Valves. balance weights. No. long-life plastic.

valve core 562 3901 . Suspension strap for use with ceiling balancer. To allow fast and easy recognition of the valve used for a particular rim. The wheel electronic unit is uniquely allocated to the respective vehicle type. Designation width [mm] [kg] pressure [bar] 565 4451 565 4451 Bead compression tool 336/1 335 Manual bead compression tool for fitting/ removal of balance weights with separate clip without damage to rim and tyre. No. balance weights. No. wheel fasteners Bead compression tools Opening Weight Operating Ref. Adjustable height stopper. 518 7818 Clip remover type 331/43 For fitting/removal of balance weights with separate clip. Designation Colour Length [mm] Qty 562 3901 Valve RDV 001 none 43 1 562 3918 Valve RDV 002 green 48 1 562 3925 Valve RDV 003 black 49 1 562 3932 Valve RDV 004 orange 51 1 Accessories: 562 3963 Valve core RDV 562 3970 Valve cap RDV 113 . Scope of delivery: • 1 valve incl. Designation 565 0943 Clip remover 331/43 565 0943 BERU TSS The BERU sensor unit consists of two components: the RDE wheel electronic unit and the RDV valve.562 3932 • 1 valve cap • 1 top nut • 2 spacer rings Ref. 518 7818 Bead compression tool 310 5 8-10 CLAMP MASTER Pneumatic bead compression tool for fitting/removal of balance weights with B separate clip without damage to rim and tyre. refer to allocation table. Ref. BERU RDV Valves When a tyre is changed the valve core and valve cap have to be replaced. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No.Valves. the valves are provided with a colour marker at the valve spud.

07/99 - 03/02. from 04/04. from 06/05. from 04/00. 09/03 . Porsche: Cayenne. A8/ S8 (4E.12/04. from 04/05 114 . 911 (997). 07/99 . 7 Series (E38). tyre pressure monitoring systems. 07/99 . from 10/02. Volkswagen: Touareg. from 11/02 570 9040 Wheel sensor RDE 007 0 532 207 007 1 For use with AUDI: A4/ S4 (8E. from 09/03. from 10/99 570 9030 Wheel sensor RDE 005 0 532 207 005 1 For use with Ferrari: Enzo. from 06/02 570 9000 Wheel sensor RDE 002 0 532 207 002 1 For use with BMW: 3 Series (E46). balance weights. 09/99 - 09/02. 09/98 . Maybach 62. from 10/02. from 09/05. E-Class (W/ S211). CLS (C219). from 12/02. Qty 570 9010 Wheel sensor RDE 001 0 532 207 001 1 For use with AUDI: A6 Allroad (4BH). 5 Series 570 9010 . from 02/05. F 430/ F 430 Spider.570 9040 (E39). 09/98 . from 10/02. SLR (R199). Designation BERU No.05/05. from 03/04. Bentley: Continental GT (614). from 04/00. 7 Series (E65). 575 M Maranello. B from 03/02.10/01. CL (C215). A8/ S8 (4D.11/03 570 9020 Wheel sensor RDE 003 0 532 207 003 1 For use with BMW: X5 (E53). Mercedes: S-Class (W220).05/05. from 05/04. B7). from 11/04. Bentley: Continental GT (614). from 09/05. Continental Flying Spur.07/03.05/05. 03/02 . RS6/ RS6 plus.09/05. Volkswagen: Phaeton. No. Valves. D3). Maybach: Maybach 57. 11/01 . Boxter (987).09/05. A6/ S6 (4F. from 02/05. from 04/04. Maserati: Quattroporte. 10/04 . Porsche: Carrera GT.05/05. 612 Scaglietti. from 03/02. SL (R230). Ferrari: 550 Maranello Evo. C6). 03/99 . Q7. wheel fasteners BERU Wheel Electronic Units RDE Ref. E- Class (W/ S210). D2). from 06/03. 10/01 .

No. Megane I. in some cases. (562 3523) 562 3602 Coloured ring yellow 65 030-68 10 For use with (562 3516). wheel fasteners SCHRADER RTPMS The SCHRADER tyre pressure monitoring system is a complete assembly consisting of a plastic case (housing the measuring circuit of the sensor) with an aluminium valve mounted on top of it. (562 3523) 562 3547 Valve core RTPMS 32 372-20 20 562 3530 Valve cap RTPMS aluminium 32 376-20 20 115 . colour-coded. for aluminium/steel rim black 65 335-67 1 For use with Opel: Vectra C. Clio III 562 3516. The assign- ment depends on the vehicle manufacturer/type or type of rim (aluminium or steel). for aluminium/steel rim orange 65 336-67 1 For use with Renault: Modus. for aluminium rim black 60 311-67 1 562 3740. (562 3523) 562 3626 Coloured ring red 65 032-68 10 For use with (562 3516).09/04). for aluminium/steel rim black 65 191-67 1 For use with Nissan: Primera 562 3750 Valve RTPMS. (562 3750) 562 3578 Hexagon nut 42 119-68 10 For use with (562 3516) 562 3585 Hexagon nut 42 282-68 10 For use with (562 3523) 562 3760 562 3640 Hexagon nut 42 009-68 10 For use with (562 3712) 562 3736 Hexagon nut 42 284-68 10 For use with (562 3740). Espace IV 562 3523 Valve RTPMS. for steel rim blue 42 323-67 1 For use with Renault: Laguna II. 562 3712. valve cap. (562 3740). Scenic I. Vel Satis. The plastic cases are.Valves. 562 3712 Valve RTPMS. Saab: 9. 562 3750 For use with Peugeot: 607 (. Zafira B. (562 3523) 562 3619 Coloured ring black 65 031-68 10 For use with (562 3516).07/04). Fiat: Ulysse. tyre pressure monitoring systems.5 Accessories: 562 3554 Rubber seal 42 136-20 20 562 3523 For use with (562 3516) 562 3633 Rubber seal 32 373-20 20 For use with (562 3712) 562 3561 Rubber seal 42 283-20 20 For use with (562 5239). B Ref. balance weights. Designation Colour Comp. 807. Signum. SCHRADER Valves RTPMS When a tyre is changed the valve core. Qty 562 3516 Valve RTPMS. No.3. Espace IV 562 3760 Valve RTPMS. Citroen: C5 I (. Lancia: Phedra 562 3740 Valve RTPMS. Megane I. 9. for aluminium rim black 60 234-67 1 For use with Renault: Laguna II. Scenic I. C 8. (562 3750) 562 3592 Coloured ring green 65 029-68 10 For use with (562 3516). Vel Satis. Astra H. rubber seal and hexagon nut have to be replaced.

Ref. Fiat.2 (562 3830) 116 .1 + V. Renault. Programming Tool V.1 (562 3790). Valves. for aluminium/ 65 397-67 1 steel rim For use with Renault: Megane II. 562 3850 562 3850 Programming Tool V. Peugeot: 307 II. Connection to the vehicle electronics is esta- blished via the OBD interface of the respective vehicle model. C6. for aluminium rim 65 396-67 1 For use with B Citroën: C4. No. is required for activation of these sensors. Peugeot Accessories: 562 3860 Update EPROM V. C5 II. No. Ref. 65 144-V3 SCHRADER RTPMS & SIEMENS VDO Scope of delivery: • 1 Programming Tool V. No.3 65 515-67 For use with Programming Tool V. Designation Comp.2 to V. On Renault vehicles. 562 3850.3.3 • 1 sensor activator For use with Citroën. 607 II 562 3780 Valve VDO. balance weights. No. tyre pressure monitoring systems. Qty 562 3770 Valve VDO. 407. the locations of the valve units are additio- nally communicated to the controller. Designation Comp. No. Scenic II 562 3770 562 3780 SCHRADER RTPMS & SIEMENS VDO Programming Tool SCHRADER RTPMS & SIEMENS VDO The valve sensors deliver pulses only when the vehicle is in motion (centrifugal sensor).3. SIEMENS VDO Valves Ref. Lancia. The Programming Tool V3 stores the pulses in the on- board computer. wheel fasteners SIEMENS VDO The Programming Tool V. The sensor activator is therefore required to obtain pulses from the sensors when the vehicle is standing.

Adjustable display background colour customizable to match vehicle's instrument lighting.2 bar (cold inflation pressure max. 3. balance weights. wheel fasteners HELLA Control of the tyre pressure at your fingertips. tyre pressure monitoring systems. No.5 bar). which in turn forwards this data to the cockpit display. B HELLA TC-400 Ref. Designation Qty 558 9700 Complete kit 1 Scope of delivery: • Customizable colour display • Electronic control unit • 4 Sensor valves • Cable set Accessories: 558 9710 Extra sensor 1 558 9700 117 .Valves. High-tech sensors are permanently mounted on the tyre values and transmit pressure and temperature by radio to the central unit. Operates up to a pressure of 5.

The system can be retrofitted to cars/light trucks with a cold pressure up to 4.5 bar. Four wheels can be monitored.5 1 Scope of delivery: • 2 transmitters • 2 steel straps 558 9485 Wheel transmitter steel strap 4.2 bar is signaled by visual and audible alerts.5 2 558 9610 118 . Valves. balance weights. No. Steel strap transmitters secured to the wheel base of the rim or valve transmitters for mounting to the valve hole are optionally available. clip-on version 1 558 9447 LCD display. A drop of the tyre pressure below 2. 558 9454 Adapter. Power is supplied from the cigarette lighter adapter or by connecting a cable to the vehicle's electric system.5 Scope of delivery: • 4 transmitters • 4 steel straps • 1 basic display (LEDs) • 1 cable with plug for lighter adapter 558 9430 • 1 instruction 558 9600 Basic set valve transmitter 4.5 Scope of delivery: • 4 transmitters • 4 steel straps • 1 basic display (LEDs) • 1 cable with plug for lighter adapter • 1 instruction Accessories: 558 9430 LCD display. The LCD display enables storing the individual information of 4 to 20 wheels. wheel fasteners SMARTIRE SMARTIRE CAR SMARTIRE wheel transmitters monitor the tyre pressure and temperature. with swan-neck 1 For use with cigarette lighter 558 9690 Steel strap 1 558 9454 558 9461 Wheel transmitter steel strap 4. cable version Detailed information on tyre pressure and tempera- ture of the wheels is only available on the full functi- 558 9447 on LCD display contained in the expansion kit. tyre pressure monitoring systems. B Maximum Ref. This also allows manual entry of desired tolerance ran- ges.5 1 Scope of delivery: • 1 transmitter • 1 steel strap 558 9610 Valve transmitter 4. Designation pressure [bar] Qty 558 9423 Basic set steel strap 4.

wheel fasteners SMARTIRE RoadVoice Tyre pressure monitoring system for light trucks (recreational vehicles). Compact weatherproof LCD dis- play. By pressing a button. with 12 m cable 1 558 9680 Antenna. critical low pres- sure and high temperature. The steel straps are designed for tyre sizes from 14" to 22. 63 x 42 x 23 mm.5" Ref. An alert is given for pressure deviation. No. Maximum Ref. and pressure deviation from normal is shown on the LCD display. Up to 20 wheels can be monitored. Warning LED lights up at 15% and 25% deviation from the optimal pressure and when the tyre is overheated. No. Designation 558 9620 MotoVoice Scope of delivery: • 2 transmitters • 2 steel straps • 1 LCD display • 1 instruction 119 . balance weights. Using up to 2 antennas with a maximum cable length of 18 m provides for greatest flexibility of application. RoadVoice provides freely programmable alert limits.Valves. Designation pressure [bar] Qty 558 9630 RoadVoice. temperature. 4 transmitters 11 B Scope of delivery: • 4 transmitters • 4 steel straps • 1 receiver • 1 LCD display • 1 instruction • 1 antenna with 6 m cable 558 9640 RoadVoice.5". Suitable for motorcycles of all speed categories. with 6 m cable 1 558 9670 Antenna. each tyre's pressure. with 18 m cable 1 558 9690 Steel strap 1 SMARTIRE MotoVoice Tyre Pressure Monitoring System for motorcycles. 6 transmitters 11 Scope of delivery: • 6 transmitters 558 9630 • 6 steel straps • 1 receiver • 1 LCD display • 1 instruction • 1 antenna with 6 m cable 558 9650 Wheel transmitter steel strap 11 1 Scope of delivery: • 2 transmitters • 2 steel straps Accessories: 558 9660 Antenna. tyre pressure monitoring systems. trucks and busses up to 11 bar cold-tyre pressure. 558 9620 Requirements: • tubeless radial tyres • tyre size not less than 14" • width of rim base at least 2.

5 x 26 17 For use with BMW. Designation 562 3956 562 3956 Valve core screwdriver Wheel fasteners for cars. Opel 519 4818 519 4014 519 4014 Wheel bolt. Volvo 519 4526 570 9120 570 9120 Wheel bolt. Seat. spherical collar 12 x 1.5 19 For use with Daewoo. No. VW 519 4887 Wheel bolt. Requires connection to the vehicle's electrical system for power supply. Qty 558 9502 Basic set MTPM-200 1 Scope of delivery: • 1 central control unit • 1 LCD display • 4 wheel sensors with valve • 4 antennae (cable) • 1 cable and mounting kit • 1 mounting and operating instructions Accessories: 558 9519 Wheel sensor MTPM-TX1 1 558 9533 558 9526 Wheel sensor MTPM-TX4 4 558 9533 Valve MTPM valve 1 Tools for RDKS Tools for RDKS Ref. Opel 519 4526 Wheel nut. Chrysler. Chevrolet. cone head 12 x 1. Designation Comp. tyre pressure monitoring systems.25 x 26 17 For use with Citroen 120 .5 x 22 17 For use with Chevrolet. Pressure loss is signaled in 2 stages on the display contained in the basic set. Seat. cone head 12 x 1. No. light trucks Wheel bolts. car.2 bar.5 x 27 17 For use with Audi. light truck Ref. WAECO Magic Control 558 9502 B Ref. Mini 519 4818 Wheel nut. Wheel sensors are programmed by entries on the LCD display. No. Skoda. VW 519 4904 519 4904 Wheel bolt.25 x 22 17 519 4070 519 4870 For use with Alfa Romeo.5 19 For use with BMW. wheel nuts. Lancia 519 4870 Wheel bolt. No. conical 12 x 1.3 mm and tyre pressure up to 5. cone head 12 x 1. Fiat. Valves. Suitable for retrofitting on vehicles with valve hole dia- meter of 11. cone head 12 x 1. Designation Thread [m] Size [mm] 519 4070 Wheel bolt. conical 12 x 1. balance weights.5 x 25 17 519 4887 For use with Audi. spherical collar 14 x 1. wheel fasteners WAECO Magic Control Valve sensors monitor the tyre pressure and temperature.

5 x 25 19 For use with Citroen. Designation Thread [m] Size [mm] 570 9090 Wheel bolt. Mazda. Toyota. spherical collar 14 x 1.5 x 34 19 For use with Ford. Kia. conical 12 x 1. Suzuki 519 4052 519 4502 519 5453 Wheel nut.25 x 26 19 For use with Citroen. Renault 519 4856 519 4021 519 4832 Wheel bolt.25 x 29 17 For use with Mercedes 519 4942 Wheel bolt. conical 12 x 1.5 x 26 19 For use with Ford. spherical collar 14 x 1. Seat. spherical collar 12 x 1. cone head 12 x 1. balance weights. Volvo 519 4636 Wheel bolt. wheel fasteners Ref. Seat.5 21 For use with Ford 519 4935 519 4650 519 4856 Wheel bolt. tyre pressure monitoring systems.Valves.5 x 20. Peugeot 519 4045 Wheel bolt.5 x 25 17 519 4832 519 4313 For use with Mercedes 519 4375 Wheel bolt. Hyundai. spherical collar 14 x 1. conical 12 x 1.5 x 25 17 For use with Mercedes 519 4973 Wheel bolt. spherical collar 14 x 1. Mitsubishi. spherical collar 12 x 1. Subaru. Lancia. spherical collar 12 x 1. VW 519 5460 Wheel nut. cone head 12 x 1. cone head 12 x 1. cone head 12 x 1. Fiat. cone head 14 x 1.5 x 33 19 For use with Volvo 121 .5 x 34 19 For use with Ford.25 x 40 17 519 4973 519 4997 For use with Mercedes 519 4052 Wheel nut. Fiat.25 x 39 17 For use with Mercedes 519 4753 519 4966 519 4966 Wheel bolt. Mazda 519 4690 Wheel nut. spherical collar 12 x 1. spherical collar 14 x 1.25 21 For use with Nissan.25 19 For use with Nissan.5 17 For use with Honda. conical 14 x 1.5 x 18 17 For use with Mercedes 519 4375 519 4612 519 4753 Wheel bolt. conical 12 x 1.5 17 For use with Mercedes 519 4997 Wheel bolt.5 19 For use with Porsche.5 19 For use with Ford. Peugeot 519 4681 Wheel nut.5 19 For use with Ford 519 4935 Wheel nut. cone head 14 x 1. Subaru. VW 519 4351 Wheel bolt.75 x 28 19 For use with Volvo 519 5453 519 4368 Wheel bolt. Suzuki 519 4502 Wheel nut. Opel. Opel 519 4801 Wheel nut. cone head 12 x 1. conical 12 x 1. spherical collar 12 x 1.5 19 519 4636 519 4801 For use with Ford 519 4650 Wheel nut. conical 12 x 1. spherical collar 14 x 1. VW 519 4021 Wheel bolt.5 21 For use with Daihatsu.5 x 27 17 For use with Mercedes 519 4612 Wheel nut.5 x 22 17 519 4060 519 4681 B For use with Daewoo. conical 12 x 1.25 x 26 17 519 4045 For use with Citroen. Peugeot 570 9090 519 4060 Wheel bolt. Rover 519 4313 Wheel bolt. No. Porsche.

balance weights. for single wheel configuration 9 519 5790 Centering sleeve. wheel fasteners Wheel fasteners for light trucks. spherical collar 18 x 1. 519 5673 Centering rings for trucks Ref. No. Ref.5 24 519 5453 519 5635 Wheel nut.5 24 519 5477 Wheel nut.5 32 519 5295 519 5659. wheel assembly 22 x 1. 519 5666.5 27 519 5666 Wheel nut. for twin wheel configuration 20 519 5790 122 . flat 20 x 1. flat 18 x 1. Designation Thickness [mm] 519 5783 519 5783 Centering sleeve.5 27 519 5752 Wheel nut.5 32 519 5752 519 5556 519 5659 Wheel nut. No. tyre pressure monitoring systems.5 30 519 5673 Wheel nut. Valves. wheel assembly 20 x 1. flat 14 x 1. spherical collar 14 x 1. trucks Ref. axles 22 x 1. No. Designation Thickness [mm] 519 6562 Centering ring. trucks Wheel nuts for light trucks.5 19 B 519 5570 Wheel nut. 519 6579 519 6579 Centering ring.5 30 519 5295 Wheel nut. M 20 6 519 6562. flat 22 x 1. flat 22 x 1. Designation Thread [m] Size [mm] 519 5453 Wheel nut. M 22 6 Centering sleeves for trucks Fits on wheel stud M 22. Berg. wheel assembly 18 x 1.5 19 519 5556 Wheel nut.5 27 519 5697 Wheel nut.

After the bolts have been started. No. threads and bolt holes against damage.5 519 6524 Spring washer.5 Wheel mounting tool sets for trucks For centered commercial vehicle wheels.5 14 x 1. M 14 6 519 6517 Spring washer. M 16 7. Locks the brake disk/drum. For mounting the wheel on the vehicle.5 24 3 1 519 5862 - 519 5879 Centering bolt 20 x 1.519 6548 519 6531 Spring washer. balance weights.5 3 1 For use with Scania and Volvo (alloy rims) 123 .11G 30. M 22 8 B Accessories . Designation Thickness [mm] 519 6500 Spring washer. Designation 519 5800 519 5800 Safety pin 519 5817 Clamping plate 519 5817 Wheel mounting aids for cars. Ref.Valves. trucks Wheel mounting tool set for cars These 3 centering bolts cover all common vehicle types. a centering bolt is screwed by hand into a bolt hole. This facilitates mounting in particular heavy wheels. Designation Thread [m] Content Qty 519 5820 Wheel mounting tool set for cars 12 x 1. Protects wheel bolts. the mounting tool is removed. No.25 3 1 519 5820 12 x 1.5 21 3 1 519 5831 Centering bolt 20 x 1. Rotation of the brake disk/drum on the wheel hub is thus prevented.5 23 3 1 519 5855 Centering bolt 18 x 1. M 18 7 519 6500 . as the wheel is simply pushed on the centering bolt.Pilote rims Ref.11G 26 3 1 For use with Scania and Volvo (steel rims) 519 5893 Centering bolt 7/8" . tyre pressure monitoring systems. Thread Ref. wheel fasteners Limes type conical spring washers for trucks Ref. No.5 26 3 1 519 5886 Centering bolt 7/8" . No.5 26 3 1 519 5893 519 5848 Centering bolt 22 x 1. Designation [m/inch] Bolt hole [mm] Content Qty 519 5862 Centering bolt 18 x 1. 1/2" actuation. M 20 8 519 6548 Spring washer.

No. Designation Content Qty 519 7042 Ari Zentri 17. No. Designation 519 5040 Wheel trim remover 519 5040 Rim straightening lever Rim straightening lever For the repairing of deformations on the rim flange.5". No. wheel fasteners Ari Zentri. Ref. balance weights. truck For centered commercial vehicle wheels.5". Ref. Protects wheel bolts. threads and bolt holes against damage.5"/19. with impact weight 3 1 519 7042. Designation 519 5099 519 5099 Rim straightening lever 124 . tyre pressure monitoring systems. Ref. 519 7035 B Wheel trim remover Wheel trim remover For demounting plastic wheel trims without damage. with impact weight 2x2 1 519 7035 Ari Zentri 22. Valves.

with 2 spare disks 1 Accessories: 571 9150 Spare grinding disks 3 B 571 9140 Wheel hub grinder type 2.Valves. more accurate torque settings.25 seconds. Designation Qty 571 9170 Wheel hub grinder. with 2 spare disks 1 Accessories: 571 9180 Spare grinding disks 2 571 9170 125 . 50 vehicles per disk • Perfect finish . • Used in conjunction with hand drill/cordless screwdriver • Exchangeable cleaning disks • Long endurance life. baked corrosion residues). Designation Qty 571 9160 Wheel hub grinder. for studs Special grinder for cleaning the rim bearing surface (e. wheel fasteners Wheel hub grinder Wheel hub grinder type 1 Ref.no flying sparks • Minimum formation of dust Result: Clean contact surface. Effective processing time per hub: 3 . No. 571 9160 Ref. complete with 2 holders 1 plus 6 disks each Wheel hub grinder type 3 Ref. Suitable for almost every car with stud bolts.g. approx. Designation Qty 571 9140 Wheel hub grinder. balance weights. No. No. tyre pressure monitoring systems.

126 .

Tyre Changers. Mounting Tools C 127 .

and ATV wheels easily. The patented plastic mounting head prevents damage on light alloy rims. Mounting Tools Tyre changers for motorcycles BUTLER SUPERBIKE The SUPERBIKE tyre changer has been designed to meet the requirements of a demanding market. 15 Operating pressure [bar] 10 Space requirement [L x W mm] 1000 x 1100 Accessories: 518 0695 ATV kit. Designation C 518 0688 BUTLER SUPER BIKE Specifications: Outer clamping range [inch] 8 . Tyre Changers. Even tough low-profile combinations can be handled fast and easy. Ref. No. as it supplies just the right clamping force. for Quad tyres Scope of delivery: • 1 metal mounting head • 1 special bead lever 518 0688 128 . The machine mounts/demounts and also handles road. 7 3/4 Bead breaker opening max.23 Rim width [inch] max. motocross. 320 Breaking force [kg] 1340 Rotating speed [rpm] approx. The advantages: The pressure regulator enables clamping of tricky magnesium wheels without.

75 Size [L x W x H mm] 955 x 1200 x 1886 Weight [kg] 178 PROMONT B 820 • Auto-centering clamping device • Compact construction • Bead breaker shovel avoids damage to the tyre • Outer clamping up to 20" • High bead breaking force • Pneumatically operated back-swivelling mounting column • Mounting head locked pneumatically • Retrofittable PLUS device for handling difficult wheels Scope of delivery: • 1 maintenance unit • 1 tyre inflator • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 plastic protection for mounting head and clamping jaws • 1 mounting lever Ref. 519 8350 129 .5 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 . 1000 Bead breaker opening [mm] max. 12 Wheel dia. Designation 519 8220 PROMONT B 820 Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 12 . Tyre Changers. No. Designation 519 8210 PROMONT B 815 Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 12 .5 519 8210 Power [kW] 0. Mounting Tools Tyre changers for cars PROMONT B 815 • Auto-centering clamping device • Compact construction • Bead breaker shovel avoids damage to the tyre • Outer clamping up to 20" • High bead breaking force • Adjustable swing arm Scope of delivery: • 1 maintenance unit • 1 tyre inflator • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 plastic protection for mounting head and clamping jaws • 1 mounting lever C Ref. 310 Rotating speed [rpm] 6. [mm] max. No.5 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 . 12 Wheel dia. [mm] max.22.20 Rim width [inch] max. 310 Rotating speed [rpm] 6.5 519 8220 Space requirement [L x W mm] 960 x 1215 x 1890 Power [kW] 0.22.20 Rim width [inch] max.75 Weight [kg] 202 Accessories: 519 8350 PLUS device B 820 Description: For difficult tyre/rim combinations. 1000 Bead breaker opening [mm] max.

Designation 519 8230 PROMONT B 822 519 8260 PROMONT B 822-2. No.1 Space requirement [L x W mm] 1250 x 1378 x 2015 Weight [kg] (B822 / B822 FI) 245 Weight [kg] (B822.22 519 8260 Rim width [inch] max. FI 519 8270 PROMONT B 822-2.5 519 8230. FI 2-speed 519 8250 PROMONT B 822. Outer clamping range [inch] 11 . Mounting Tools PROMONT B 822/B822-2 • Tyre changer for tyre fitters who demand the highest quality standards • Wider clamping range • PLUS device for difficult tyre/rim combinations • Patented mounting head avoids damage • Bead breaker shovel avoids damage to the tyre • Pneumatically operated positioning of the mounting head • Column tilted automatically. 2-speed 519 8240 PROMONT B 822. pedal controlled • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 mounting lever C • 1 plastic protection for mounting head and jaws Ref.24. PLUS 519 8280 PROMONT B 822-2. 15 Wheel dia. 383 Rotating speed [rpm] 6. PLUS 2-speed Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 13 . [mm] max.5 Rotating speed (2-speed Version) 6. 1100 Bead breaker opening [mm] max. PLUS) 323. pedal controlled • High bead breaking force and speed • High rotating speed • Pedal-controlled tyre inflator Scope of delivery: • 1 maintenance unit • 1 tyre inflator.5 Accessories: 519 8320 PLUS device B 822 519 8320 For difficult tyre/rim combinations 130 .75 Power (2-speed version) 0. Tyre Changers.8 / 1.5 / 13 Power [kW] 0.

[mm] max. pedal controlled • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 mounting lever • 1 plastic protection for mounting head and jaws C Ref. FI 519 8310 PROMONT B 826-2. 1100 Rotating speed [rpm] 6.5/13 Power [kW] 0. PLUS Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 12 .26 519 8290 Bead breaker opening max. 2 speeds • Pedal-controlled tyre inflator Scope of delivery: • 1 maintenance unit • 1 tyre inflator.Tyre Changers.28. speeds up the work and reduces the space requirement • Adjustable setting angle for bead breaker shovel • Pneumatically operated positioning of the mounting head • Patented mounting head avoids damage • High bead breaking force and speed • High rotating speed.8/1.5 Weight (B 826-2. 383 Rim width [inch] max. PLUS) [kg] 402 Accessories: 519 8330 PLUS device B 826 For difficult tyre/rim combinations.5 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 .1 Size [L x W x H mm] 1520 x 1535 x 2060 Weight (B 826-2/B 826-2 FI) [kg] 295. 519 8330 131 . 15 Wheel dia. Mounting Tools PROMONT B 826-2 • High-performance clamping range up to 26" • Unique PLUS version for extreme tyre/rim combinations • Revolutionary back-swivelling mechanism of the mounting tool. No. Designation 519 8290 PROMONT B 826-2 519 8300 PROMONT B 826-2.

with plastic mounting head For use with PROMONT B 815. Designation Content Qty 519 8740 Mounting belt 519 8690 For use with PROMONT B 815. B 820. B 820. B 822 519 8670 Quick coupling. B 826-2 519 8790 Quick change motorbike claws. Mounting Tools Accessories . +2" 4 1 For use with PROMONT B 815. B 826-2 519 8700 519 8630 Steel mounting head For use with PROMONT B 815.PROMONT tyre changers Ref. B 822. B 822. B 820. B 820. B 820. B 822. B 822 519 8690 Aluminium protective jaw 4 1 For use with PROMONT B 815. B 820. B 822. No. B 822 519 8670 519 8700 Aluminium protective jaw 4 1 For use with PROMONT B 826-2 518 0120 Bead breaker shovel protector For use with PROMONT B 815. B 822. B 826-2 519 8660 Mounting head. B 822. B 826-2 519 8770 Bead breaker adapter motorbike For use with PROMONT B 815. B 822 519 8650 Mounting head motorbike 519 8680 For use with PROMONT B 815. B 826-2 519 8800 Storage box For use with PROMONT B 826-2 519 8710 519 8660 132 . B 826-2 519 8710 PVC protectors 2 1 For use with steel mounting head (519 8630) C 519 8640 Plastic mounting head For use with PROMONT B 815. B 826-2 519 8720 PVC protectors 2 1 For use with mounting head for protruding spokes (519 8660) 519 8730 Clamping jaw adapter. for mounting head For all models with quick coupling. for protruding spokes 519 8700 For use with PROMONT B 815. B 820. B 820. B 820. B 820. Tyre Changers. B 822. B 826-2 519 8680 Shaft coupling. For use with PROMONT B 815. B 820. B 820. B 822. +5" 4 1 For use with PROMONT B 815.

B 801.Tyre Changers.5 + 5 kg buckets 519 7956 519 7949 519 7891 519 8182 133 .PROMONT B 800. No. Designation Content Qty 519 7510 Mounting tool.23" 4 1 For use with B 800-801-819 (not for E version) 519 7891 Set of clamping jaws for light trucks. Mounting Tools Accessories . 8" . 5" .5" 4 1 519 8182 Mounting head motorbike C For use with B 800-801-819 518 0100 Bead guiding roller For use with B 800-801-819 (not for E version) 519 7901 519 8113 Holder for mounting paste bucket. 15" . B 819 tyre changers Ref.10" For use with BUTLER EVO series 519 7550 Adapter. for 3. for metal mounting head 519 7540 Mounting tool basic adapter 519 7510 519 7901 PLUS device For use with B 801-819 (not for E version) 519 7956 Set of ATV clamping jaws. 17.15" 4 1 519 7949 Motorcycle accessories package.

23 518 0176 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 . 15 Wheel dia. Mounting Tools BUTLER CLASSIC • Pneumatically operated tyre changer for the professional tyre fitter • Freely moving mounting arm • All parts touching the tyre/rim made from plastic or rubber • Outstanding ergonomic design allows keeping the ideal working position during clamping. Designation 518 0176 BUTLER CLASSIC Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 10 . avoids damage to rim or tyre Scope of delivery: • 1 maintenance unit • 1 spare mounting head • 1 hand tyre inflator • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 mounting lever • Rubber-coated clamping jaws for outer clamping C Ref. [mm] max. No. mounting and tyre inflation • Bead breaking fully controlled by the operator • No jerking of the tyre over the rim hump. Tyre Changers. demounting.22 Rim width [inch] max. 1020 Bead breaker opening [mm] max. 430 Rotating speed [rpm] 0 .15 Operating pressure [bar] 10 Space requirement [L x W mm] 1100 x 1400 Accessories: 518 0004 PLUS device. 518 0004 134 . with bead guiding roller For difficult mounting/demounting operations.

23 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 .Tyre Changers. even of run-flat tyres. 430 Rotating speed [rpm] 0 . [mm] max.Plus device Ref. FI Configuration like BUTLER Classic Plus added with electric motor. Designation 518 0231 BUTLER CLASSIC PLUS 518 0248 BUTLER CLASSIC PLUS. 135 . 15 Wheel dia. No. Mounting Tools BUTLER CLASSIC PLUS • Further development of the BUTLER CLASSIC tyre changer • Pneumatically operated roller facilitates the mounting/demounting operation by pressing the bead into the drop base or loosening the tight fitting bead by lifting the tyre • Underside of the tyre is completely accessible for easy application of the roller • Mounting/demounting. FI Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 10 .22 Rim width [inch] max. supported by the PLUS device • Bead guiding roller at the mounting head ensures reliable gliding of the tyre bead under the mounting finger Scope of delivery: • 1 maintenance unit • 1 spare mounting head • 1 hand tyre inflator • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket C • 1 mounting lever • Rubber-coated clamping jaws for outer clamping . 1020 Bead breaker opening [mm] max.15 Operating pressure [bar] 10 518 0231 Space requirement [L x W mm] 1250 x 1400 518 1590 BUTLER CLASSIC PLUS ET 518 1600 BUTLER CLASSIC ET.

Mounting Tools BUTLER PROFI AIRDRAULIC EVO Ideal for mounting/demounting the toughest new performance tyres and wheels (e. Safe handling is ensured by: • Inner clamping with rubber blocks (outer clamping for special rims) • Bead breaking by means of plastic rollers • Mounting head made of special plastic Further features: • Movable mounting arm allows more flexibility for mounting/ demounting ultra-low section tyres • Ergonomic and easy to operate • Air-motor for sliding torque (optimum use of the motor power) • Recommended by tyre/rim and vehicle manufacturers Scope of delivery: • 1 accessories tray • 1 rim protector C • 1 maintenance unit • 1 spare mounting head • 1 tyre inflator • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 mounting lever • Rubber-coated clamping jaws for outer clamping Ref. per roller [kg] 2000 Rotating speed [rpm] 0 . Designation 518 0200 BUTLER PROFI AIRDRAULIC 518 0217 BUTLER PROFI AIRDRAULIC. 15 Wheel dia.15 Operating pressure [bar] 10 Space requirement [L x W mm] 1250 x 1300 518 0200 BUTLER AIRDRAULIC ET 518 0200 518 0217 BUTLER AIRDRAULIC ET. FI Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] 10 .23 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 . Tyre Changers.g.22 Breaking dia.490 Bead breaking force. 22 Rim width [inch] max. 1020 Bead breaking range [mm] 0 . [mm] max. No. run-flat tyres). FI Configuration like BUTLER PROFI AIRDRAULIC added with electric motor. [inch] max. Accessories: 518 1690 Topline package Composed of: • 1 force multiplier • 1 24" kit • 1 WULST BOY 28" • 1 mounting tool for extreme wheels • 1 BUTLER special tyre lever • 1 bead guiding roller 136 .

Designation 518 0460 BUTLER AIRCOMBI Specifications: Inner clamping range [inch] (10) 14 . [inch] max. 15 Wheel dia. No.24 Breaking dia. 24 Rim width [inch] max.g.15 Operating pressure [bar] 10 Space requirement [L x W mm] 1300 x 1300 518 1530 BUTLER AIRCOMBI ET 518 1540 BUTLER AIRCOMBI ET. 518 0460 Accessories: 518 1690 Topline package Composed of: • 1 force multiplier • 1 24" kit • 1 WULST BOY 28" • 1 mounting tool for extreme wheels • 1 BUTLER special tyre lever • 1 bead guiding roller 137 .490 Bead breaking force. per roller [kg] 2000 Rotating speed [rpm] 0 . Mounting Tools BUTLER AIRCOMBI Ideal for mounting/demounting the toughest new performance tyres and wheels (e. [mm] max. run-flat tyres) • Ergonomic and easy to operate • Inner clamping with rubber blocks • Outer clamping with rubber coated clamping jaws • Bead breaking by means of plastic rollers • Plastic mounting head • Movable mounting arm allows more flexibility for mounting/ demounting • Air-motor for sliding torque (optimum use of the motor power) • With lateral bead breaker for optional mounting/demounting of motorcycle tyres Scope of delivery: • 1 accessories tray • 1 rim protector • 1 maintenance unit • 1 spare mounting head C • 1 tyre inflator • 1 holder for mounting paste bucket • 1 mounting lever • Rubber-coated clamping jaws for outer clamping Ref. Tyre Changers. FI Configuration like BUTLER AIRCOMBI added with electric motor. 1020 Bead breaking range [mm] 0 .24 Outer clamping range [inch] (10) 14 .

28 Wheel dia. 600 Wheel weight [kg] max. but is ideal for tyre shops with a high workload of tyre changing operations.230/400 V.75 kW . then turned over into a horizontal position. [mm] min. 27. Speeds up the work not only for demanding applications.5 Breaking force [kg/N] 900/9000 Sound level [dB] < 76 Inner clamping range [inch] 12 . with Powerlift Specifications: Bead breaker opening [inch] min. Designation 518 1130 BUTLER POWERSPEED 518 1120 BUTLER POWERSPEED. per- fectly aligning with the self-centering clamping device. Specifications: Wheel dia. 2. 3-phase Space requirement 900 x 1350 x 2200 [L x W x H mm] Weight [kg] 397 Accessories: 518 1140 Powerlift The Powerlift was specifically designed for use with the POWERSPEED tyre changer. The wheel is first raised vertically from the floor. The rim is always loaded from the left side. 60 Connection [bar] 8 . All parts that are in contact with the rim and the tyre are made of plastic 518 1120 or plastic coated.10 138 .10 Power [kW] 0. Tyre Changers.30 Outer clamping range [inch] 10 . [mm] max. 1140 Operating pressure [bar] 8 . No. Mounting Tools BUTLER POWERSPEED Innovative design plus high performance. • Electric motor with two speeds of rotation • Spring plate with quick coupling • Fast and flexible through automatic operation • Precise rollers positioning by laser pointer • Intelligent sensor technology • Automatic Adjustment of the clamping blocks on the rim surface • Stand-by mode • Optional tyre lift Scope of delivery: • 1 mounting tool for extreme wheels • 1 Wulstboy 28" with traction • 1 laser pointer C • 1 force multiplier • 1 BUTLER special tyre lever • 1 adjustable support plate Ref.5 Bead breaker opening [inch] max.

No. No. 1270 Torque [Nm] 120 Power [kW] 1. [mm] max. 80 Wheel width [inch] max.10 Weight [kg] 480 518 0510 Accessoires .30 Wheel weight [kg] max.revolutionary technology - no overstretching of the tyre bead • "Plug & play" installation • Patented central clamping • "Intelligent" electric motor . Mounting Tools BUTLER AIKIDO The professional tyre changer for all high-performance applications from run-flat to most exacting low-profile tyres. 15 Wheel dia. Designation 518 0510 BUTLER AIKIDO C Specifications: Clamping range [inch] 10 . Designation Content Qty 518 1090 Lift 518 0530 Mounting tool for extrem wheels 518 0540 Bead depressor 518 0550 Protector for central clamping 1 20 518 0580 Universal adapter for closed rims 139 .75 kW motor Operating pressure [bar] 8 . adjustable to the working position Scope of delivery: • 1 28" Wulstboy with traction • 1 Mini lever Ref. Tyre Changers. • Mounting without mounting lever up to 30" • Patented mounting finger .5 inverter supported by 0.easy on the tyre bead while over- coming the traction point • Fully automatic demounting of the posterior bead • Variable operating console.AIKIDO Ref.

22" 518 0180 Allows mounting difficult tyre/rim combinations without using a tyre lever.10 For use with TOPLINE models 518 0300 Mounting belt. AIRCOMBI 518 1030 BSR KIT. but never exceeds 10 bar. for mounting head Scope of delivery: • 518 0372 1 holder • 518 0365 1 bolt 518 0389 Matching device CLASSIC PLUS 518 0042 24" kit EVO CLASSIC PLUS. 518 0640 Wheel lift LIFT ONE C The wheel is first raised vertically from the floor. rubber coated • Spacers 518 0956 Set of clamping jaws motorbike 4 518 0310 Mounting head motorbike 140 . from model year 1998 518 0640 518 0035 24" kit EVO PROFI AIRDRAULIC. for extreme wheels The belt is tensioned by the rotation movement when the tyre is 519 7510 mounted and presses the bead by the special EH2 spacers of Wulstboy 28" into the drop base. All parts that are in contact with the rim and the tyre are made of plastic or plastic coated. for difficult mounting/demounting operations 570 0140 Bead guiding roller. No. perfectly aligning with the self-centering clamping device. 600 Wheel weight [kg] max. 5" . 4" . with quick coupling For use with AIRDRAULIC. The belt is also suitable for matching on the rim.10" For use with BUTLER EVO series 518 1040. then turned over into a horizontal position. Mounting Tools Accessories . 28".BUTLER tyre changers Ref. 518 1100 Air pressure multiplier The air pressure multiplier doubles the supply pressure for an optimum working pressure. 60 Connection [bar] 8 . This eases the bead at the traction point avoiding damage. 518 0028 Force multiplier. Designation Content 518 1040 BSR KIT. [mm] min. for difficult mounting/demounting operations 518 0327 Quick-change arm. AIRCOMBI 519 7500 Clamping jaws. Tyre Changers. BUTLER tyre changers with quick coupling.10" Set For use with BUTLER EVO series 519 7510 Mounting tool. AIRDRAULIC. for all machines 518 0152 WULST BOY. from model year 1998 518 0963 Motorbike accessories package EVO Scope of delivery: • Set of clamping jaws • Shovel top • Support. 518 0120 Bead breaker shovel protector 518 0130 BUTLER rim protection. Specifications: Wheel dia. Can be retrofitted on some machines. The rim is always loaded from the left side of the LIFT ONE. with traction Allows mounting difficult tyre/rim combinations without using a tyre lever. 16". 518 1030 518 0180 WULST BOY. with screw fitting For use with BUTLER tyre changers with threaded spring plate.

No.Tyre Changers. 518 0070 Double holder.5 + 5 kg buckets C 518 0300 518 1100 518 0120 518 0130 518 0152 518 0028 570 0140 518 0327 518 0389 518 0042 518 0035 518 0963 518 0310 570 0010 518 0437 518 0932 518 0070 141 . for 3. Mounting Tools Ref. Designation Content 570 0010 Plastic mounting head 518 0949 22" clamping jaw EVO 1 518 0437 22" clamping jaw EVO 4 518 0932 Support plate. adjustable For resolving clamping problems with difficult mounting/ demounting operations. for tyre lever 518 0097 Holder for mounting paste bucket.

518 0169 Bead depressor. 28". for shovel-type bead breaking systems 519 8041 518 0406 Shelve for accessories For fastening to a wall or fitting on a vertical tube.General Ref. PROMONT motorcycle accessories package (519 7949) 518 0444 518 0396 Rim edge protection 3 518 0444 WULST BOY. 518 0420 Add-on support For mounting a vertical tube to the PROMONT B 800-801-819. for low-profile tyres 518 0451 Set of rollers. for tyre lever For use with BUTLER special tyre lever (518 0341) Length [mm]: 500 518 0994 Plastic shoe For use with motorcycle clamping claws. 22". 518 0169 518 0451 518 0406 518 1020 142 . Tyre Changers. Designation Content 518 0341 BUTLER special tyre lever Scope of delivery: Plastic protection for tyre lever 518 0341 519 8041 Plastic protection. 518 1020 RimSled 50 Mounting head insert for sensitive rims. hand-held version Allows mounting difficult tyre/rim combinations with- out using a tyre lever. hand-held version Allows mounting difficult tyre/rim combinations with- out using a tyre lever. No. Size [L x W x H]: 140 x 340 x 580 518 0413 Vertical tube 518 0396 For fitting two shelves. C 519 8750 WULST BOY. Mounting Tools Accessories .

Mounting Tools PAX mounting kits . PROFI Tyre changing line elements ECO Ref. Designation 518 9850 Wheel centering lift WCL 1080 Uni Allows „weightless” clamping of the wheel on the balancer. Plastic-coated rollers.10 C 519 7781 Tyre changing line elements ECO. clip version For use with BUTLER CLASSIC PLUS EVO 519 7987 518 0011 PAX Orbiter For easy mounting/demounting of the supporting ring for PAX tyres. Avoids off-centering (suspension faults).Tyre Changers. Designation Accessories: 519 7987 PAX kit. for CI 5000 Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 518 2580 Support for vertical tube. clip version For use with PROMONT 819 PLUS series 519 7781 PAX kit. for CI 5000 518 9821 Vario lifting table BM 60/ECO For lifting heavy wheels out of the clamping fixture of BUTLER tyre changers. Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 518 9810 Duo Lift BBL. Support for clamping devices. Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 Lifting capacity [kg] 80 518 9971 Roller conveyor Tyre changing line BUTLER ECO Specifications: Length [mm] 1400 518 4952 Roller table extension Allows extension by about 660 mm.PROMONT and BUTLER Ref. clip version For use with BUTLER AIRDRAULIC EVO 519 7798 PAX kit. 518 9830 Safety gateway (can be retrofitted) 518 2590 Digital tyre inflator. with extra wheel holder Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 518 9860 Bead breaking table BBRT 12 ECO Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 143 . No. No. Plastic-coated rollers. Plastic-coated rollers. width 600 mm. width 600 mm. width 600 mm. 518 0011 Specifications: Weight [kg] 45 Size [L x W x H mm] 750 x 900 x 1310 Operating pressure [bar] 8 .

The bead breaking operation is carried out horizon- tally by a pneumatically controlled double-acting cylinder. offset. Support for clamping devices. allowing tyre bead breaking on wheels with 2"-14" rim width.5 bar with open gate. Mounting Tools Tyre changing line elements PROFI Ref. Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 Lifting capacity [kg] 80 518 4990 Safety tyre inflating station Tyre inflating station with extension. 518 4990 Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 518 4983 Bead breaking table REMA TIP TOP Special Bead breaking table with rotary plate. up to 7 bar with closed gate. Plastic-coated rollers. No. Plastic-coated rollers. Designation 518 9850 Wheel centering lift WCL 1080 Uni Allows „weightless” clamping of the wheel on the balancer. C Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 Size [L x W x H mm] 1560 x 1430 x 1580 Wheel dia. 14 Tyre changing line BUTLER PROFI 518 9810 Duo Lift BBL. width 600 mm. Inflation pressure up to 3. Avoids off-centering (suspension faults). [mm] max. width 600 mm.5/7 bar. 950 518 9820 Vario lifting table BM 60 For lifting heavy wheels out of the clamping fixture of BUTLER tyre changers. With additional height adjustment by removing or inserting an accessory plate (included in the delivery). Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 12 Size [L x W x H mm] 1100 x 655 x 1450 Wheel dia. 950 Wheel width [inch] max. Tyre Changers. with extra wheel holder Specifications: Operating pressure [bar] 10 144 . lockable gateway. [mm] max. integrated OMEGA JET system with pneu- matic wheel lift and automatic tyre inflator PCI 6200 in special design for 3.

55 Space requirement. Designation 519 3345 UNIMONT 16.5 . telescopic 1400 x 950 x 2200 frame extended [L x W x H mm] Space requirement. 600 adjustable stroke [mm] Cylinder movement.5 .24. 285.5. Mounting Tools Truck tyre changers UNIMONT 16. [mm] 161/175/201/220/280 Attachment by 2 bolts each M 18 .5.5 . 245/6. of holes 205/6. for mounting dog Content: 5 519 3606 Bead holding clamp.24. 275/8. IP 55 Operating pressure [bar] 10 Power [kW] 4. No. for steel rims 519 3606 570 0200 145 . 225/6. 600 adjustable height [mm] Torque [Nm] 1270 Speed [rpm] 5. telescopic 1600 x 950 x 1210 frame run-in (mobile version) [L x W x H mm] Air consumption [l/min] 1043 Weight [kg] 393 Accessories: 519 3383 Plastic protection. 519 3345 335/10 Breaking cylinder.24. telescopic 1600 x 950 x 1590 frame extended (mobile version) [L x W x H mm] 519 3369 Space requirement.5". • Mobile and stationary versions available • Outside clamping of all rims with short rim flange • Gear motor rotates the wheel for bead depression • Tyre beads are depressed and demounted simultaneously by breaking cylinder • Gentle bead breaking ensured by mounting finger (mounting arm rotates) Scope of delivery: • 1 tyre lever • 1 bead holding clamp C Ref. telescopic 1400 x 950 x 1820 frame run-in [L x W x H mm] Space requirement. 22. Tyre Changers. stationary and mobile Easily operated tyre changer for tubeless truck tyres.M 24 Hole circle/No. stationary 519 3369 UNIMONT 16. central hole dia.9 Connection [V] 230/400. mobile Specifications: Centering by step-shaped chuck.7/10 (Volvo).5. Suitable for aluminium rims. for alloy rims 570 0200 BUTLER special tyre lever for trucks 519 3410 Quick lock. 50 Hz.

for alloy rims 570 0200 519 3550 Clamp rings. 680 519 3606 Breaking force [kg] 2700 .3200 Connection [V] 400 Space requirement [L x W mm] 2000 x 1500 519 3479 Operating pressure [bar] 160 Accessories: 519 3479 Bead breaking plate.290 Wheel dia. using the rim central hole with 3-step universal chuck • Hydraulic height adjustment of the chuck and tool holder carriages with the mounting tools • Bead breaking/demounting of tubeless tyres carried out by means of the rollers • Mounting/demounting with the use of the mounting tool • Bead breaking by means of rollers on standard drop centre rims. • Fast and easy bead loosening by simultaneously acting bead breaking rollers • Step-shaped hydraulic chuck with plastic protection and quick locking device blocks all the rims at the hole without damaging them • Chuck can be moved up and down as well as in and out • All movements are hydraulically controlled from a convenient. 22. 17.5" Ref. 1350 Wheel width [mm] max. Mounting Tools BUTLER NAVIGATOR EVO 01 For mounting and demounting of tubeless truck tyres. rim central hole [mm] 145 .5 Wheel width [mm] max. ergonomi- cally positioned console Ref. Tyre Changers. mounting/demounting using the mounting tools. No. for drop center rims 519 3606 Bead holding clamp.5/19. 1300 C Rotating speed [rpm] Electric motor [kW] 10 380/400 V. [inch] 17.5 .24.5) Set 570 0200 BUTLER special tyre lever for trucks 519 3550 146 . Scope of delivery: • 1 tyre lever • 1 bead holding clamp 519 3462 • 1 aluminium ring. Designation 519 2731 BUTLER NAVIGATOR EVO 01 Specifications: Clamping range 85 .288 rim central hole [mm] 519 2731 Rim dia. No. 540 Wheel dia. for alloy rims (rim hole dia. 50 Hz Space requirement [L x W mm] 2000 x 910 Weight [kg] 530 Scope of delivery: • 1 Special tyre lever Accessories: 519 2770 Alloy rim accessories PROMONT B 924 • Mounting/demounting of light-truck/truck tubeless tyres on wide base rims and Unimog tyres on standard drop center rims • Hydraulic rim centering. [mm] max. [mm] max. Designation Content 519 3462 PROMONT B 924 Specifications: Clamping range.

4/8. even with "super-single" tyres • Mounting tool and bead breaking plate for professional mounting/ demounting • Operating console can be swivelled by 120° and ensures opti- mum working conditions Scope of delivery: • 1 Special tyre lever Ref. Mounting Tools PROMONT R 926 • Mounting/demounting of light truck and truck tyres from 12" to 26" • Hydraulic clamping • Pressure can be adjusted manually • Suitable for all types of wheels. for alloy rims PROMONT B 956-11 Semiautomatic all-round machine for truck tyres as well as agri- cultural and EM tyres with an excellent price/performance ratio. 2200 Torque [Nm] 370 Power [kW] 1.5 . 800 Connection [V] 400 Power [kW] 1.2.26 C Wheel dia. [mm] max.2 Speed [rpm] 4.75 Accessories: 519 3430 519 3440 Alloy rim accessories 519 3606 Bead holding clamp. No. Tyre Changers. Designation 519 9410 PROMONT B 956-11 Specifications: Clamping range [inch] 12 . [mm] max. for alloy rims 147 .5 Hydraulic motor [kW] 0. 1100 Wheel dia. No. • Fast working cycles by double speed rotation of the clamping device • No manual adjustment of the mounting arm required up to a tyre width of 385 mm • Clamping up to 38" without extension • Innovative operating console (swivelling to 120°) • Manual adjustment of mounting arm and mounting tool • Regulation of clamping force Ref. 1480 Wheel width [mm] max.5 Operating pressure [bar] 160 Weight [kg] 880 Scope of delivery: • 1 tyre lever • 1 bead holding clamp Accessories: 519 9470 Clamping jaw extension 519 3440 4 clamp protections for alloy rims 570 0200 BUTLER special tyre lever for trucks 519 3606 Bead holding clamp. 1500 Wheel width [mm] max. Designation 519 3430 PROMONT R 926 Specifications: Weight [kg] 460 Size [L x W mm] Clamping range [inch] 2135 x 1605 12 .56 519 9410 Wheel weight [kg] max.

4/6.2. 2420 Torque [Nm] 400 Power [kW] 1.58 Wheel weight [kg] max. 1500 Wheel width [mm] max. No. for alloy rims 148 . 1500 Wheel dia. Mounting Tools PROMONT B 957-15 • Professional allround machine with highest efficiency for all existing tyres 519 9430 • Can be used for wheel widths up to 1500 mm • Fast working cycles by double speed rotation of the clamping device • Electro-hydraulic positioning of the mounting arm • Innovative operating console with joystick control and adjustable speed of operation • 5-step clamping jaws allow clamping up to 46" without extension • Regulation of clamping force Scope of delivery: • 1 tyre lever • 1 bead holding clamp Ref.7 Operating pressure [bar] 160 Size [L x W x H mm] 2700 x 1800 x 1920 Weight [kg] 1050 Accessories: 519 9460 Clamping jaw extension 519 3596 4 clamp protections for alloy rims 570 0200 BUTLER special tyre lever for trucks 519 3606 Bead holding clamp.5 . Tyre Changers.2 Speed [rpm] 3. Designation 519 9430 PROMONT B 957-15 C Specifications: Clamping range [inch] 11 . [mm] max.

1500 Breaking force [kg] 3600 Torque [Nm] max. No. Mounting Tools PROMONT B 958 GIGA Mounting and demounting of pneumatic tyres from 11" to 58" • Ergonomic operating console • Standard stand-by system • Spindle with 80 mm minimum mounting capacity without the need for accessories • No need for rotation of the mounting/demounting tool thanks to exclusive "telescopic hook" • Utmost precision and confidence due to constant overview of the output and hook • The exclusive "Synodical" motion (patent pending) is a special movement of the bead breaking arm which saves both time and space. [mm] max.58 Accessories: 519 9460 Clamping jaw extension 519 2780 Swivel arm 519 2800 519 3596 ALU clamping kit 570 0200 BUTLER special tyre lever for trucks 519 3606 Bead holding clamp. 6000 Connection [V/W] 380 . • Unique mounting head with 2 positions: for light-trucks/trucks and EM vehicles • Extended range of use by 5-step holder configuration Scope of delivery: • 1 tyre lever • 1 bead holding clamp C Ref. Tyre Changers. 2700 Wheel dia.420 V. for alloy rims Sinodix 149 . 2700 Wheel width [mm] max. 3-phase Working range [inch] 11 . mobile operating console Specifications: Weight [kg] 1400 Size [L x W x H mm] 2150 x 1900 x 1600 Wheel weight [kg] max. Designation 519 2800 PROMONT B 958 GIGA.

• Handling through top plate opening • The machine works electro-hydraulically and features a swivelling.20 Breaking force [ton] 100 Connection [V] 400 Operating pressure [bar] 315 Electric motor.2 Post span [mm] 1500 Floor recess required Shipping weight [kg] 3000 . standard model [kW] 4. fast gear [kW] 2. 180 t Specifications: SE tyres [inch] 16. Tyre Changers.0 Electric motor. Ref.00 . Mounting Tools Industrial tyre changers SE-UNIMONT for industrial tyres • Safe. Designation 519 1206 SE-UNIMONT 8-15". 60 t Specifications: C SE tyres [inch] Breaking force [ton] max. fast gear [kW] 2. 355/65-15 60 Connection [V] 400 Operating pressure [bar] 200 Electric motor. 60 t Specifications: SE tyres [inch] 12. No.2 Post span [mm] 1230 Floor recess none Shipping weight [kg] 1120 Cylinder movement [mm] 500 519 1172 SE-UNIMONT 8-20". electric (8-15"/8-20") or a pneumatic (8-24") lifting device as standard equipment. 100 t Specifications: SE tyres [inch] 12.00 .0 Electric motor. Mobile tool trolley (optional) for convenient and space-saving storage of all accessories. fast gear [kW] 2.0 Electric motor.2 Post span [mm] 1230 Floor recess none Shipping weight [kg] 1350 Cylinder movement [mm] 500 519 1196 SE-UNIMONT 8-24".4000 Cylinder movement [mm] 735 150 . fast gear [kW] 2.24 Breaking force [ton] 180 Connection [V] 400 Operating pressure [bar] 365 Electric motor.2 Post span [mm] 900 Floor recess none Shipping weight [kg] 1000 Cylinder movement [mm] 500 519 1268 SE-UNIMONT 8-20".00 . standard model [kW] 4. quick and easy mounting/demounting even of difficult SE tyres and steel banded solids • Colour coded tools and tool charts simplify the selection and the application.20 Breaking force [ton] 60 Connection [V] 400 Operating pressure [bar] 200 Electric motor. standard model [kW] 4.

GM Clip. 15" • • • • Avoids deformation of the rim disc with Combi-ring (1-piece and 2-piece locking rings). 24"/15" • 519 1354 SE adapter ring. 20" • • • 519 1251 SE mounting tool No.Tyre Changers. in workshop box • • • • SE pressure plate 151 . 20" • • • Adapter ring for SE pressure plate 20". 8a. 9. e. 8-15" • • • • For pressing in the tapered rings. 1-8. 8-15" • • • • For precise mounting of SE tyres. 519 1024 SE flange ring pressure tool No. No. 20"/15" • • 571 5060 SE pressure plate. 15"/16" • • • • (Japan tyres) 519 1330 SE flange ring pressure tool No. 20". 20" • • • 519 1309 SE mounting tool No. plastic. Conti SIT. 519 1237 SE centering ring No. 519 1244 SE rim flange pressure plate. 1-8. 20" • • • 519 1017 SE flange ring pressure tool No. only for Combi-rings • • • 519 1220 SE centering rings No. 9a. 24"/20" • C 571 5084 SE adapter ring. Vorwerk Plus. Conti SIT. 24" • 519 1361 SE pressure plate.g. 519 1055 SIT demounting rings. 8-15" • • • • For easy demounting of the locking ring. 9. 1-8. 9.g. 571 5077 SE adapter ring. 20" • • • 519 1323 SE demounting rings • • • • For e. Mounting Tools Accessories for SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT Ref. Designation 8-15" 60t 8-20" 60t 8-20" 100t 8-24" 180t 519 1213 Fast gear • • • Cannot be retrofitted 519 1299 SE accessory set • • • • Scope of delivery: • 5 inserting rings • 3 pressure plates • 4 centering pins • 1 spacer 8"/9" 519 1378 SE rim flange pressure plate. 519 1347 SE mounting tool No.

570 9300 Mounting lever 300 Especially suitable for ring rims with small diameter. 593 0120 Spray bottle 0. 99 mm. space-saving and well-arranged (colour coded) storage of all SE tools. 2-16 • • For precise centering of the wheel body. 519 1031 SE mounting levers 2 For professional mounting of SE tyres. Mounting Tools Tools for steel banded solids SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT SE-UNIMONT Ref. Application to the side wall of SE tyres ensures the turn-up effect. 570 9320 Mounting lever 500 Especially suitable for ring rims with small diameter. 519 1079 Set of pressure plates No. No. therefore combining bucket the features of paste and cream. No. persistent gliding film. Not suitable for solvents. for wheel bodies smaller than 200 mm • • • Height [mm]: 130 519 1062 Set of pressure plates No. 593 0618 Special brush 500 50 593 1961 Brush head 50 593 0508 593 0618 152 . for closure plate • • • • 519 1282 Spacer. 2-19 • C Accessories . Ref. Strong. 593 0388 593 0508 Mounting cream W 5 kg PE 593 0120 Higher viscosity. 593 0388 SE bead lubricant 1 l PE Liquid bead lubricant for easy mounting bottle of SE and SIT tyres. Designation 8-15" 60t 8-20" 60t 8-20" 100t 8-24" 180t 519 1275 Closure plate • • 519 1189 Closure plate • 571 5091 Closure plate • 519 1086 Sliding carriage. Tyre Changers.5 l For applying SE bead lubricant.industrial tyres and steel banded solids 519 1385 Length Length of Dia. Designation [mm] handle [mm] [mm] Content 519 1385 SE tool trolley Mobile.

hydraulic For use with wheel/tyre remover (519 1536) 519 1529 Foot pump. compact and easy-to-use alternative to the common wheel/tyre removers. Pump not included with the tool. mechanical 519 1505 Economic. trucks C Ref. Designation 519 0836 SIT demounting ring No. No. Chassis adjustable in height. Mounting Tools SIT rings Ref. 4 castors. The wheel is loosened by turning the hexagon head of the threaded rod with a fork wrench. Designation 519 1505 Wheel remover. Set in between the tyre/rim and the vehicle body. No. 3 519 0908 SIT demounting ring No. 8 519 0867 SIT demounting ring No. it is especially suitable for the mobile tyre service. also on Jumbo axles. 9 Mounting tools and equipment Wheel removers for cars. 519 1536 Wheel/tyre remover For twin axles and Pilote tyres. 7 519 0850 SIT demounting ring No. 1 519 0874 SIT demounting ring No.Tyre Changers. No. Designation Ref. No pump is required. Integrated bead breaking shovel for tubeless 14/80 R 20 tyres on combi-ring rims. 2 519 0898 SIT demounting ring No. 4 519 0915 SIT demounting ring No. 5 519 0843 SIT demounting ring No. Specifications: Weight [kg] 40 Length [mm] 1125 Height [mm] max. air hydraulic For use with wheel/tyre remover (519 1536) 519 1512 519 1529 153 . 420 Breaking force [tons] 8 519 1543 519 1543 Chassis for wheel/tyre remover For retrofitting older wheel/tyre removers for Jumbo axles. Thanks to its low weight. 519 1536 suitable for Jumbo axles. 519 1512 Hand/foot pump.

No. Mounting Tools Wheel mounters for cars. 570 9400 Ref.5" can be carried out fast and easily. 519 1610 Wheel mounter for trucks The truck wheel mounter is suitable for wheels from 17. for tyre lever 500 For use with BUTLER special tyre lever (518 0341) 519 8041 519 8089 Mounting lever.5" as well as winter tyres. for mounting on wide base rims Ref. Designation 519 1490 519 1490 Wheel mounter for cars The car wheel mounter is adjustable in width and can be used for all common sizes from car to SUV wheels. No. Designation 570 0200 BUTLER special tyre lever for trucks 570 0200 Tyre and mounting levers for trucks Length Ref. No. Designation [mm] 571 9440 570 9350 Tyre and mounting lever 456 571 9440 Tyre and mounting lever 600 570 9350 154 . Ref.5" to 24. Designation [mm] 570 9410 Tyre and mounting lever 500 570 9400 Tyre and mounting lever 598 Mounting lever for alloy rims Length Ref. Even the mounting of X-One wheels of the dimension 495/45 R 22. trucks The REMA TIP TOP wheel mounters enable easy and precise mounting of the most heaviest of wheels on the vehicle with a minimum of effort. with plastic protection Holding tool. No. Designation [mm] 518 0341 BUTLER special tyre lever 518 0341 Scope of delivery: • Plastic protection for tyre lever 519 8041 Plastic protection. 519 1610 C Tyre and mounting levers for cars Type 1: • Double T-profile for high stability • Chrome-vanadium steel • Chrome-plated surface • For cars and light trucks Length 570 9410. Tyre Changers. No.

for motorcycles 380 519 6892 Tyre lever FUSIL. Designation [mm] 519 6926 570 9360 Rim closing lever 400 570 9370 Rim opening lever 400 570 9380 Double mounting lever 1060 570 9360 570 9370 570 9380 155 . Trilex Length 571 944